官方社群在线客服官方频道防骗查询货币工具
客服系统

					What are Customer Needs and The Strategy to Meet Them
What are Customer Needs and The Strategy to Meet Them
What are customer needs? Answering that question may not always be easy – but it’s crucial for business success. After all, knowing what the customer wants is the starting point for creating winning products and services. Just as importantly, it’s the basis for forming long-lasting relationships. The State of the Connected Customer report reveals that 62% of customers expect businesses to anticipate their needs, and 73% expect companies to understand their unique needs and expectations. If your business isn’t proactively working towards understanding its customer and addressing their concerns, it risks falling behind competitors that are. Let’s take a look at how you can determine the needs of your customer – then go about satisfying them. What are customer needs? Put simply, customer needs are the factors that influence the purchasing decisions of consumers and B2B buyers. By anticipating and meeting customer needs, brands can create offerings that better connect with the consumer and buyer, while increasing profitability and driving long-term loyalty. Main categories of customer needs There are many factors that might influence purchasing behaviour, from the simple and common to the complex and highly personal, but most fall into one of three types. Practical. Customer needs are most often driven by practical considerations. These can include everything from price and availability to ease-of-use and functionality. If you’re offering a high-quality, low-cost product or service that’s easy to obtain or access, you’re catering towards practical customer needs. Customers driven by practical needs are likely to choose an offering that will simply help them perform a function or achieve a goal. This was once particularly true of B2B buyers, whose longer buying journey includes input from multiple stakeholders. But in a world where products and services often share similar price points, availability and functionality, B2B buyers are increasingly being influenced by emotional and social factors — whether they know it or not. Emotional. What a customer wants can often be just as powerful a driver of purchases as what a customer needs. In other words, they may be driven by how an offering makes them feel. For example, they may choose a product that evokes pleasant memories from childhood. Or they may look for a product that makes them feel more confident or powerful. While a practical customer may choose a fuel-efficient compact car, an emotional one may splurge on a motorcycle. Consumers have always been influenced by emotional and social factors, but these factors are increasingly influencing B2B buyers as well. Harvard Business School professor Gerard Zaltman posits that 95% of cognitive decision-making happens subconsciously. This means that even buyers who think they’re being pragmatic are often responding to factors outside the rational. And this means that B2B organisations should focus on creating emotional bonds with buyers – not just winning over the procurement team. Social. Some customers make purchases that are socially driven. For example, they may choose sustainable or ethical brands that reflect their lifestyle. Or they may opt for luxury products that are in-line with their social circle to keep up with the Joneses’. Socially driven needs are often considered to be the hardest to predict, but entire businesses have sprung up around tracking new trainer drops or tech releases. B2B buyers are also paying attention to socio-political factors in their purchasing decisions, as they need to justify partnerships to stakeholders. As such, they’re looking at their vendors’ CSR (corporate social responsibility), treatment of employees, environmental impact and community involvement in ways they never did before. Decoding consumer needs: Unpacking product desires Once you understand what your target customers need, you can start creating products that fulfil those needs and then marketing them effectively. However, those three categories of customer needs are very broad. It’s much easier to begin building products that fulfil those needs, if you can apply them to all the various aspects of product design and development. In the shifting landscape of consumer needs, it’s crucial to understand the various factors that play a role in driving product selection and influencing purchasing decisions. So, let’s take a look at how nine aspects of product design relate to the three categories of customer needs. Functionality: Bridging the gap between expectations and utility When designing the functionality of a product, it’s vital to consider how it addresses the practical, emotional, and social needs of your target customers. For practical needs, the product’s functionality needs to either resolve a specific problem or simplify a process for the user. Here you’re looking at your product’s core utility and what you’re going to promise your customers about what your product can do for them. When designing the functionality of a product to meet the practical needs of your audience, it’s a good idea to focus on usability, ensuring it’s intuitive. Addressing emotional needs involves creating a user experience that consumers will enjoy. It doesn’t matter how well your product meets your customer’s practical needs, if they don’t enjoy using it they simply won’t use it and therefore they won’t recommend it to their friends. So, when designing your product’s functionality, it’s also a good idea to aim to evoke positive emotions like comfort, delight, or a sense of achievement. Social needs are fulfilled when a product either helps people interact with others or elevates their social status. Some of the best products do both. When designing your product’s functionality to meet your customers’ social needs, think about how it could enable sharing or collaboration, helping users feel connected. Or, if that’s not possible, try to incorporate something that will help your product become a status symbol once it becomes popular. Anything you can do to help your users feel a sense of pride or belonging within their social circle when using your product is going to help make your product popular. So, when it comes to designing the functionality of your product, you’ll get the best results if you can ensure it: Solves a problem or simplifies a process Is easy and intuitive to use Is comfortable to wear or use Delights your audience Helps users collaborate, share, or connect with friends, family, work colleagues etc. Gives people a sense of pride to own and use or helps them feel like they belong within their social circle The price conundrum: Balancing affordability and value In the same way that product functionality needs to meet the practical, emotional, and social needs of the intended users, so too does product pricing need to meet all three categories of customer needs. When it comes to practical needs, the price must align with the perceived functionality and utility of the product. Customers need to feel they’re getting their money’s worth, and the cost of the product should correspond with its ability to solve a problem or enhance a process. Price also plays a practical role in the customer’s budgeting, so providing a range of options or payment plans can be beneficial. Addressing emotional needs involves the psychological aspects of pricing. The price can evoke emotions of satisfaction or discontent, based on perceived fairness and value for money. If a product is priced too high, it may deter potential customers; if too low, it might create doubt about its quality. Therefore, a pricing strategy should strive to create a positive emotional response, where the customer feels they’re making a worthwhile investment. Social needs pertain to the status symbol a product’s price can represent. For some consumers, purchasing premium or expensive items is a way to express their identity and status. Conversely, other consumers may derive pride from finding the best deals and saving money. It’s therefore essential you understand these dynamics within your target audience, and develop pricing strategies that respect and cater to these social needs. Therefore, a well-crafted pricing strategy should aim to: Align with the product’s utility and the customer’s budget constraints Evoke positive emotions by providing perceived value for money Cater to the social needs of the target audience, whether they be prestige-seeking or bargain-loving. Convenience: The silent influencer in consumer preferences Designing a product for convenience is yet another balancing act that must address the practical, emotional, and social needs of customers. For practical needs, ensure your product simplifies tasks and is easy to use. A product that seamlessly fits into the customer’s daily routine and requires minimal effort to operate ticks the boxes for practical convenience. Emotionally, a convenient product brings peace of mind and reduces stress, making the customer’s interaction with the product enjoyable. The more effortless the experience, the more positive the emotional response. Social needs are met when the product aligns with the customer’s lifestyle and collaborating with it, or sharing it, is effortless. In short, when optimising your product for convenience: Make your product user-friendly and time-efficient Aim for a stress-free, enjoyable customer experience Ensure collaborating with or sharing you product is easy Design matters: The aesthetic appeal in product selection Sensing a pattern? Yep, you guessed it — design plays a significant role in addressing practical, emotional, and social customer needs too. Practically, a well-designed product is easy to use and enhances the user’s efficiency. This involves thoughtful placement of elements, appropriate use of color and contrast for visibility, and a design that supports the product’s overall functionality. Emotionally, the aesthetic of a product can evoke feelings of attraction, pleasure, and even joy. A visually appealing product not only enhances the user experience but also makes the product more desirable. It’s the emotional appeal of the design that often turns a one-time user into a loyal customer. Socially, product design can influence how a product is perceived by others, often serving as a status symbol. A well-designed product can reflect good taste, sophistication, or a specific lifestyle, thus contributing to the user’s social identity. A thoughtful product design should: Enhance usability and efficiency Create an emotional connection through visual appeal Cater to the social desires of the target audience Reliability: Building trust through consistency Reliability addresses the practical, emotional, and social needs of customers all in one go. From a practical perspective, a reliable product consistently performs as expected. Emotionally, reliability builds trust and reduces anxiety. Socially, the dependability of a product can enhance a user’s reputation. Performance: Quality at the forefront Similarly, performance addresses practical, emotional, and social customer needs all in one go. Practically, a product’s quality and operational excellence ensures it effectively delivers on its intended function. The key here is that the level of quality needs to match the customer’s expectation and your pricing strategy. E.g. There’s no point making a super endurable, disposable product as the cost would likely be too high for customers to stomach. Emotionally, a high-performing product can instill pride and satisfaction in the user. Socially, products known for their superior performance can elevate a user’s status among peers. Efficiency: The quest for productivity Product efficiency is fundamental in catering to the practical, emotional, and social needs of your customers. Practically, an efficient product can simplify tasks, conserve resources, and save time for the user. It enhances the user’s productivity, proving its worth in their everyday routine. Here’s a great example of a product improving efficiency for a customer. Emotionally, an efficient product can induce feelings of satisfaction and accomplishment. It can reduce stress by making tasks easier, and provide more time for enjoyment or relaxation, enhancing the user’s overall well-being. Socially, an efficient product can serve as a status symbol, portraying the user as a conscious and responsible individual. In our increasingly eco-conscious society, products that promote efficiency are often viewed as desirable, elevating the user’s standing within their social circle. An efficient product addressed the three categories of customer needs by: Simplifying tasks and saving time Inducing feelings of satisfaction and accomplishment Reflecting a responsible and eco-conscious image Compatibility: The role of integration in consumer choice The compatibility of your product with other products owned by your users is crucial in addressing practical, emotional, and social customer needs. Practically, a compatible product that seamlessly integrates with existing systems or devices, can increase productivity for customers, reduce the learning curve for your product, and ensure your users don’t have to buy extra products to use what you’re offering. Emotionally, a product that integrates easily can provide a sense of relief and satisfaction. It simplifies the user’s life, reducing potential stress and frustration that may come from incompatible devices or systems. Socially, compatibility can enhance the user’s status in their circle. Having a product that works harmoniously within an ecosystem of devices demonstrates a user’s savvy tech awareness and can be a source of pride. When designing your products, it’s a great idea to consider how compatibility could provide a better experience for your users. Compatible products: Seamlessly integrate with existing systems or devices Provide emotional satisfaction by simplifying the user’s life Enhance the user’s social standing by demonstrating tech-savviness The experience quotient: More than just interaction Customer experience is the culmination of every other part of the product design process. Products deliver a good customer experience if they: Are intuitive, or at least have great instructions that make them easy to use Perform well and reliably Easily integrate with existing workflows and products Generate positive feelings such as joy, satisfaction, or excitement Make it easy for users to share their experience or feel like they belong when using the product Make users look good within their society If you’re looking for ways to improve your customer experience, here are six ways to improve CX with data and measurement. Navigating the terrain of service needs Just as key facets of product design can fulfil all categories of customer needs, so too can the critical elements of service design meet all three categories of client needs. When designing new service for your clients, you’ll get the best results if you consider each aspect of the service from the following angles. Empathy: The key to service satisfaction Empathy is one of the most important customer service skills you can employ and building empathy into your services themselves also plays a vital role in meeting the practical, emotional, and social needs of your clients. Practically, empathetic customer service provides solutions that truly fit the customer’s needs, thereby enhancing the overall value of the service. Emotionally, empathy can evoke feelings of being understood and valued, fostering a deeper connection between the customer and the service provider. Socially, customers who experience empathetic service are more likely to share their positive experiences, enhancing their status within their circles. When developing your services, see if you can incorporate empathy into your design process by: Really understanding what your clients need, so you can design the best solution Ensuring your clients feel understood and valued Making is socially desirable for your clients to share their experience with you Fairness: The foundation of trust Fairness is also crucial in addressing the practical, emotional, and social needs of your clients. Practically, fair service policies ensure everyone is treated equally and without bias, enhancing the overall reliability of the service. Emotionally, fairness can instill feelings of trust and respect, strengthening the customer-provider relationship. A good example of an unfair practice that really annoys clients is when service providers offer discounts for new clients without rewarding loyal clients. Fairness is perhaps most relevant, however, to the social needs of your target audience. If they’re driven by the need to be ethical, they’ll want to know your services are fair to all clients, without any kind of social bias. Alternatively, for some target audiences, social responsibility might be a bigger driver, and they may be more likely to buy from a service provider that provides discounts for not-for-profits or contributes to worthy causes. Fairness means different things to different audiences, so when designing your services, you might consider: Ensuring equal and unbiased treatment of all clients Balancing attraction tactics with loyalty strategies Giving back to underserved communities or those in need Transparency: The service game-changer There are practical, emotional, and social aspects to transparency too. Practically, transparent service operations enable customers to make informed decisions, increasing the service’s utility. Emotionally, transparency can induce feelings of trust and loyalty, making the service more desirable. Socially, transparency enhances a customer’s social standing as they can confidently vouch for the service to their circle. It also gives clients the confidence that a service provider is honest and ethical. Many businesses get nervous about sharing their inner workings, worrying that competitors might copy them. However, there are several benefits to transparency: Clients like that they can make informed decisions It fosters trust and loyalty Clients are more likely to recommend transparent services from honest, ethical businesses Control: A new era in customisation Control is another aspect of service design that can enable you to address the practical, emotional, and social needs of your clients. Practically, giving customers control by allowing them to customise their services enables them to choose a service that exactly meets their needs, enhancing their overall experience and satisfaction. Emotionally, control can incite feelings of empowerment and freedom, making the service more enjoyable. Socially, having control enables customers to tailor the service to their social context, making it more shareable and recommendable. The benefits of giving control to your clients can be highly rewarding: Enhanced customer experience and satisfaction, which leads to increased conversions along with greater loyalty and advocacy Feelings of empowerment and freedom, which also leads to increased loyalty Options: Choice is power Options are an important way you can give your clients more control over their services and therefore options are a key way of meeting the practical, emotional, and social needs of your clients. Information: The fuel of knowledgeable decisions You might think giving your prospective clients information only fulfils their practical needs, but, with the right strategy, it fulfils emotional and social needs too. Providing sufficient information empowers customers to make informed decisions, which is critical if they’re to choose a service that meets their practical needs by solving a problem for them. This includes the decision to buy as well as making informed choices about any options you offer. Emotionally, information can evoke feelings of confidence and trust, making the service more appealing. Socially, informed customers are more likely to share their knowledge, enhancing their social interactions and status, and effectively giving you free advertising and even free customer support. Apple’s support community is probably one of the most well known examples of this. In short, providing information can: Foster confidence and trust Ensure your clients get what they need from your service, reducing churn and increasing referrals Enable you to create a community around your service and reduce your advertising and customer support costs Accessibility: Anywhere, anytime service Accessibility is perhaps the element of service design where it’s most obvious how to meet the practical, emotional, and social needs of clients. An accessible service gives clients what they need, when they need it. That includes allowing clients with disabilities to benefit from your services. Accessibility therefore addresses the practical needs of clients in several ways. A client who can’t access the services they need when travelling, will get really frustrated. Whereas a client who can start a project on their desktop in the office, continue it in the car on the way home by dictating to their mobile, and then continue on their home computer at the end of their journey, is likely to be pretty chuffed. These examples illustrate just how much of an impact accessibility has on whether a service meets the emotional needs of clients. A client who wants to share their service with friends when traveling, or use it to collaborate with their blind assistant on the other side of the world, is far more likely to choose a service provider that enables them to easily share their fully accessible service with others. To summarise, an accessible service: Can be used in any location at any time Has online and offline capabilities and can be used on any device (if it’s a digital service) Can be used by people with disabilities Enables sharing Eight ways for identifying the needs of your customers When it comes to addressing customer needs, a one-size-fits-all approach won’t work. For instance, you’ll want to tailor your messaging to prioritise the distinct concerns of different audiences. But how can you gain key insights into your customers, so that you can not only meet their needs, but exceed their expectations? Here are 8 strategies for getting started. Follow your data. We’re living in the age of the digital imperative. You likely already have a wealth of information about your customers at your disposal, especially if you’re centralising your data in a CRM. Take a deep dive into your business’s data and see what’s connecting with customers, what can be improved, and what new opportunities can be identified from it. Talk to your customers. The best way to know what your customers want is to simply ask them. Deploying post-purchase surveys will help you evaluate your customer experience. You can also reach out to loyal customers for opinions on products and services. They may have some great ideas for improvements and new offerings. Raise your social media game. Try to engage with your customers in the places where they spend their most time. For many, that’s social media. Listen in on what people are saying about your business. Are you seeing recurring concerns? Can you use this information to drive improvements? Are you using your brand’s social media presence to showcase your voice and build more personal relationships? Gather feedback from your teams. Your sales and service teams speak to your customers frequently. Gather your reps and discuss what they’ve been hearing from customers. Do your teams have suggestions for new products or services? Do they have ideas for how you can improve the customer experience? Form a focus group. Forming a focus group isn’t for every business. After all, it can be costly. Moreover, these groups will not have the same in-depth knowledge of your offerings as your customer base will. But if you’re looking to move into new markets, a focus group can put you on the right path. See what people are searching for. One of the most cost-effective ways to see what customers need is to see what they’re searching for. You can use tools like Google Keyword Planner to gain insights into customer behaviour. You can see how many times phrases and keywords have been searched each month, so you can see what’s trending up. Or you could use Google Trends to see more specific data, with searches being further segmented. Learn from your competitors. Your competitors are helping to define your marketplace, so it’s important to keep up with any new products or services they’re offering. Look for ways you can use this market intelligence to improve your offerings or create new ones. You’ll also want to pay attention to their messaging. How are they positioning themselves? After all, they’re trying to reach the same customers you are. Use Artificial Intelligence. Artificial intelligence is one of the most customer-centric technologies that SMES can use. Not only can AI tools analyse data to identify unique needs and preferences; they can help SMEs create tailored customer journeys. AI can also increase efficiency, improve service and create more customer-centric marketing campaigns. You understand the needs of your customer – what’s next? Now that you know the needs of your customers, you can build a blueprint for meeting them. Some of the steps towards building a customer-centric strategy include: Get regular feedback from your customers. Talking to your customers isn’t a one-time thing – it should be done regularly. Establish a feedback loop where you can constantly evaluate the products and services you’re offering, and the market’s response to them. This regular monitoring of consumer needs will help you respond quickly to market shifts and emerging customer concerns. Perfect your brand’s messaging. You’ll want to create different messaging for different audience segments, considering their specific needs and the channels through which they shop. Make sure that your marketing is aligned with customer needs and that your communications highlight the most relevant benefits of your products and services. Brainstorm new products and services. Knowing what your customers value and prioritise when making a purchase will help you create innovative offerings that not only address their needs, but stand out from the crowd. Look at the results from your focus research. Is there a gap between what customers need and what’s available? Create the need. Some businesses have an ‘if you build it, they will come’ approach. Instead of researching and responding to the existing needs of their customers, they create a new need in their customers. For example, it’s unlikely that socially conscious Millennials are wishing there was a credit card made just for them, but if you offer a card that donates to charities, provides rewards based on purchases from sustainable businesses, and sponsors community building, you may create that customer need. Level up your loyalty programme. Look at your business’s loyalty programme. Is it centred around the needs of your customers? Is it offering value at the right places? Loyalty programmes are a powerful tool for building relationships, so ensure that your programme is working as hard as it could be. Re-evaluate your customer service KPIs. Quick and convenient should always be the priority when it comes to customer service. But once that frictionless service is in place, can you add further value to the customer experience? Look at your service KPIs (Key Performance Indicators) and see if they can be supplemented to not only measure successful resolutions, but how well you’re meeting the ongoing needs of your customers. In other words, turn your service into a relationship-building machine. Ready to follow customer needs to exciting new places? By following the needs of your customer, you can ensure that you’re always putting them first. And by designing your business around offering solutions, you’ll be well on your way to winning trust and increasing customer retention.

					6 Questions To Accelerate Your Path Towards Getting LIKE.TG Admin Certified
6 Questions To Accelerate Your Path Towards Getting LIKE.TG Admin Certified
1. What’s my starting point?2. How can I get prepared?3. Can Superbadge Super Sets help me?4. What’s my time commitment?5. How do I ace the exam?6. Are there more resources? LIKE.TG Administrators are the productivity champions who keep their company’s instances of LIKE.TG running at peak efficiency. They help ensure business processes are automated, create essential reports and dashboards, and train users on how everything operates. Admins help their teams work more effectively.Being the one with all that knowledge and skill pays off! Admins are in high demand, and getting certified can put your career in high gear. Our research shows 148% job growth for admins in the past 5 years (US data) and a median U.S. salary of $86,000.So, how do you set yourself up for LIKE.TG Certification success? Here are the answers to six questions that will put you on the path to becoming an admin #CertifiedPro. 1. What’s my starting point? Trailhead! LIKE.TG’s free online learning platform helps you enhance your resume with the most in-demand skills to prepare you for future LIKE.TG career opportunities. Within Trailhead, the Trailblazer Community also helps you make great connections with Trailblazers from anywhere who can mentor and help grow your network to boost your career. Trailhead allows you to: Learn at your own pace: What learning schedule works best for you? Mornings before work? Evenings after work? Weekends? Any and all options are open because you decide what modules to complete at a pace and time that works for you. Every time you return, you can pick up exactly where you left off, so you never miss a beat. Learn anywhere: With the free Trailhead GO mobile apps for iOS and Android, you can do your studying on the go from almost anywhere! Have a few minutes on your commute? Waiting at the airport, or on a long-haul flight? If you’ve got a few minutes to spare, you can learn something new. Follow a curated guide for role-specific learning: We’ve got guided learning paths called trails and custom learning paths called trailmixes designed especially for admins, and you can follow that preset path to make sure you’re exam-ready. You can also check out the LIKE.TG Associate certification exam. This exam is for those with up to 6 months of LIKE.TG user experience and who want to demonstrate skills in the following areas: How the CRM platform solves the challenge of connecting departments and customer data How LIKE.TG Customer 360 can solve business challenges Key LIKE.TG Platform terms Fundamental functionality in the current version of LIKE.TG at a foundational level, such as requirements gathering, reporting, security, sharing, customisation, and data management You can prepare for your LIKE.TG Associate certification exam with the exam guide and by completing the LIKE.TG Associate certification preparation trailmix. 2. How can I get prepared? We’ve got the tools to help you prepare for your exam, no matter your learning style. We’ve covered all the bases, with exam guides, interactive study tools, videos, trailmixes, and more. Prepare for Your LIKE.TG Administrator Credential trailmix This trailmix includes all the modules, projects, and tasks that will guide you through your preparation for the admin cert exam. LIKE.TG Certified Administrator exam guide This exam guide supplies all the critical details you’ll need, including a full content overview, information about how much time is allotted for the exam, the score required to pass, all associated fees, retake options, and more. There’s a handy exam outline included that details every topic covered in the exam and the relative weight of that topic. It also includes a list of all other recommended training, reference, and study materials to get you on the path to success! Administrator Certification Exam trail You’ll know if you’re exam-ready after you’ve completed the Study for the Administrator Certification Exam trail. The trail guides you through earning four badges, each of which covers a separate section of the exam. It includes interactive content such as flashcards, embedded practice questions, and downloadable materials — all specially designed to get you prepped and ready for the actual exam. The interactive Administrator practice test gives you the opportunity to experience the format and questions you may see on the LIKE.TG Administrator Certification exam. The results upon submission are your guide to strengths and weaknesses to help you focus on areas needed for additional learning. Courses led by experts For a more interactive, face-to-face learning approach, we also offer an array of Trailhead Academy courses taught by LIKE.TG experts to help you prepare for your admin certification exam. These courses include: Certification Preparation for Administrator (CRT 101) Administrative Essentials for New Admins in Lightning Experience (ADX 201) Trailhead Virtual Bootcamp for New Admins (TVB201) LIKE.TG Certification Days 3. Can Superbadge Super Sets help me? The design of a Trailhead module offers step-by-step instruction and bite-sized learning with interactive challenges so you can test your newly developed skills. A superbadge, on the other hand, takes the skills you’ve learned in a specific domain (think: process automation or app customisation) and challenges you to put them to work to solve a complex, realistic business problem. You’ll get a specific business scenario with relevant information scattered throughout the story. Your job is to uncover the business need and design a solution through a series of interactive challenges in a Trailhead Playground. Those challenges are validated in real time as you complete them. Then, you can add on Super Sets, a series of superbadges that cover specific roles. Super Sets allow you to prove your expertise in specific areas and are a powerful cert prep tool. In fact, we surveyed Trailblazers and found that 95% said that completing superbadges made them better prepared for their certifications. Check out the Admin Super Set, which highlights the superbadges designed to help you get ready for your admin certification. And superbadges are a great addition to your resume, profile, and social channels, as they show the world just how much of an #AwesomeAdmin you are! 4. What’s my time commitment? “How long is this going to take?” Don’t worry, that’s everyone’s top question! The answer is that it really depends on you. You’re the best judge of your current schedule and how much time you can commit to studying. The great thing about Trailhead is that your learning really is up to you. How does studying fit into your schedule? Can you carve out a few minutes in between meetings or during your commute? Our on-the-go tools and “pick up where you left off” modules mean that no matter how much time you have, you can probably squeeze in a little learning. And keep in mind that there’s no hurry to get certified. You’re working toward a goal here, which is to make sure you’ve really grasped all the key concepts in a certain module — because these are concepts you need to build on for the next module. So, take your time and learn at a pace that works for you. If you’re nervous about making a time commitment or you’ve been putting off the exam because you’re afraid to fail, don’t let that hold you back! Learning is a process and failing is just one small part of that process. 5. How do I ace the exam? Test-taking is stressful for lots of people. Even if you think you’ve got all the concepts for the LIKE.TG Certification down, you may dread the actual exam just because test-taking isn’t your thing. But you can manage your state of mind and put a success strategy in place to help you breeze right through exam day! Stay calm and learn to manage your expectations. Not everyone passes the exam the first time around, and the internal pressure to pass at any cost may cause unnecessary stress. To be clear — if you don’t pass, it’s okay! There’s no failing on this learning journey. There’s only a new opportunity to do better on your next attempt. Your exam results include section-level feedback, which will help you identify exactly what to focus on to come back even stronger for any certification retake. During the exam, it’s important to manage your time. Exams can last anywhere from 90 to 120 minutes depending on the topic, so you should be able to figure out approximately how much time you should give each question before you move on. You’ll always know the total amount of time you have remaining, and you can easily mark a question to come back to later — so don’t let any single question take up too much of your time. Simply mark it for review and revisit it. Take advantage of available resources. If you’re taking the exam in person, the testing centre will allow you three sheets of paper, which you can use to jot down notes, keywords, and important concepts that you’re afraid of forgetting. Have one concept you continually brain freeze on? Memorised an acronym or mnemonic device that helps you remember it? Jot that down as soon as you get to your station. Your testing time doesn’t start until you hit the start button, so take a few moments in the beginning to get prepared. 6. Are there more resources? Yes, of course! Bookmark the LIKE.TG Admin Career Development page where you can find all of the resources designed to help you grow your LIKE.TG Admin career. Check out the Admin blog— This is the place to find best practices, tips and tricks, insights, and career advice for LIKE.TG Admins. Subscribe to the Admin podcast — We’ve got interesting guest speakers who are ready to share their career insights on a variety of topics, all designed to help you maximise your leadership skills and career potential. Join Admin events in your area — In-person and virtual events let you make great connections with other Trailblazers in your area. Get involved with the Trailblazer Community — This is the place to connect, learn, have fun, and give back with #AwesomeAdmins around the world. You can even connect with a user group close to you, or a study group that will help you get exam-ready! You’re doing a great job — celebrate your progress All of these strategies have one thing in common: to help make preparing for your exam more fun! Enjoy the learning process, and remember, you’re an expert in your field. Getting Salesforce-certified is proof to yourself and your employer that you’ve worked hard to gain the knowledge and skills you need to succeed as a LIKE.TG Admin. So, it’s not a matter of whether or not you’ll get certified — it’s just a matter of when. You’ve got this! And when you do earn your certification, you can pay it forward by taking part in the Trailblazer Community and helping other aspiring admins get ready for their exams.

					Customer 360 Enables Successful Business Transformation in the Consolidating Communications Industry
Customer 360 Enables Successful Business Transformation in the Consolidating Communications Industry
Over the last two decades, communications services providers (CSPs) have faced a two-fold cash flow squeeze. First, accelerated adoption of competing OTT (Over-The-Top) service offerings – such as voice calls and messaging through WhatsApp – have put downward pressure on consumer revenue. Second, increasing spends on generational technology advancements every few years – like 4G to 5G network upgrades and fibre rollouts to address increased data consumption demands – have put upward pressure on costs. So it’s logical for CSPs to seek alternative strategies to maintain healthy margin levels and retain market foothold. Mergers and acquisitions (MAs) are a powerful strategy CSPs use to achieve this. How MAs are reshaping the APAC communications market APAC markets are a diverse mix of prepaid and postpaid, characterised by a blended mobile ARPU (Average Revenue Per User) – as low as USD $3 in Indonesia and India, and up to USD $30 in Australia. At the same time, the prepaid heavy markets have an extremely cost savvy subscriber base that churns easily from one provider to next. Consumers are lured by lower costs or value-added incentives such as free data roaming packages or unlimited local calls. And most countries have high teledensities – as high as 145% in Singapore, 124.8% in Australia, and 113.9% in New Zealand – that leave limited headroom for net new customer acquisition. These unique market dynamics have powered a surge in MA activity that has reshaped the marketplace and created new market leaders throughout the region. True Corporation and Total Access Communication (dTac) in Thailand, for example, created a new company with an enterprise value exceeding USD $20 billion. That’s only one of several examples. Celcom and Digi in Malaysia formed the largest mobile services provider in the country. Indosat and Hutchinson in Indonesia created the country’s second largest service provider with more than 100 million subscribers. And the Telkomsel and IndiHome merger in Indonesia resulted in expected annualised savings of USD $330 million. In Australia, the merger between Vodafone Hutchison and TPG Telecom created an enterprise value of USD $4.9 billion for Vodafone. And in neighbouring New Zealand, 2degrees and Vocus joined forces to form the country’s third largest service provider with an annual turnover of more than USD $1 billion. The same can be seen in India. When Vodafone India and Idea Cellular merged a few years ago, the combined entity emerged as the market leader with nearly 400 million subscribers. MAs have enabled each of these players to establish a 50% or above market share in their markets of operation. Increasing customer stickiness and wallet share with MAs In addition to an increase in market share, MA activities typically enable CSPs to increase customer stickiness where subscribers use a mix of volatile prepaid services (such as mobile data) from one provider, and highly retentive postpaid services (like fibre broadband) from another. Tapping in on each party’s offerings generates cross-sell opportunities CSPs use to increase customer wallet share and retention. On the spend side of the equation, MA activities tend to free up capital by reducing or eliminating spend on overlapping infrastructure. CSPs can then choose to use such capital to develop and market innovative products in the information and communities technology (ICT) space (such enterprise apps, IoT, and data centres), or develop partnerships with other industry service providers (like digital banks and micro insurance companies). The critical need for an integrated customer view Achieving a successful MA in the communications industry presents several challenges. For CSPs with legacy systems, realising the business benefits of an MA requires the rationalisation and integration of business strategies, customer facing and internal functions, product offerings, business processes, and IT stacks. However, delivering high-quality customer service over the course of the rationalisation period – and beyond – is key to retaining customers across the merging companies. In scenarios where a customer is consuming products from both merging companies, having an integrated view of the customer becomes crucial to achieving this goal. Gavin Barfield, VP Solutions and CTO ASEAN at LIKE.TG, makes the point that MAs provide an opportunity to retire legacy technology and embrace modern technology stacks. Solving the integration puzzle with a 360-degree customer view Developing this integrated 360-degree customer view requires systems integration and normalisation of data across product offerings, sales transactions, inflight orders, customer’s assets, trouble ticket histories, and more. LIKE.TG Customer 360 provides an integrated view of each customer, across multiple functions, products and systems. This view is what communications companies’ marketing, sales, contact centre and field service teams require for day-to-day operations, and to maintain business-as-usual – or better. For example, marketing teams enabled with deep customer insights from Customer 360, can review customer segments, customer spend and preferences to develop attractive cross-sell and up-sell offers for the new acquired customer base. Sales and customer service teams can also review customer sentiment to inform meaningful conversations with customers from the merging organisations, and address customer concerns with the right insights at hand. Singtel in Singapore is one CSP that’s using such data insights to understand and prioritise its customers’ needs in a complex, hyper-connected and fast-changing world. Rationalising business processes with a connected CRM Integrated CRM platforms also enable the rationalisation of business processes during MA activity. When CRM platforms are served over a connected user interface, it enables seamless handovers across internal functions. For example, when a sales representative requests pricing approvals for mobility and connectivity products, their manager uses the same connected interface to review and approve the pricing. Solution specialists use the same interface to review the overall solution construct for consistency and coherency. Sales Ops uses the same view to review quote accuracy, and can derive weekly forecast reports using a single data instance. Such simplification allows identification of redundant or unnecessary business processes that are candidates for transformation during the rationalisation process. Leveraging AI technologies to enable sales and service teams Gavin Barfield is seeing more communications companies increasingly motivated to embrace generative artificial intelligence (AI) to lead innovation and stay ahead. That’s largely because AI technologies provide relevant and contextual information – during the sales stages and customer service engagement – that enables sales and service teams to meet their customers where they are. Customer 360 uses LIKE.TG Einstein AI technologies to leverage the full power of this kind of data analytics. Let’s take an example of a high-value subscriber who uses different prepaid SIM cards for voice and mobile gaming from two merging CSPs. AI could potentially suggest an up-sell to a 5G plan with more voice minutes and gigabytes for this subscriber, and the latest bluetooth earphones to enhance the subscriber’s gaming experience. Additionally, based on customer demographics and preferences across similar customers, AI could suggest an Instagram and WhatsApp add-on for a few extra dollars. Such examples not only generate increased wallet share, but also project the CSP as an intelligent organisation that understands and wows its customer throughout the customer lifecycle. From business transformation, process harmonisation and operational streamlining to increasing customer delight and wallet share, CRM platforms help CSPs across all stages of the MA journey, and ensure long-term business success.

					What Is a Go-to-Market Strategy? A Guide for Enterprises
What Is a Go-to-Market Strategy? A Guide for Enterprises
Imagine a world where you create a new product that everyone wants. It’s a snap to make, and it sells itself – a mega-hit. Congratulations, you’ve smashed your goals! In this world, there is no overnight success. If you sell a product without attracting the right buyers and demonstrating how it meets their needs, it may just sit on the shelf. Meanwhile, a competitor does their research, knows what buyers want, and delivers it. Not only have you lost revenue, you’ve lost potential customers to the competition. Ouch. How do you avoid this and capture customer interest? Build a comprehensive go-to-market (GTM) strategy that combines careful research with tailored messaging that hits on the right buyer pain points. What you’ll learn: What is a go-to-market strategy?Why is a go-to-market strategy important?How to build a go-to-market strategy frameworkGo-to-market strategy example What is a go-to-market strategy? A go-to-market strategy is a step-by-step plan for introducing a new product to buyers. This includes market, customer, and competitive research that uncovers problems your product can solve. Creating a buyer persona lets you target prospects with key messaging that emphasises your product’s unique problem-solving value. Why is a go-to-market strategy important? A go-to-market (GTM) strategy is a meticulously crafted blueprint businesses employ to introduce a new product or service to the market. A well-crafted GTM strategy ensures target buyers see your product, understand and appreciate its value, and are compelled to buy. As CEO of Revenue.io, Howard Brown put it, “Meeting expectations early and often builds trust and is the foundation of any successful partnership.” You can launch a product without a go-to-market strategy, but buyers who need your product might not see or appreciate its value. They might turn to competitors already established in the marketplace and are perceived to be stable. In the early stage, it’s normal for someone to see your solution and say, “Oh, you’re just like [competitor],” even if they don’t offer what you offer. Research bears this out, especially for smaller companies. Of startups that fail, more than a third do so because there was no identified market need. How to build a go-to-market strategy framework A successful go-to-market strategy requires understanding your market, prioritising buyers’ pains, and identifying your competitive advantage. Building a framework around these fourelements can help deliver your product in a way that makes it “ready to buy.” Let’s run through how to do that in six steps. 1. Create your buyer persona Selling is about delivering value to your target buyer, and that often takes the form of a solution to a unique problem. To make sure you’re targeting the right problem, build out a buyer persona that connects their pain points to your solution. To surface this detail, you’ll start with your existing customers. Dig into customer data in your CRM, conduct interviews with buyers whose problems you’ve solved, and lead market research efforts to see where else these needs surface in your industry. (Check out our comprehensive guide on buyer personas for more guidance.) If you sell B2B, your team will likely be coordinating a purchase with multiple people at each prospective company. The buying group might include end users, the CFO, an operations lead, and so on. Make sure you include problems and needs for these roles in your buyer persona. 2. Conduct competitive research Going to market with a new product isn’t just about solving prospects’ problems. It’s also about separating yourself from the crowd of products already in the market. To ensure you deliver unique value, research competitors with similar products to see how they’re positioned. Use these questions to guide you: What similar products are already on the market? What do you offer (features, price, functionality) that your competitors don’t? If a competitor’s product is famous, why is it resonating with customers? How can you use that information to frame your messaging? You can likely offload some of this research if you have an AI-powered CRM. Use AI tools to scan sales call transcripts for competitor mentions and pricing information. Pair this with automated online research based on industry, competitor, and product keywords. (Here’s how Sales Cloud does this.) 3. Map customer problems to your product solutions You know your target buyer’s problems. You know what competitors are doing to solve those problems. And, you know what your product offers. It’s time to connect all three and deliver a high-value solution that’s unique in your market. Build out a simple matrix so you can see all three and how they connect. Here’s what this might look like: Product: Long-lasting, high-performance running shoes with extra arch support priced 20% below similar productsExample buyer: Casual runner, mid-40s, median income To keep the focus on the buyer during this value mapping, review your matrix and ask: “How would my target buyer see or understand this?” That’s a good gut check before you frame your messaging. 4. Develop key messaging for marketing and sales efforts Using your matrix from the previous step, draft messaging for each prospect problem that shows why your product is uniquely qualified to serve as a solution with proof points to back it up. Let’s continue with the example of our shoe buyer. You know from your research that they are between the ages of 40 and 50, like to run as a hobby, and want to stay active despite minor injuries. But, they’re also price-conscious. Here’s what key messaging might look like for this target buyer: Problem: Their feet hurt when they run, likely due to prior injuries, muscle strain, or bad shoes. Product value: A pair of running shoes designed with input from an orthopedic surgeon, with research that finds 60% of wearers felt less foot pain after a month. What competitors offer: Some shoe brands advertise “extra support” but don’t have medical experts contributing to design or research showing this support works. Key message: Running doesn’t have to end when you hit middle age. Buy orthopedist-designed running shoes that keep you on the trail, whatever your age. Don’t believe us? Just ask our runners: 60% of customers in their 40s say they felt less foot pain after a month of running in our shoes. Complete this messaging for every problem you’ve identified, making sure to demonstrate clear and measurable ROI. You can also emphasise the potential downsides to sticking with the status quo or going with the competition. 5. Identify your sales channels Now you need to reach your prospective customers. But how do you take your key messaging and combine it with the right buying channel? Start by identifying the channels your buyers typically use to make a purchase, then select the right strategy to match. Here are the most common strategies: Direct sales: This involves a rep talking directly to a customer, building a personal relationship over time before closing a deal. This is perfect for longer sales cycles that require ongoing negotiation, typical for complex products at high price points. These deals are often high-touch, requiring a nurture-heavy strategy with lots of explanation and sharing of valuable resources to build trust. Self-service sales: This strategy is much more hands-off, letting customers make a purchase on their own without speaking to a sales rep. Consider this option when you want to make it fast and easy for your customers to buy, and/or when you don’t have a large team to handle individual sales. It works best for simple products that don’t require a lot of explanation and are offered at a low price point. I typically see this strategy with B2C business models, where customers can buy products on a website, but I also see it with SaaS companies that offer subscriptions. For example, LIKE.TG lets small-business owners buy software through the LIKE.TG Starter page. Partner sales: Consider this strategy, also known as channel sales, if you want to get your product to market quickly without adding headcount. It’s ideal for smaller, resource-strapped companies launching a simple product that’s relatively low-cost, but best sold directly through reps because it requires some assistance with delivery, onboarding, or setup. The big benefit here is broader market reach via preferred vendors like online marketplaces, resellers, and third-party distributors. 6. Go to market and measure results With the core elements of your go-to-market strategy in place, it’s time to get your product to the right buyers. As you ramp up marketing and sales on your channel(s) of choice, start tracking total units sold, prospect engagement and objections, and sales cycle length. You can do this easily with an AI-powered sales analytics tool that delivers insights in real-time. If you lag behind expectations, consider adjusting elements of your go-to-market strategy to compensate. Go through the steps above again periodically (at least once a quarter) to make sure your research and persona are up-to-date. By surfacing any new needs or problems of your target buyers, you can adjust messaging to keep customers interested. Go-to-market strategy example Mary, a software as a service (SaaS) company founder, is working on launching her new product to the market. Mary has created an innovative solution that automates data entry for companies with high volumes of customer information to manage. Her soft launch was a success, and she’s ready to sell. To make sure she’s bringing in the right prospects, Mary develops a buyer persona based on conversations with her current customers, and conducting market research. After a few weeks, she lands on the target buyer: mid-sized retailers that take a lot of customer orders online and by phone. The problem: the only other software providers on the market are too expensive for mid-sized companies, and their solutions take too long to get up and running. With this as a guide, Mary decides on key messaging: Spending your weekend entering customer orders (only to ship them too late)? Automate your data entry to save your weekends and keep customers happy. Mary also knows from customer conversations that she needs a sales team to engage with prospects – it’s a long-term investment for her customers, so they need to see demos before they commit. So, she hires 10 sales reps to start conducting outreach and connecting with prospective customers. Within a few weeks, the team has scheduled demos and is having in-person meetings. She even lands some initial clients, who find the software easy to set up out of the box and affordable for their budgets. Most of them are impressed with how it works, but there’s a problem: people say they need more app integrations to make data management easier.That’s excellent feedback, so Mary takes it to her team. After some investigation, they land on the top 10 most requested apps to start. As customers start using Mary’s software with the app integrations, they see real-time savings for their teams. Because they don’t have to spend extra time entering customer data manually, they can also save on headcount and ensure customer orders are shipped promptly. Within a few months, Mary saw a 40% increase in sales, with many customers saying they’ll write positive product reviews and refer their friends. Build your customer base with a strong go-to-market strategy A go-to-market strategy may seem like more fuss than it’s worth, but it helps you accomplish the most important task in sales: solving customer problems. Just keep in mind that it’s not a “one and done” effort. Continually monitor your sales and customer engagement to see how you can adapt your strategy to meet evolving buyer needs.

					AI for IT: The New AI Launches from Dreamforce 2023
AI for IT: The New AI Launches from Dreamforce 2023
Dreamforce is the crown jewel of the LIKE.TG event universe —and it was epic. From amazing keynote sessions to demos showcasing the tools to solve your biggest challenges, Dreamforce had something for everyone (including the very best swag!). But are you ready for the understatement of the year? That’s right – AI pretty much stole the show. From generating hyper-relevant sales emails to prospects to anticipating a customer service issue with a VIP, AI is here to serve and support every aspect of the business.Here’s the thing: it’s IT that enables everyone else to leverage AI.As an IT leader, you’re already feeling the pressure to pivot to an AI-led approach across your organization. But you’re faced with the harsh reality of connecting and harmonizing your data while adhering to security and data governance standards? How can you build AI-powered applications that you can trust? And how can you do it now? AI for IT: 3 launches you can use Let’s take a look at how these new AI launches, all announced at Dreamforce 2023, are helping IT teams get more done – and how you can, too! 1. Unlock the full power of your data According to our latest State of IT report, 86% of IT decision-makers worldwide believe that generative AI will play a significant role in their organizations in the near future.However, the average organization reported more than 1000 distinct applications used across the enterprise. Scarier still, fewer than a third of these apps are integrated. This is a problem when AI depends on accurate, unified data to deliver critical insights and predictions. In MuleSoft’s 2023 Connectivity Benchmark Report, enterprise IT leaders estimated spending an average of $4.7 million per year on custom integration efforts. That’s an increase of 31% from their 2022 estimate of $3.6 million. With this in mind, it’s critical to have the right tools and development environments at the ready to implement and build the experiences customers expect. All of this with security and powerful generative AI capabilities built right in. One way to get connected quickly is with MuleSoft, loaded with new generative AI capabilities to make integration faster than ever before. Connect to any data or system, wherever it resides, with security and governance built in. The MuleSoft Accelerator for Data Cloud can help you unlock and connect to critical industry systems quickly and securely. Once unlocked, your teams can finally harmonize with existing data sources through the power of LIKE.TG Data Cloud. This enables you to get a unified view of every customer so that you can deliver the right experiences at the right time every time.Harmonizing data quickly? That’s music to our ears. Get IT articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now 2. Put your data to work If your teams have tackled the data unification challenge — bravo! After all, it’s these integration challenges that slow down digital transformation initiatives for 80% of IT teams. But it’s actually garnering insights and getting recommendations from AI that IT leaders are being pressured to deliver. With unified data in place, how can we start to see the benefits of AI? Well, IT teams can make the building of apps and automations a bit easier with Prompt Builder.Because every generative AI-powered CRM app depends on the quality of the AI prompt, it’s useful to get a boost with the provided prompt templates. These templates guide IT teams in building AI prompts that will root the AI in specific data and instructions —making it possible for the AI to deliver better suggestions more quickly. This low-code prompt management tool allows IT teams to build, test, and fine-tune trusted AI prompts within the Einstein Trust Layer. Any sensitive data is automatically masked to limit bias and toxicity. With this tool, IT teams can leverage AI to build everything from auto-generated emails to product descriptions for websites. This means freeing up time to focus on deeper, more sophisticated IT challenges. Low-code. Painless. That’s how AI should be. 3. Deploy safely and quickly With a tremendous amount of pressure to consistently deliver new solutions, IT leaders must balance speed and delivery with security.We know all too well what can happen when an organization skirts security concerns to increase deployment speed. According to our recent State of the Connected Customer Report, the average cost of not complying with data protection regulations is $14.8 million. That’s a lot, and we want to work toward avoiding any data breaches.One thing AI can help with is mitigating security concerns without compromising on deployment speed. By using secure development environments with sandboxes, IT teams can safely test AI processes without the risk of pushing any errors to the production org.Plus, sandboxes are also a great space to train teams on how to responsibly build code with the help of generative AI.When it comes to production environments, a new feature will help protect your sensitive data and stay compliant. Privacy Center will feature new data management policies where IT teams can delete stale data or de-identify at scale to protect the production org.But if something were to go awry, we’ve got you covered there, too. LIKE.TG Backup is a native solution that allows you to protect against corruption, data loss, or coding errors by providing daily backups and the ability to restore quickly.Delivering new solutions with peace of mind. Sounds peaceful. Don’t sleep on AI What’s top-of-mind for IT leaders is how to get the most out of AI —now. That starts with the right tools to pull together your data with security and governance built-in. Leading IT organizations are already transforming to accommodate the latest AI trends. Make sure you’re one of them.

					What Is Cross-Selling?
What Is Cross-Selling?
Cross-selling involves selling related, supplementary products or services based on the customer’s interest in, or purchase of, one of your company’s products. Its a great way of increasing customer loyalty and deeping customer relationships which in turn can improve customer lifetime value and retention. This makes cross-selling an excellent growth strategy. What we will cover: Cross-Selling vs. UpsellingExamples of Cross-SellingBenefits of Cross-SellingPotential Drawbacks of Cross-SellingSteps for Cross-Selling to CustomersCross-Selling techniquesCross-Selling: Key facts and FAQs Cross-Selling vs. Upselling Cross-selling and upselling are two distinct practices that involve approaching existing customers and convincing them to purchase additional products or services. In the case of upselling, your goal is to sell a more expensive, more advanced product to the customer than they had planned by conveying its added benefits. One example of upselling would be a cable television provider selling a premium plan with a more extensive selection of channels to a current subscriber of a basic package. Upselling may also entail approaching the customer at the point of sale for one product, offering a more advanced alternative. In both upselling and cross-selling, companies must effectively utilise their existing and potential customer base to increase sales by offering appropriate additional products to the right customers. However, cross-selling never involves encouraging customers to replace their current choices with more expensive ones. LEARN MORE ABOUT UPSELLING Examples of Cross-Selling Some examples of cross-selling include an electronics retailer offering a deal on a computer case, mouse, and screen cleaning wipes to a customer who purchases a new laptop, or an insurance provider offering renters’ insurance to its car policyholders. Benefits of cross-selling The main benefits of cross-selling include increased sales revenue,improve customer satisfactionand in B2B businesses, increased Customer Lifetime Value (CLV) through deeper integration in a customer’s business. When it works, cross-selling is great for both you and for your customers. The ideal situation is one where your existing customer is not aware of a product or service that would improve their customer experience. You find them on theircustomer journeyat the ideal point, via their preferred contact method, and they react positively and go on to purchase the recommended product. Your sales increase, and their customer satisfaction increases because the product better fits their needs. Potential Drawbacks of Cross-Selling When it doesn’t work, cross-selling can be annoying for customers and ineffective at generating sales. This is almost always down to a lack of planning or appropriate data. If you recommend a product that makes no sense – for instance, promoting winter clothing to a customer who just bought a bathing suit – you may drive that customer away. If you approach a customer by phone who would typically place orders via email, you may not be able to make contact. And strangely enough, cross-selling is notalwaysa great idea, even when it works. According to aHarvard Business Reviewstudypublished in 2012, certain types of problem customers can actually make cross-selling a profit-losing strategy. According to Denish Shah and V. Kumar, some customer types can put stress on your customer service staff, whether by returning or cancelling a large number of goods and services or withholding spending in other areas to spend on your cross-selling promotions. It’s crucial toanalyse customer data and metricsrelated to your cross-selling marketing campaigns to evaluate which efforts produce cross-sales without reducing overall profitability, and which customers should be left out of cross-selling or approached with different methods, such as upselling. In general, cross-selling too many options to too many customers can be a losing endeavour if you don’t have a well thought out strategy in place. Steps for Cross-Selling to Customers Identify related products and services suitable for cross-selling Identify suitable customers ready for a cross-selling Develop a cross-selling campaign and customer journey Before you can convince your customers to respond to cross-selling efforts, you need to identify which products and services go together: What do customers typically buy as add-ons to their purchases? What products are usually purchased together? Or even, what products have been successful in previous cross-selling campaigns? Solid data makes all the difference. Say your company is a fitness centre: Do some of the members often buy drinks at your front desk? They might be interested in a supplementary beverage program for a flat monthly fee. Or maybe your online electronics shop has wireless headphones that could be marketed to recent smartphone buyers – these customers may even have browsed for headphones, but left them in their shopping carts without purchasing. Identify related products and services suitable for cross-selling The next step in creating effective cross-sellingcampaigns is targeting the right audience. Identifying cross-sellcustomers starts with the data you gather from your customers at every stage of their customer journey. You can use information about in-person and digital communication your company has had with customers, their purchasing and browsing histories, whether they’ve repeatedly returned merchandise or cancelled services. All of this information can help you identify the best candidates for a cross-selling campaign. You can also target “look-a-likes” who demonstrate similar behaviours or characteristics to these customers. Identify suitable customers ready for a cross-selling Organising the information you receive through customer purchase histories and interactions is infinitely more effective when you use sales and marketing software with effective tools forCRM, and even better when coupled withAI-assisted sales analytics. Artificial Intelligence tools can automatically contact customers who display interest in certain products without the need for your staff to set up a new campaign each time. This frees up your marketing and sales staff for the more personal interactions that machines can’t perform. Develop a cross-selling campaign and customer journey Once you’ve identified customers who are ideal candidates for cross-selling, you’ve got to convert them. You then need to develop a strategy for presenting the potential cross-sales. If you have an online store, cross-selling through ads that appear during the checkout process can be effective, as canemail campaigns targetingthose who recently purchased a product. For higher cross-selling conversion rates, test out different approaches to making contact with customers, and adjust your approach based on analytics-based results. Cross-selling techniques Now that you’ve identified the customers you’d like to approach and the products you’d like to cross-sell, here’s some advice about techniques and some cross-selling tips to keep in mind: Offer the customer additional products and services that will genuinely provide them with added value: Think about cross-sales from your a customer’s point of view, not just in terms of how much revenue you think you can generate. If you’reutilising a CRM, fewer well-placed offers are far more valuable than a greater range of offers that don’t benefit your customer relationships. Find your customers at effective touch points on their customer journey: If they’ve used your website to place orders, email ortargeted adsmight be the best method for cross-selling. If they’re more likely to visit a store in person, a salesperson is more likely to cross-sell additional products and services to them in person or on the phone. Use your existing inbound marketing campaigns to promote supplementary products and services: If you have content targeting an audience that buys luxury cars, for instance, you can include ads for car accessories on your blog posts and product descriptions to encourage cross-sales. Make effective use of the data your customers provide: The new generation of consumers expects personalised service, even when it comes to upselling and cross-selling, and the tools for providing that through solid data are out there. Encourage cross-sales by creating spaces for interaction between customers: An online community for skateboard buyers may be as effective at encouraging sales of additional wheels and other parts as your direct marketing efforts. Make use ofsocial sellingtechniques: For example, social mediainfluencersare a valuable tool for reaching the widest possible audience in the current, predominantly digital sales environment. Offer incentives for influencers who already promote your products to mention supplementary products on their social media channels. When handled with care, Cross-selling can be an effective way to increase sales revenue for your company. While you should take advantage of potential cross-sales, you need tools for gathering and analysing data to use cross-selling in a way that benefits your business and your customers.Managing your marketing and sales data intelligently gives you a competitive edge on your cross-selling efforts, thanks to sales AI. Find out more about LIKE.TG’s cloud software and Einstein Analytics with adeep dive into AI. That’s a lot of info! Here’s what you should take away from this article: What is cross-selling?Cross-selling is the process of offering a customer products that are compatible with the ones they’re purchasing. What’s the difference between cross-selling and upselling?Upselling is the practice of selling a more expensive product to a customer, while cross-selling is offering supplementary products. What’s an example of cross-selling?An example of cross-selling would be offering a deal on a computer case to a customer who purchases a laptop. What are the benefits of cross-selling?Benefits of cross-selling include increased sales revenue,improved customer satisfactionand increased Customer Lifetime Value (CLV). Are there drawbacks to cross-selling?When it doesn’t work, cross-selling can be annoying and ineffective. This is usually down to offering incompatible or inappropriate products. What are some steps for cross-selling to customers?The most important part of any cross-selling strategy is identifying products or services that are compatible with one another. After that, it’s identifying which customers are most likely to benefit. What are some cross-selling techniques?When cross-selling, it’s important to always try to add value to the customer experience. You’ll also want to make sure that you’re offering the appropriate products at the appropriate touchpoints. Cross-selling isn’t limited to burgers and software. It can be valuable in any industry, with any product. Case in point: As a sales consultant, my clients sometimes need more than a basic training course or hour-long coaching session. Cross-selling books, additional training, or sales resources is almost always an option — and to make sure the door is open for those cross-sells, I continuously deliver valuable articles or insights to build trust. Then, when an opportunity presents itself, I go for the cross-sell. This happened recently, shortly after the launch of my third book on sales. I had a few clients at the time who showed some interest in additional training for their sales teams, but I didn’t know exactly what they were looking for. So, I asked open-ended questions like, “What industry-specific insights or examples would be helpful?” and “What’s the best learning modality for your team?” Eventually, I uncovered a good fit: a few clients with smaller sales teams that wanted resources sellers could use on their own time. I confidently proposed a cross-sell in our regular check-in conversations, offering bulk copies of my book at a discounted rate. Happily, they accepted, and many have noted since that the book has made their training more impactful. Frequently asked questions What is cross selling and why is it important? Cross-selling involves selling customers related items when they are making a purchase. It’s important not only because it boosts revenue, but also because it increases customer satisfaction, builds engagement, and helps to create solid and lasting customer relationships Does cross selling work? Yes. Cross-selling provides value for both businesses and customers, leading to increased revenue, increased customer satisfaction and better long-term relationships. This is assuming that cross-selling is done correctly – as the products or services being cross-sold must be appropriate and fit the needs of the customer. What is an example of cross selling? Cross-selling involves offering additional products that complement a purchase. For example, if a customer is buying a new bike, the retailer might offer them a discount on a tyre pump or a bike light. An electronics retailer might offer a case, an external hard drive and a mouse with the purchase of a new laptop.

					Understanding Process Automation: Examples and Benefits
Understanding Process Automation: Examples and Benefits
Defining Process Automation Process automation applies software and technology to streamline and automate business processes, aligning them with predefined organisational goals. In today’s rapidly changing and competitive business environment, companies face the challenge of staying ahead of the curve. They must not only boost competitiveness and profitability but also enhance resilience and agility to thrive. Process automation is a key strategy to address these challenges. The Growing Importance of Process Automation Increasingly, businesses are turning to process automation as a powerful tool in their quest for competitiveness and profitability. According to a recent Gartner survey of global industry leaders, 80% of respondents cited automation as a core business priority for success. Defining Process Automation Process automation involves leveraging software and technology to automate business processes and functions. These automated processes help organisations achieve specific organisational goals, whether it’s producing a product, onboarding employees, or providing customer service. Process automation offers a simpler and faster way to enhance business efficiency and agility, allowing companies to create workflows and automate tasks without extensive coding. Business Process Automation to Digital Transformation Initially, Business Process Automation (BPA) was conceived as a discrete component within the broader framework of Business Process Management (BPM), with a predominant focus on enhancing back-end productivity by automating repetitive and time-consuming tasks. This initial iteration of BPA aimed to alleviate the burden of routine operations, thus increasing efficiency and reducing the potential for human error. It was a crucial stepping stone in the journey toward more streamlined and efficient business processes. However, the evolution of BPA has been nothing short of remarkable. What was once a supporting element has now taken centre stage and transformed into the driving force behind BPM. In the contemporary business landscape, BPA has emerged as the catalyst for comprehensive digital transformation. It has expanded its scope and capabilities to encompass not just the back end but also the front end of business operations, ushering in an era where process optimisation touches every aspect of an organisation. The Role of Robotic Process Automation Robotic Process Management (RPM) represents a pivotal aspect of modern process automation. It encompasses integrating robotic process automation (RPA) tools and bots into business systems, further enhancing automation capabilities. RPM leverages software robots that are meticulously programmed to replicate human actions, allowing them to execute an array of rule-based tasks. This technology not only simplifies and accelerates processes but also ensures the consistency and accuracy of operations. By automating these routine and repetitive tasks, RPM liberates human resources to focus on more strategic and creative endeavours within the organisation. The synergy between RPM and other cutting-edge technologies like AI, machine learning, and workflow automation solidifies its position as a cornerstone of digital transformation, streamlining processes across various business functions and offering a competitive edge in today’s dynamic business landscape. Identifying Automation Candidates Not all activities are suitable for automation. Process automation is most effective for repetitive tasks with well-defined steps, sequences, and rules. This approach ensures that the business process is consistently executed with the right people, in the correct order, and within specified timeframes. Some areas that commonly benefit from process automation include recruitment, employee onboarding, payment and payroll processes, workforce scheduling, invoicing, customer experience enhancement, and compliance and regulatory tasks. Key Technologies in Process Automation Two core technologies at the heart of business process automation are Robotic Process Automation (RPA) and Workflow Automation. RPA involves software robots that emulate human actions to automate rule-based tasks within business systems. In contrast, Workflow Automation focuses on the independent execution of tasks, documents, and information flows in line with established business rules. Techniques and Technologies in Process Automation To achieve optimal outcomes in process automation, organisations employ a diverse array of techniques and cutting-edge technologies. These innovative tools and approaches empower businesses to not only streamline their operations but also enhance their decision-making capabilities and adaptability. Here’s a more in-depth look at the key technologies that play pivotal roles in achieving the best results in process automation: 1. Hyperautomation: Hyperautomation is not merely a technology but rather a comprehensive strategic initiative. It involves identifying, vetting, and automating as many businesses and IT processes as possible. By orchestrating multiple technologies, tools, and platforms, including AI and machine learning, hyper-automation enables organisations to automate various tasks and processes. It extends the reach of automation to virtually every aspect of business operations, paving the way for an extensive digital transformation. 2. Intelligent Process Automation (IPA): Intelligent Process Automation represents the next evolution of traditional process automation. It combines process redesign with the power of robotic process automation and machine learning. IPA not only automates repetitive, rule-based tasks but also incorporates AI and cognitive technologies to mimic human activities and even learn from them. This infusion of intelligence into automation leads to improved performance, increased speed, reduced risk, and enhanced customer experiences. 3. Low-Code/No-Code Automation: Low-code and no-code automation platforms are designed to be accessible to individuals with limited programming or coding expertise. They offer drag-and-drop functionality, visual tooling, and pre-built content. These platforms empower subject-matter experts to automate processes according to their specific needs. Simultaneously, they maintain governance and ensure compliance standards, allowing IT teams to oversee the integration of new automated processes within the system securely. 4. Big Data Integration: Big Data is characterised not only by its volume but also by its complexity and speed. It encompasses structured and unstructured data, such as customer feedback, emails, videos, and images. Big Data integration into process automation allows businesses to leverage artificial intelligence and machine learning capabilities to guide decision-making, accelerate processes, and reduce the burden of repetitive tasks and assessments. It provides valuable insights previously buried within data, aiding in more informed decision-making. 5. Artificial Intelligence (AI): AI technologies complement process automation by addressing the challenges posed by unstructured data. While traditional process automation thrives on structured data, AI is proficient at processing unstructured data, such as scanned images, webpages, and PDF documents. AI can convert this data into a structured format, making it understandable for other automation tools, which enhances the overall accuracy and utility of process automation. 6. Natural Language Processing (NLP): NLP-powered tools excel at understanding human speech, context, and tone. In process automation, NLP can be deployed to enhance interactions, providing both internal and customer-facing automated responses. It allows organisations to deliver more effective and context-aware automated services and support. 7. Machine Learning: Machine learning relies on Big Data to make informed decisions. When integrated with RPA, AI, and NLP, machine learning can identify trends, patterns, and insights from both data and human users. This augments the accuracy and relevance of process automation, making it a more valuable asset for organisations. 8. Intelligent ERP Systems: Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems have evolved to become intelligent and capable of supporting a wide range of business functions. Modern ERP systems incorporate AI and machine learning technologies to enhance operations across the organisation. Many automation functions are now integrated into these ERP systems, improving efficiency and performance in various departments. Incorporating these advanced techniques and technologies into process automation solutions equips organisations to not only optimise their processes but also harness the full potential of their data. It results in more agile, adaptable, and intelligent operations that can respond to changing market conditions and customer needs with speed and precision. Benefits of Process Automation The advantages of business process automation are significant and include: Increased business structure agility and resilience. Enhanced operational efficiency with faster cycle times. Improved compliance through transparent data trails and monitoring. Reduced burden of slow, manual processes, enabling greater freedom to innovate and grow. Real-time collaboration across the organisation, fosters teamwork and employee satisfaction. Improved customer service quality and faster response times. The Path to Digital Transformation through Process Automation Successful digital transformation relies on several key strategic components: 1. Strategic Priority: In any organisation aspiring to navigate the digital transformation landscape successfully, automation must transcend the realm of individual processes and be elevated to the status of a strategic imperative that permeates the entire organisational fabric. Rather than viewing automation as a series of isolated initiatives, it should be ingrained in the company’s overarching strategy. This strategic approach ensures that automation is not merely a reaction to specific operational challenges but an integral part of the organisation’s vision for growth, efficiency, and competitiveness. By making automation a strategic priority across all functions and departments, companies can unlock its full potential, realising the benefits of coherence, cost-effectiveness, and adaptability. 2. People-Centric Approach: An essential facet of digital transformation is placing people at the forefront of the automation journey. Instead of expecting employees to conform to rigid automation processes, businesses should design automation solutions that adapt to the needs and preferences of their workforce. This people-centric approach emphasises that technology should serve as an enabler, enhancing human capabilities rather than replacing them. By focusing on making technology work for people, organisations can foster a culture of innovation and collaboration. Employees feel empowered to explore the creative aspects of their roles, while automation takes care of the repetitive and mundane tasks, leading to a more motivated and satisfied workforce. Furthermore, this approach promotes seamless human-machine collaboration, wherein both elements complement each other’s strengths, resulting in an agile and adaptive organisation well-prepared to thrive in an era of rapid change. 3. Scalability: Amid today’s unpredictable market conditions and an ever-shifting business landscape, scalability is a critical determinant for achieving and sustaining process automation success. The ability to scale automation initiatives effectively equips organisations with the flexibility and adaptability to meet evolving market demands. As market dynamics change and business requirements shift, organisations must have the agility to respond promptly and effectively. Scalability in process automation ensures that automation solutions can grow with business needs, accommodating increased workloads, expanding operations, and addressing new challenges without requiring a complete overhaul of existing systems. This adaptability is crucial for organisations seeking long-term value from their automation investments. Implementing Process Automation Implementing process automation within an organisation is a transformative journey requiring careful planning, strategic alignment, and a commitment to continuous improvement. The process begins with a thorough assessment of the existing workflows and processes, identifying areas where automation can yield the most significant benefits. Once these areas are pinpointed, the next step involves selecting the appropriate automation tools and technologies tailored to the specific needs and goals of the organisation. Successful implementation hinges on clear communication with all stakeholders and fostering a culture of collaboration, where employees actively participate in the automation journey. Change management strategies are essential to ensure a smooth transition. Furthermore, it is critical to establish key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure the impact of automation, monitor progress, and adjust strategies as needed. Training and upskilling employees to work alongside automation solutions is also crucial. As processes are automated, they must be continuously monitored, optimised, and adapted to changing circumstances. The successful implementation of process automation does not represent an endpoint but a continuous cycle of improvement, enabling organisations to unlock the full potential of automation while staying agile in an ever-evolving business landscape. Automate Your Business Processes with LIKE.TG Transform your business operations with the power of automation using LIKE.TG. Instead of relying on your users to manually execute every step of a business process, empower your organisation with the efficiency and consistency of automated workflows. The advantages are twofold: your team can redirect their valuable time and skills to more strategic tasks, and you can have confidence that each process is executed precisely as intended. LIKE.TG provides a comprehensive suite of automation tools, from guided visual experiences to behind-the-scenes automation and approval processes. Even more appealing is that these tools don’t require writing a single line of code – they’re all point-and-click. Choose from various LIKE.TG Flow features to streamline and automate your business processes. Flow Builder, for instance, simplifies the automation of your organisation’s repetitive tasks, creating a graphical representation as you build it. It combines the capabilities of workflow rules and Process Builder, offering a unified, point-and-click solution. As your business grows, you can leverage Flow Orchestration to manage complex workflows, involving multiple users and departments, regardless of geographical boundaries. For personalised experiences, Einstein Next Best Action provides the means to display tailored offers and actions to the right people at the right time, refining recommendations based on your unique criteria. LIKE.TG’s automation tools extend to Automated Actions, reusable components that perform background tasks such as updating fields or sending emails. Approval Processes take automation a step further, allowing you to define a sequence of steps required to approve a record. LIKE.TG Workflow Rules enable the automation of standard internal procedures and processes, simplifying your organisational operations. Alternatively, you can harness the power of Process Builder, which offers graphical representation as you design automated processes.

					7 Sales Dashboards Every Team Needs (With Examples)
7 Sales Dashboards Every Team Needs (With Examples)
Fill in cell. Add row. Update column. New tab. Cross eyes. Rinse, repeat —10 times a day. Sound familiar? I’ve seen countless businesses (including enterprise companies) compile — and try to analyse — sales data in spreadsheets like this. Sure, spreadsheets are useful for small projects, but they can be cumbersome when dealing with complex sales data. Sales dashboards to the rescue. The right dashboards can automatically pull in, organise, and display your data in clear and useful ways, segmenting critical metrics by role with data updated in real-time so everyone can see the latest information. But not all dashboards are created equal. Below are a few specific types that I recommend to get a clear look at sales performance at every level — rep to sales org. What is a sales dashboard? A sales dashboard is a visual representation — typically in graph or chart form — of sales metrics. Located within a company’sCRMor sales analytics software, it groups together related metrics for an “at a glance” look at progress toward sales goals. When used regularly, a dashboard can reveal where sales teams are performing well and where they need to improve. In most cases, sales dashboards are created by sales managers, sales leaders, and sales operations teams, though reps can create dashboards to track their own accounts. The most versatileCRMsallow teams to share dashboards with others on the sales team and across the business for maximum visibility. One dashboard I see a lot: A sales manager creates a team pipeline dashboard that includes the total number of leads generated by reps in a given quarter, the total number of leads in each pipeline stage, and the team’s conversion rate (percentage of leads that complete a purchase). With this information, the manager can forecast sales for the quarter and identify opportunities for coaching. How to create a sales dashboard How you build a sales dashboard depends on the analytics platform you’re using, but there are a few common steps: Determine the goals and metrics you want to track, find a tool that allows you to track them, sync your sales data with the new tool, and build out the dashboards for your team. Identify sales goals you want to track.For example, you may have a yearly sales goal of $1 million. Identify metrics that support each of these goals.If your singular goal is total sales, you probably want totrack metricsthat support that goal, like leads generated, leads in pipe, and pipeline value. (My recommendation: Try to stick to three or four metrics per goal. Otherwise, it’s hard to set up your dashboards and even harder to interpret them.) Identify who should have access to each dashboard.In many cases, you’ll want to share dashboards across the team for maximum visibility. But there will be some dashboards, like topline sales goal tracking, that may not be helpful to reps in their day-to-day work. Find an analytics tool or CRM that allows you to create dashboards using the metrics you’ve identified.Many customer relationship management (CRM) tools have pre-built templates and drag-and-drop tools to make building dashboards simple. I recommend picking ones that can create dashboards with just a few clicks based on role or function. Sync your data.If you’re deploying a new analytics tool in your tech stack, make sure it’s securely integrated with your other tools and can sync customer and sales data frequently — ideally, in real-time. Alternatively, you can avoid daisy-chaining a bunch of tech by picking (or moving to) aCRMwith robust analytics that includes customisable dashboards. Create and share your dashboards.Follow the steps provided by your analytics orCRMprovider. 7 sales dashboards examples The dashboards that give you the clearest picture of sales and business health are simple, visible across the sales org, and supported by real-time data. Here are the seven I use the most: 1. State of sales dashboard Who it’s for:Sales managers and executives KPIs to include:Total team revenue, total deal amount in pipe, average quota attainment percentage, forecast accuracy (Can also include: Total new leads, employee satisfaction and turnover rate, calls booked by quarter/year, average team deal amount) When to use:Daily or weekly Why it’s important:Think of the state of sales dashboard as a command centre. It provides a snapshot of all key metrics that affect team-wide sales targets. By knowing these, you can see signs that overarching sales strategy should be revisited, territories should be re-evaluated, or enablement efforts should be shored up. 2. Forecasting dashboard Who’s it for:Sales managers and executives KPIs to include:Teamwin rate, average deal amount, average sales cycle length, total pipeline value When to use:Weekly Why it’s important:Think of this dashboard as a weather report for your sales team. Based on the latest sales data, it can determine whether or not you’re likely to hit your overarching sales goals and coach up your reps against any potential storms. I recommend checking it weekly to spot any problems, like low lead volume or unusually long sales cycles, that might keep you from hitting your topline sales goals. 3. Sales rep performance dashboard Who it’s for:Sales managers KPIs to include:Conversion rate, total revenue generated, quota attainment percentage, activity engagement, opportunities in pipeline, customer retention rate, potential risks and neglected accounts (Can also include: Leads generated, opportunities in pipeline, average deal amount, sales cycle length, and activity metrics like calls made or emails sent) When to use:Daily or weekly Why it’s important:Rep performance is most accurately measured by three key metrics: conversion rate, total revenue generated, and quota attainment percentage. When you combine these on adashboardand view them relative to previous months, quarters, or other reps, you can see whether a rep is underperforming, performing as expected, or excelling. The other metrics noted here, like leads generated and average deal amount, can be early warning signs of neglected deals and that key performance metrics will be off. When these are below benchmark, it’s a good time to dig into calls and processes to find coaching opportunities. 4. Sales leaderboard Who it’s for:Sales reps and managers KPIs to include:Number of new leads, new pipeline generated, quota attainment percentage — all by rep (Can also include: Activities logged and service level agreement compliance rate) When to use:Quarterly Why it’s important:Most reps I’ve worked with are competitive. They’re motivated to beat their teammates by winning more or bigger deals.By displaying your reps’ performance for the whole sales team to see, you encourage them to push for the top of the leaderboard. Encourage a little healthy competition by offering added incentives for those who hit the top of the leaderboard by quarter’s end. An added plus for managers: This dashboard reveals which reps might need extra coaching. 5. Win/loss dashboard Who it’s for:Sales managers and executives KPIs to include:Win rate or loss rate, win/loss trends over time, churn rate When to use:Quarterly Why it’s important:When setting up this dashboard, make sure you add filters for industry, business size, or other dimensions so you can see where your products/services are resonating and where they’re falling flat. With this info, you can take a close look at your sales strategy and adjust product positioning for your target market. 6. Sales lead dashboard Who it’s for:Sales reps and lead generation teams KPIs to include:New outbound leads (from prospecting), new inbound leads (from marketing or advertising efforts), win rate by lead type When to use:Weekly Why it’s important:With a closer look at the source of the leads you’re bringing in and whether or not they’re converting, you can see the effectiveness of your prospecting and marketing efforts. Concentrate on the channels that bring you highly qualified leads that are likely to close and drop the leads that never make it through the pipeline. 7. Pipeline generation dashboard Who’s it for:Sales managers, sales reps, and marketing teams KPIs to include:Total pipeline value, pipeline growth rate (quarter over quarter), conversion rate (Can also include: Pipeline velocity, or how quickly a lead makes it through the pipeline, and target vs. actual pipeline) When to use:Weekly Why it’s important:For every business, a pipeline value-to-sales ratio is critical for hitting targets. The typical standard is typically 3:1, but this ratio changes depending on your industry and need. Whatever it is, this dashboard helps you keep an eye on your team’s pipeline to ensure you have enough deal dollars in the works to hit your sales targets. For instance, if you’re aiming for $2 million in revenue, you’d probably want to see a $6 million pipeline. In short, if your pipeline value is low, you’re unlikely to hit targets, so it’s probably time to start ramping up prospecting. Boost your team’s performance with sales dashboards Setting up dashboards is just the beginning. Once you have these dashboards in place, it’s crucial to review and update them every quarter to ensure their relevance. This regular maintenance allows you to get the most out of your tools, ensuring that your sales reps, managers, and leaders continuously receive the insights they need to succeed and close deals faster. But don’t worry, it’s a heck of a lot easier than viewing those metrics in sheet after sheet of rows and columns.

					Project Management: Your Comprehensive Guide
Project Management: Your Comprehensive Guide
If you aim to deliver projects on time and within budget while satisfying all stakeholders, efficient project management is essential. But what does exemplary project management entail? What are the best frameworks, and which features are critical in the software you select? Our definitive guide to project management with LIKE.TG addresses these queries and more. You will gain insights into project management processes, optimal frameworks, and managing a project effectively. What is Project Management? Project management leads a team to achieve all project goals within specified constraints. Typically outlined in project documentation created at the project’s inception, the main constraints include scope, time, and budget. For instance, your objective may be to launch a new product, develop software, or organise a networking event. To attain your end goal, project management encompasses: Establishing goals Scheduling tasks Managing teams Monitoring progress Collaborating with stakeholders Numerous structured frameworks, such as Agile, Kanban, or Scrum, can be employed to reach your project objectives. While these frameworks take different approaches, each is focused on bringing the necessary steps to complete your project on time and within budget. Why is Project Management Important? Project management is vital as it provides the leadership, motivation, and problem-solving skills to introduce new products or services, boost revenue, and meet organisational objectives. Prioritising effective project management styles enables proactive and continuous workflow improvement, preventing mistakes and overspending. The most successful companies understand how to manage a project efficiently and productively. Who Uses Project Management? Organisations of all sizes, from large multinational corporations to small or medium-sized businesses, employ project management. Whether you are leading a team in the office or managing remote teams globally, effective project management ensures your organisation reaches its goals. Project management encompasses various project types, including (but not limited to): Product and service development Software engineering Event planning Construction projects Marketing campaigns IT system implementations Traditionally, a project manager leads the project team and is responsible for the project’s overall success, assigning tasks to team members, monitoring progress, and ensuring deadlines and budgets are met. Multiple team members can share project management responsibilities in smaller teams without a dedicated project manager. The Five Stages of Project Management Successful project management begins by designing and following a straightforward road map to set expectations. As Matt Burns, a project manager at LIKE.TG, emphasises, “The number one thing to do before initiating any project is to outline the project road map at the beginning. Because if you want to go somewhere, and you don’t have this map, you’ll probably get lost.” To help you create your road map, let’s delve into the five essential phases of project management. Here’s a high-level overview of each: Initiating In the project initiation phase, essential preparations are made to complete the work on time and within budget. This phase involves: Defining the project scope Providing a high-level project overview Establishing budgets For larger projects, a project charter or Project Initiation Documentation (PID) may be created to delve deeper into these areas. Planning and creating a clear and deliberate project plan ensures all team members work toward a common goal. During the project planning phase, you will: Select project team members Outline deliverables Estimate required project resources Determine associated activities Set key milestones and dates Additionally, you can outline your team’s project management methodology with options such as Agile, Waterfall, PRINCE2, PMBOK, Scrum, Lean, or Kanban. Executing During the execution phase, you will carry out your project plan to deliver products to stakeholders. This stage runs concurrently with the monitoring and controlling phase and may involve: Managing workflows Recommending changes Suggesting corrective actions Ultimately, it’s about maintaining control, collaborating with the entire team, and staying on track. Monitoring/Controlling Regular monitoring is essential in any project life cycle to answer the question: Where are we versus where should we be, per the project plan? Effective monitoring requires: Regular project check-ins Use of proper project documentation and tracking tools to visualise project progress. Visual and real-time monitoring is more effective. Closing The closing phase, also known as “project delivery” or project closeout, involves wrapping up all activities and delivering the final product. This handover could be to the client, an internal team, or an external stakeholder. It may include concluding contracts or agreements and conducting a comprehensive review or audit. The Four Types of Project Management Various project management types and frameworks can lead to successful project management. Choosing the right one is crucial, as it determines how you structure your team and plan and monitor your projects. Here are concise descriptions of the leading project management frameworks: 1. Waterfall Project Management Waterfall project management focuses on meticulous planning, breaking down and scheduling the entire project from start to finish sequentially. It’s best suited for teams capable of defining all project requirements upfront and comfortable with fixed deadlines. 2. Agile Project Management Agile is an iterative approach that enables quick responses to project feedback. It prioritises adaptability, collaboration, and incremental delivery, making it ideal for complex projects with evolving requirements, especially in software development. 3. Kanban Project Management Kanban focuses on continuous improvement through visualising and managing the flow of work. Tasks move across the Kanban board as the project progresses, allowing for rapid adaptation and resolution of bottlenecks. It is beneficial for projects with unpredictable workloads. 4. Scrum Project Management Scrum divides larger projects into shorter sprints, adapting to project demands as it evolves. It defines rules for team size, roles, planning, meetings, and deliverables. Eight Tips for Successful Project Management Effective project management allows companies to develop products or services, optimise operations, and provide value to customers with minimal friction and greater efficiency. To succeed in project management, follow these eight tips: Invest in the initiation and planning stages to avoid later confusion. Choose the proper framework or methodology for your project. Promote a culture of transparency and ownership to improve communication and collaboration. Define a realistic project scope to prevent scope creep. Prioritise efficient scheduling for better time management. Practice effective resource management to maximise efficiency. Engage your stakeholders and maintain strong communication throughout the project. Leverage tools like LIKE.TG to streamline project management workflows and facilitate decision-making. Start mastering project management with LIKE.TG today and unlock the potential for successful and efficient project delivery.

					Understanding Customer Experience Automation (CXA)
Understanding Customer Experience Automation (CXA)
To gain insight into the realm of Customer Experience Automation (CXA) and its potential to shape customer expectations and enhance overall satisfaction, it’s essential to explore how businesses employ automation to streamline repetitive, manual tasks, mitigating the risk of human error. This is particularly vital in improving client contentment. Customer Experience Automation, or CXA, leverages automation tools like AI chatbots and automated email campaigns to elevate the quality of customer interactions. CXA solutions optimise communication with both prospective and existing customers, ensuring their needs are met seamlessly from start to finish, resulting in more personalised interactions. The advantages of automating the customer experience are diverse and manifold. Furthermore, CX automation is gaining increasing popularity in the business landscape. If you’re ready to embark on your CXA journey, continue reading to delve into the world of customer experience automation. Learn how it distinguishes itself from marketing automation, understand its benefits, and discover its myriad applications within your organisation. Defining Customer Experience Automation CX automation empowers businesses to automate individualised customer engagement throughout the entire customer lifecycle, expediting communication and personalisation. Instead of relying on service representatives for daily client interactions, automation solutions shoulder much of this workload, thereby minimising human intervention and streamlining operations. For successful customer experience automation, it is imperative to incorporate the following elements: Orchestration: Utilising existing customer data to pinpoint areas where automation can be most effective, you can set up your touchpoints and communicate with clients at opportune moments. Segmentation: By categorising your audience into subgroups based on shared characteristics like demographics, shopping habits, and personal values, segmentation ensures that each contact receives content tailored to their unique requirements and at the most appropriate times. Personalisation: Personalisation guarantees that every interaction with your brand is tailored to the individual, enabled by the data collected during segmentation efforts. Automation: The ability to analyse customer data and harness it to automate communication processes. Recognising that customer experience and customer service have distinct meanings is essential. While customer service represents a single instance of support when a client requires assistance, customer experience encompasses every interaction with your business. CX Automation vs. Customer Relationship Management (CRM) While CXA focuses on automating the entire customer journey, Customer Relationship Management (CRM) involves organising and managing client relationships and analysing interaction-derived data. These two components work harmoniously to improve customer experience and cultivate more robust connections with your audience. CRM software aggregates and evaluates automatically or manually collected information, providing a centralised dashboard for accessing client data, promoting interaction uniformity, and personalising customer engagement. With CX automation, you can leverage the insights from your CRM to automate specific interactions throughout the customer journey. CX Automation vs. Marketing Automation CXA tools are designed to guide customers through their journey from start to finish and beyond, ensuring comprehensive care at all stages of the buying process. In contrast, marketing automation primarily concentrates on enhancing funnelling efforts to progress individuals through different stages and campaigns. The Benefits of Customer Experience Automation The advantages of utilising customer experience tools include improved customer communication, enhanced operational efficiency, and fortified customer relationships. Notable benefits include: 24/7 Support: Automation tools enable customers, both current and potential, to access support whenever they require it, even outside regular working hours. AI chatbots can address common issues without necessitating human intervention. Cost Reduction: Businesses can save money and minimise operational costs by automating various requests. This efficiency allows live agents to focus on more critical tasks. Enhanced Customer Satisfaction: Automation can reduce response times, provide high-quality support, and resolve issues more swiftly, increasing customer satisfaction and decreasing waiting times. Personalised Communications: Automation empowers businesses to offer personalised interactions, catering to individual needs and interests through product recommendations, targeted ads, and tailored emails. Consistency: CX automation minimises friction, ensuring that customers experience a consistent journey through the buying process and perceive your brand positively, while reducing the risk of unprofessional errors. Valuable Insights: CX automation software can gather crucial information about customer preferences and needs, enhancing your understanding of your clientele. Strengthened Customer Relationships: Automated customer experiences build stronger client connections, fostering loyalty and advocacy, ultimately contributing to increased sales and recommendations. Increased Profitability: A better customer experience, coupled with satisfied customers, can boost conversions and revenue, fostering business profitability. However, human interactions remain invaluable and sometimes indispensable. Ways to Implement CX Automation With predictions suggesting that 40% of customer interactions will be automated through AI and machine learning, the importance of CX automation is undeniable. Here are some practical ways to leverage CXA within your business to stay ahead of the competition: AI Chatbots: Deploy AI and machine learning-driven chatbots to respond swiftly to frequently asked questions, reducing customer wait times. Self-Service Scheduling: Streamline the appointment booking process with self-service tools, allowing customers to schedule appointments efficiently. Automated Emails: Employ various automated emails, such as abandoned cart notifications, new subscriber welcomes, and transactional messages, to enhance customer engagement. Live Chat: Offer real-time support through live chat solutions, ensuring customers receive timely assistance outside regular business hours. Feedback Surveys: Automate customer surveys to collect valuable feedback about their interactions with your brand, facilitating continuous improvement. In conclusion, embracing CX automation enhances customer relationships and boosts sales and positions your business for success in a world where automation plays an increasingly significant role in customer interactions. While automation is invaluable, the human touch remains essential for certain interactions.

					How to Adapt Your Marketing for the New Era of Data Analytics
How to Adapt Your Marketing for the New Era of Data Analytics
It’s no stretch to say the marketing data landscape has changed quite a bit over the past two years. For one, the ways companies collect user data have been under the microscope, and policies from Apple and Google are forcing marketing data analytics changes across the board. Also, customers are more thoughtful than ever about what information they’re willing to share and how it’s being used. Finally, scalability and personalisation have become buzzwords, but you can’t accomplish either without strong analytics – and getting that has been an uphill climb for many businesses. How are companies succeeding in this new era of marketing? We spoke with marketers from Cox Automotive and Sobeys about charting their own paths forward and how they’re finding ways to connect with customers in this complex landscape. Here’s how those companies adapted their marketing data analytics to become more efficient and improve outcomes across the customer journey. Rethink your marketing data analytics strategies The movement toward consumer privacy protections is accelerating, and that’s a good thing. However, the downstream effects of increased data collection restrictions mean various metrics — like open rates and measurement methods used to benchmark success — are no longer reliable. Because of this, you’ll need to shift your strategies. As the previous metrics of success are deprecated and customers are increasingly experience-oriented, marketers are realising how important it is to gain a more complete view of how campaigns are performing. Instead of evaluating marketing channels individually or in silos, they are assessing performance across all investments together as part of a unified strategy. Last year, 83% of marketers described their cross-channel coordination as dynamic as opposed to siloed or duplicated – up from just 68% in 2021. Marketers are also more focused on first-party data — information gained directly from the customer. Instead of relying on old systems like open-data exchanges to buy audience data, they are modernising the way they build first-party data assets through the lens of user consent. Cox Automotive has spent the past two years building a more complete picture of prospects and clients, including combining role, engagement, and product purchase data from across its brands into a centralised location. Now, their teams can target specific audiences with custom product or service messages. By unifying their data, Cox Automotive can better segment their audience and deliver more personalised messaging to their customers. They have defined value by segment and role so they have a clear idea of the problems they are solving and the messages they need to convey for each product. Use automation to free up time for smarter insights Having a clear vision for your marketing data analytics is critical for a successful marketing strategy. And building a trusted data foundation is the first step in executing on that vision. Automation can handle menial tasks like gathering and segmenting data, giving you a clear view of the information you need to make decisions. Marketers are using a growing number of different platforms in their tech stack to advertise, engage customers, deliver better experiences, and ultimately get people to convert. This complexity often leads to teams spending too much time on connecting and harmonising data to create reliable insights instead of optimising their efforts. Instead of relying on a jumble of platforms, you can invest in automated data governance to relieve your teams of manual data aggregation. This includes managing campaign naming and taxonomy, tracking requirements, data delivery, and quality assurance. A proper marketing intelligence platform facilitates data connections, with all clicks and no coding. With a platform that uses technology like automation and AI, you’ll spend less time on data prep and more time on connecting with customers. But it’s not only about connecting the data. Marketing intelligence helps harmonise it to create a consistent framework that enriches raw data: helping you find actionable insights, rather than get lost in a sea of data points. You can take this even further with automated taxonomy management, flexible harmonisation logic, and holistic data governance tools. With an accurate data foundation that evolves with the changing data ecosystem, you’ll move more efficiently and gain time back to do more testing and learning. The end result? Less wasted time trying to decipher inaccurate marketing data analytics, a better return on your investment, and happier customers. Turn insights into outcomes with marketing data analytics With access to cross-channel and first-party data, you can measure customer-based outcomes across an entire marketing journey. Then, you can use those insights to achieve your marketing initiatives. For example, instead of focusing on upper-funnel metrics like clicks and opens, marketers can optimise for downstream outcomes such as signups and purchases. Grocery chain Sobeys is using qualitative and quantitative data to improve how it measures success across the customer lifecycle. “What gets measured, gets done,” said Erika De Haas, vice president of marketing communications at Sobeys. “As we continue to build our connected full-funnel experiences, establishing clear baseline benchmarks based on all of the first-party data we have will be critical to not only connecting our experiences but driving their impact and growing our loyal customer base.” Sobeys’ strategy is to approach the sales funnel as one connected experience, with every interaction helping build customer loyalty. “At the top of the funnel we focus on which emotional benefits drive Canadian families to choose Sobeys. We research brand preference, and what matters most is brand ownership and equity,” said De Haas. “As that same customer moves through our funnel, we develop communications and experiences that provide more functional benefits, and success is more measured on transactions.” De Haas said Sobeys’ success will always be measured by the same metric: Is it providing families with what they need so they continue choosing Sobeys as their place to shop? Now, the team has new tools to achieve that metric across the customer journey. “Knowing if our customers engage with our brand at the top of the funnel but drop off in the middle will require a different strategy than if they’re engaged at the middle but drop at the store,” she says. “Monitoring our data in a holistic way will be the difference-maker that ensures we are connecting our customers with our brand throughout the entirety of their journey with us.” Connect with customers across your channels Once you have your strategy, automation, and insights all in order, the next step is putting them all together to start generating engagement across all your channels. That engagement generates more high-quality first-party data, which in turn leads to more data analysis, better insights, and even better engagements on the next go round, as your data analysis operation grows into self-perpetuating and self-improving marketing powerhouse. The first step to getting there is building connected customer journeys that guide every customer through relevant interactions across their favourite channels. That will mean different things for different businesses – maybe for you it’s about increasing engagement in your customers’ inboxes, or reaching them at the right time via SMS. But no matter what the individual steps along the way might be, you can build the perfect journey from good strategy and clean data, with AI helping your customers along the way as sort of an invisible tour guide. You can find more success on that journey by being smart about automating elsewhere. Using first-party data instead of cookies gets you lower cost conversions. Automating more basic customer communications saves time and frees up your marketers to do more big-picture work. That all may sound like a lot to manage, but with the right intelligent reporting and a connected dashboard, you can easily keep track of all of it in one place. You can get the most from your marketing data analytics when you let AI and automation eliminate the guesswork, letting you focus on your customers.

					Contact Centre AI: Redefining Interactions with Customers
Contact Centre AI: Redefining Interactions with Customers
The hottest topic in service today is generative AI, especially in the contact centre. 84% of IT leaders we surveyed in a recent study say generative AI will help their organisation better serve customers, and every day we speak with service leaders who are excited about the potential for generative contact centre AI. Yet, only 24% are actually using any form of contact centre AI. What’s in the way? 66% say that their employees don’t have the right skills to successfully put generative AI to use. What’s needed is an entire redefining of the way contact centres interact with customers in this age of AI, to maximise the effectiveness of the technology we have available, while also ensuring we maintain the human touch we know customers still value in their interactions. What is contact centre AI? The right mix of customer service channels and AI tools can help you become more efficient and improve customer satisfaction in your contact centre. AI is still an emerging branch of technologies in the contact centre space, and its presence and utility is evolving at a rapid rate, however it is showing a great deal of promise in being able to increase efficiency, provide better analysis, and – perhaps surprisingly to some – personalise the customer experience. Some AI technologies that are currently being used are: Chatbots Perhaps the most obvious and visible of the AI customer service tools, chatbots can greet customers, collect any background information, and try to solve the issue they’re seeking to resolve by drawing on existing data. The challenge right now is that chatbots are great at solving simple problems, but complexity can still baffle them, so they still require the attention of a real person. Chatbots can, however, pass on the information they’ve gathered to ensure a smooth transition that many customers won’t be able to detect. Intelligent routing Contact centres have been routing their enquiries for a long time now, with customers instructed to press different numbers on their phone to be put through to different departments, but AI can take into account more complex criteria, including customer personality and information drawn from previous contacts with the business. This helps ensure the customer is put through to the most appropriate department, improving their customer experience and helping to prevent potential frustration. Intelligent Interactive Voice Response (IVR) We’ve all had that frustrating experience of telling a robot on the phone the reason we’re calling, only to have them misunderstand and ask us to repeat ourselves in perpetuity until we hang up in frustration, but IVR has come a long way in recent years. Now using natural language processing and understanding, IVR can be used from the first point of contact to collect data, identify why the customer is calling, and automate some tasks – all without annoying anybody. Live transcription and translation While the language barrier was once just that – a barrier to communication, AI can now translate in real time, allowing better access to people from diverse communities. It can also transcribe in real time, allowing participants in the call to have an immediate recorded summary. Predictive technology Based on their previous activities, AI can predict when a customer might need support in advance, allowing you to forecast and schedule customer support strategies. Automation of processes Work that was once done by your customer service representatives can now be automated by AI, including uploading summaries to a database, scheduling follow-up communications, or dialling outgoing numbers. Reporting and analysis Access to more accurate reporting, analysis and analytics can give your business invaluable customer information that allows you to take appropriate action in real time. This sort of information could help you to identify customers in danger of churning, for instance, giving you the chance to reach out to them with a compelling offer personalised to their consumer behaviour. Quality management and coaching AI can take the high touch out of quality management by automatically tracking performance, script compliance, and metrics, and providing feedback to staff members in real time. Although the contact centre and customer service landscape is in a constant state of flux as technology moves more rapidly than it ever has before, AI is already showing great value in the contact centre arena – and the best is almost definitely yet to come. How does AI fit into the contact centre technology stack? AI doesn’t compete with, nor replace, the contact centre technology stack that already exists. Rather, it’s a transformative addition to your existing stack, and it should seamlessly integrate with your systems, enhancing your customer experiences and your operational efficiency. You’ll find AI solutions that can enhance the way your existing stack operates, including your: Communication platform Customer relationship management (CRM) Learning management system (LMS) Workforce management (WFM) Quality management (QM) Business analytics. Ultimately, good AI will optimise your contact centre by helping your staff to solve problems more quickly, make data-driven decisions, and streamline the customer service experience by linking in with your existing systems. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now Why is contact centre AI important? We may be just beginning to scratch the surface of the possibilities AI brings to contact centre efficiency and effectiveness, but we know that it is already opening a multitude of pathways for companies to amplify their productivity, prioritise their customers, and streamline operations. The gap between contact centres using AI and those that aren’t will only widen, as the value-driving potential of AI creates enormous advantages, including: Better customer connections: AI brings self-service avenues and gives your staff the ability to create tailored interactions. This, in turn, elevates your customer satisfaction metrics, engagement levels, and lifetime value. Increased efficiency and lower cost: Put simply, tasks that used to require a person to take the time to execute them can be done either automatically or, at least, much more quickly and with less boring repetition. That reduces handling times and operational costs, and provides a better experience for both employees and customers. Heightened security: Ever-improving fraud prevention and security AI can provide an extra safety net for your business, your business assets, and your customers, helping you to meet your compliance standards and bolstering your professional reputation. Enhanced insights: AI simplifies the process of assessing and applying massive amounts of data that your contact centres collect. You can then use this data to refine your customer satisfaction metrics and discover new commercial opportunities. Improved employee experience: While many might be concerned that AI will take the jobs of contact centre workers, what it actually does is take boring, repetitive tasks off their hands, letting them focus on the true nature of their work: personalised customer service. While some work will no longer need the human touch, AI will give your employees the tools they need to tailor their approach and give the best service possible. Using AI to elevate the customer experience- What can contact centre AI actually do? Let’s look at four key ways you can use contact center AI, along with example use cases and tips that will help you get started. Generating service responses to customers Your contact centre provides multiple ways for customers to contact your business — from phone to email to chat to SMS. While many customers still use the phone, 57% now prefer to use digital channels. Your agents staffing these digital channels need to give accurate and relevant information, reply in a timely manner, and resolve the customer’s issue quickly. So how can generative AI help? The large language models powering generative AI can automatically generate a human-like reply to any question. When grounded in your customer data and knowledge base, you can personalise these generated replies, making them more trustworthy. Agents can review the suggestions from the model and easily send. For agents working on several cases all at once, contact centre AI can be a real timesaver. Let’s look at an example for a fictional internet company we’ll call Nation-Wide Web. Jane is a Nation-Wide Web customer and notices an unusual charge to her bill. Jane opens up a chat message on the company’s website and is soon connected to an agent, Katie. Katie has a few messaging windows open from customers, one of them is Jane. Jane shares her concerns about her bill. Apparently, Jane went over her data package for the month. The contact centre’s AI tool uses Jane’s question and the context of her account status to generate a personalised message that explains this charge in an empathetic tone, but also that it’s within company policy to waive the fee given the circumstances. Katie reviews the message and confirms the policy, then sends the message and removes the charge from Jane’s account. Jane is happy she got a quick and easy solution and Katie can focus her attention on customers with more complex issues. Generating case summaries To provide your customer with a great experience, you need accurate data to track and optimise your business’ service interactions. This makes the wrap-up summary your agents do after a case is closed one of the most crucial pieces of service data your business can collect. The challenge? This is a time-consuming task that keeps your agents from helping other customers. But contact centre AI can take the most complex email and chat conversations and generate a proposed wrap-up summary. Your agent just needs to review these summaries before they’re saved to the case log. This saves agents a ton of time and effort on data entry. Let’s go back to our Nation-Wide Web example. If you remember, Katie’s AI tool generated a response to Jane and all Katie had to do was review the message, press send, and waive the fee from Jane’s account. In the meantime, the AI is using the data from the message thread and the actions that Katie took in Jane’s account to generate a case summary. After the conversation with Jane is complete, Katie can read over this proposed summary, adjust some details, and save it to the case record. Reducing after call work helps Katie move on to help other customers faster. Generating knowledge articles LIKE.TG research shows that 59% of customers prefer self-service tools for simple service issues. However, to do that, a business needs a large knowledge base that customers can search through to find a solution. Service agents are often tasked with publishing knowledge articles after resolving a case. But it takes time for agents to manually create, review, and publish an article, which keeps them from helping customers in need. Contact centre AI can automatically generate a knowledge base article after a support case is closed by pulling from case notes, message history, and data from other service tools. From there, your agent just needs to review the article to ensure accuracy and add it to the queue for approval. This takes the pressure off agents to write articles from scratch. Going back to our Nation-Wide Web example, Austin has slow internet and calls to troubleshoot. He’s connected to Tawni who asks for his router and modem details. Tawni runs through a few common scenarios based on similar cases, but none work for Austin’s setup. Tawni decides to try something new. She asks Austin to do a full-system reboot through the Nation-Wide Web mobile app. After this is over, Austin’s internet speeds are back to normal and the case is closed. Tawni logs all of this information into the company’s service console, including his router and modem setup and how she solved this issue with a reboot. Because this was a unique case, the contact centre’s AI tool uses the details of the Tawni’s conversation with Austin and the context of Austin’s issue to generate a new knowledge base article. Tawni adds some extra detail and pushes it into the approval queue. Generating answers When your agents are in the middle of a service interaction, they don’t have time to read pages of documentation or every detail of a knowledge base article. But, they still need to find the right information to solve your customer’s query. The same is true for self-service. Reading article after article to find the information you need is not a good customer experience. Generative AI can help agents and customers get the answers they need faster and easier. Rather than getting a list of pages that may (or may not) have the answer, AI can pull the relevant details from a knowledge article and answer a question directly as plain text. For our final example, we’ll go back to our Nation-Wide Web customer, Austin. A few months after his interaction with Tawni, his internet is slow again. He remembers they used the mobile app to fix the issue last time, but now he’s locked out of the mobile app. But instead of calling for assistance, he takes a look at the company’s Help Center. Austin uses the search function to ask the following question: “How do I fix a slow internet connection when I’m locked out of my mobile app?” Before, Austin would have first needed to find the article on resetting his password and then find the article on using the app to perform a full-system reboot. Now, the contact centre’s AI tool generates a personalised response to Austin’s question, pulling together information from multiple articles. “First, click here to request a new password to your mobile app. Once you are logged in, here’s how to use the app to perform a full-system reboot…” Austin solved his issue without interacting with an agent and still got a personalised experience. If an agent was the one who needed to find specific information within the knowledge hub, they’d have this same experience. By adding generative AI to your contact centre, you’re helping everyone get the most out of every service interaction. Your agents get more done with less busy work and your customers get a quick and easy resolution to their problems while having a personalised experience. What’s the best way to set up for success with generative AI? Start slowly and build your contact centre AI program out as your business skills-up on AI. For example, have your agents take Einstein Reply Recommendations for Service on Trailhead and then practice what they learn with one another. Once they’re comfortable, check out how else you can apply generative AI across your contact centre.

					From Service to Sales: How Field Service Can Drive Revenue Growth
From Service to Sales: How Field Service Can Drive Revenue Growth
Field service can help drive revenue growth by selling to your existing customers, also called upselling or cross-selling. Most likely, your mobile team is already doing this without much guidance or forethought. We’ve found that 65% of mobile workers are successfully selling to existing customers. But the question is, how can you reach this audience at the right time, with the right message, in a way that doesn’t make them feel like they’re being sold to during a service visit? Here are four tips to help set you up for success: Get buy-in from leadership for upselling/cross-selling in the field Invest in the best field service management software to make sales fast and easy for your mobile team to do [AI is key] Train your field service employees and contractors on sales tactics Offer incentives to motivate your team Ready to get started? Let’s dig into each of these best practices for upselling and cross-selling in field service. Make the business case for upselling and cross-selling I’ve spent 15 years of my career in sales and sales leadership roles for software and hardware companies. Most business leaders I speak with are always looking to increase their share of wallet on customer spend for similar products. They also know that customer trust can lead to more sales. This makes the business case to use field service technicians as sellers easy to stand up with your leadership team. After all, your mobile team is in the field every day building trust with customers by solving problems for them. Paired together, monetizing every field service visit while leaning into that customer trust sets the stage for revenue growth.However, it’s not as simple as asking your field service team to sell at appointments. While your mobile workers are uniquely positioned to sell, they may not be comfortable selling, prepared to sell, or even interested in selling. Even with your leadership buy-in, there’s a lot that goes into making this transition. Let’s look at how field service management with AI, training, and incentives can set your team up for success. Use AI-first mobile field service management Your field service team needs mobile-ready field service management powered by AI to make upselling easy and fast. Here are a few examples of how having the best field service management in place can help your mobile workers sell successfully. With AI-generated summaries, you can brief your mobile workers on past service interactions, asset history, offers, and communications before they even arrive at a job site. These details can help your team prepare a consultative sales approach that’s personally tailored to the customer’s specific needs and preferences. AI can make recommendations for upgrades, replacements, or maintenance from new customer data collected on site. For easy upsells like a new battery or service level agreement (SLA), your team can instantly provide next steps. But for more involved sales, like customized equipment, let your mobile workers know it’s okay to pass the lead to Sales. AI can create a list of questions or a checklist for them to quickly capture key details for a seamless hand off. Mobile quoting lets your technicians provide pricing right in the field for a future project. Creating customized documents with a line item breakdown, images, and a signature capture makes it easy for your customers to commit on the spot. Payment capabilities within the field service management mobile app lets your field service workers collect immediately for the additional sales they make. They’ll receive credit right away and earn their incentives faster. At the end of each appointment, have your mobile workers ask your customers to fill out a digital customer satisfaction survey from their field service management mobile app. AI can analyze the post-service feedback to identify potential upselling opportunities. For example, if a restaurant chain customer says they have issues maintaining their freezers, your field service technician can suggest an SLA. Get service articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now Offer upselling training and support In addition to having the right field service management enablement, give your technicians the right training to identify customer cues and engage in upselling/cross-selling. Remember: your field service technicians are not salespeople, nor should you assume they will enjoy selling. The two roles require different skill sets, but each plays an important part for revenue growth. Train your mobile workers on sales techniques and how to look for customer cues. This can include easy upsells, such as extending a warranty or SLA, and more involved upsells like upgrading an outdated piece of equipment. Use knowledge base articles on how to sell andTrailhead, LIKE.TG’s free self-paced learning platform, to help your field service technicians get up to speed. Your field service technicians should feel comfortable with basic pre-selling best practices. One of the most critical skills is how to set customer expectations for contact from your team. If a customer asks a question that Sales is best suited to answer, the field service technician should give a specific timeframe and channel in which they will be contacted. Uncovering an opportunity and creating a lead in the CRM goes directly to Sales for follow up. This helps to create a valuable partnership between Service and Sales. The seller can progress the opportunity, and the field service technician doesn’t feel like they’re doing a seller’s job. It’s a win-win for Service and Sales. Provide career and monetary incentives When you expand the scope of any team member’s role and expectations, it’s vital to introduce consistent incentives to ramp up participation and recognize outstanding work. Deliver these rewards monthly, quarterly, annually, or on an ad-hoc basis to recognize exemplary achievements. Include sales expectations as part of your employment contracts. Clearly explain how field service technicians can earn incentives by generating leads that convert to sales. A few incentive options include: Bonuses for a number of on-the-spot sales or closed leads Paid training for career growth Extra paid time off (PTO) Pair these personal incentives with public recognition, such as a team leaderboard. At a minimum, a simple thank you and acknowledgement in a team meeting can go a long way to reinforce the results you’re looking for. Encourage your entire team by sharing growth metrics and KPIs that showcase the impact that field service has had on your company’s revenue growth. This transparency and measurement will make the team’s work feel more tangible and, importantly, it can help justify increased investment in your team’s training and incentive programs. Set up your field service team to upsell/cross-sell for revenue growth Your customers should always feel like they’re having a consistent experience — no matter who they’re interacting with. With the right field service management, training, and incentives in place, your mobile team is primed to become your organization’s new just-in-time sales team and drive revenue growth. Remember: by investing in your field service team, you’re investing in your company’s future. Tiffani Bova contributed to this blog article.

					Make Your Sales Kickoff the Party of the Year
Make Your Sales Kickoff the Party of the Year
It’s true: I once fell asleep during a sales kickoff. I didn’t mean to, but nature is bound to take over when you’re sitting through the sixth presentation in a row.When I came to, I made a solemn vow: When I became a sales leader one day, I’d never throw a boring sales kickoff. Today, I’m Head of Sales at Slack, and I’ve made good on that promise (or so my entire sales team tells me).Here are my strategies for throwing a sales kickoff that captivates and energises your sales force and team for the new year. It starts and ends with a simple principle: Put yourself in your audience’s shoes, and give them something good.What you’ll learn:What is a sales kickoff (SKO)?What should be included in a successful sales kickoff meeting?How do you plan a sales kickoff agenda?Sales kickoff tips and best practicesWhat is a sales kickoff (SKO)?A sales kickoff is an event where the company’s sales team gathers together, often at the beginning of the fiscal year. It’s a chance to celebrate wins from the previous year, set goals for the coming year, and share lessons and strategies to help each other win.SKOs are all about:Camaraderie. This is the time to deepen connections that will carry us through the rest of the year.Collaboration. Team selling is more important than ever, and sales kickoffs help us sell faster and smarter when we learn more about each other’s working styles. Often a sales kickoff will include partners from other teams, like solution engineering and customer success, who are critical to the sales cycle. Building these relationships is critical to working more effectively together throughout the year.Excitement. Sellers begin their pitches by understanding the customer’s why. Same goes for sales kickoffs. My sales team is full of people who want to create generational wealth for their families, advance careers, help their customers, and gain freedom. So I create content that touches on those themes to get people excited.What should be included in a sales kickoff?A great sales kickoff includes team-building product training, recognition, interactivity like workshops and discussions, and, yes, presentations (but not too many, please). Here’s a closer look at the key elements of a sales kickoff.Team-buildingTeam-building exercises help us peel back that professional layer on the surface, and make personal connections based on rapport (“I like you”) and trust (“I feel that you have my back”). These exercises also create valuable networking opportunities, where employees and leaders from different teams can step outside their circles and connect. Here are some ideas:Rock, Paper, Scissors Extreme: Pair off and play Rock, Paper, Scissors. Every loser joins the Hype Team of the winner, following them around and cheering them on. In the end, there’s the final battle between the two finalists, with their massive Hype Teams behind them.Shark Tank Fail: Teams of two pitch their very worst business ideas to a panel of judges, and the team that makes people cringe the most is the winner.Flip the Tarp: Place groups of people on a large tarp, and ask them to flip it over while standing on top of it, without touching the ground.RecognitionWeave recognition into your next annual sales kickoff meeting to celebrate wins from the previous year and create some healthy competition to outdo each other in the year ahead. Here are some examples:Awards: Give away awards to top performers and get creative with the categories. Some examples: Achievement Award for hitting a sales record, Leadership Award for being a great manager, Growth Award for being the most improved player, Team Morale Award for bringing great vibes, and Salesmanship Award for elevating the craft.Leaderboard: Pull together data from across your sales dashboards and present a Leaderboard to show how top performers rank across sales metrics, like close rates and sales cycle length.Appreciation Shower: Group into circles of six to ten people and give spontaneous shout-outs to each other.Get articles selected just for you, in your inboxSign up nowInteractivityBring in interactive elements to make your next sales kickoff meetings more engaging and give your sales teams a chance to converse. Here are some ways to do it:Workshops: Organise people into groups and ask them to work on solving a problem together, like ideas for launching a new product, growing the business, or selling into a new industry, region, or company type. At the end, ask a representative from each group to present on what they discussed.Roundtables: Encourage everyone to join in with roundtables, which are organised conversations that give everyone a chance to speak. Typically a moderator will kick it off by introducing a topic, then go around to facilitate table by table.Panel discussion: Feature a panel of speakers who can share diverse points of view on an important topic, and include an QA that encourages audience participation.PresentationsAt sales kickoffs, you’re usually launching something new. Maybe you’re launching a new product, selling into a new industry, or tweaking the sales process. Use presentations to help the team walk out with confidence to sell, and remember to frame your content with what’s in it for them. What will help them drive the business? Dig into topics like these:Product announcements: When I’ve gotten stuck in my career, I’ve always broken through by bringing it back to basics. What are the products? What do they do? Use the sales kickoff to discuss product announcements that will help your sellers go to market.Industry trends: We owe much of our success at Slack to the fact that we speak the language of the industries we sell into. Use the sales kickoff to present on trends, risks, and opportunities in your target industries, so sellers can bring more expertise to the table when they meet with customers.Sales strategy: The sales kickoff often happens shortly after you create your annual sales plan and sales strategy at the end of the fiscal year. Now’s the time for sales leaders to present the top-line goals and tactics and get the sales team in lock-step to achieve them.Customer panel: Customer speakers tend to be the favourites at the sales kickoffs I’ve been to. It gives the sales team to hear about the product and the industry from decision-makers we sell to, and leaves time for them to ask questions.How do you plan a sales kickoff agenda?When you’re planning an agenda, find a comfortable venue with different areas to break out, set aside time and budget for group meals to come together and relax, and dream up surprises to thrill the audience, like an exciting keynote speaker they’d never expect.Here’s a sample agenda to get your juices flowing:Day 1:Breakfast and introduction. Fill up your attendees with eggs and caffeine, tell them what to expect in the coming days, and leave space for people to greet each other, shake off the nerves and the jet lag, and choose a place to sit down.Look back and look forward. Look back on the previous year and share lessons learned, including highlights and lowlights. Then, shift to the year ahead, announcing important changes and goals.Keynote speaker. Invite an exciting guest speaker, like one of your company’s most beloved executives, a customer from one of your biggest deals, or even a celebrity. For example, our sales kickoff at LIKE.TG once featured football legend Peyton Manning, who discussed how to go for growth.LunchRock, Paper, Scissors Extreme: Described in the team-building activities section, this high-energy game shakes off any afternoon doziness and helps people let their guards down.Sales strategy presentation: Make the transition from a discussion on strategy to a presentation, so sales leaders can share their vision for the year ahead.Roundtable discussion: Company strategy. Pick an important topic you’re wrestling with, like how to penetrate a new market, or which product line to invest in next, and invite everyone to weigh in.Leaderboard: End the day on a high note, sharing the top performers across the metrics you care about, and getting everyone amped up for dinner.DinnerDay 2:BreakfastProduct presentation: Get down to business with critical presentations sharing important announcements that will enable your sales team to be more effective.Customer presentation: Invite a customer speaker to share why they chose your company, what’s top of mind in their industry, and how they’d recommend you engage with similar customers in the future.Industry panel discussion: Invite a few guests to share lessons that help your sellers speak in the native accent — not just the language — of your customers.LunchFlip the tarp: Remember this one from the team-building activities section? Get the energy up by getting physical.Roundtable discussion: Customer segmentation. Group up, so everyone can share thoughts in facilitated conversations about the topics raised so far.Awards: End the day on a note of recognition, having your awards ceremony to honour your team.Sales kickoff tips and best practicesTo throw a really successful sales kickoff event, first, you’ve got to define what success looks like. At the end, ask for feedback to see how you did. It’s also important to involve the right people, and invest in seeing each other in person. Let’s take a closer look.Set goals to define successJust as we set sales targets, we have to set SKO targets. I communicate measurable goals in every sales kickoff meeting, including both long-term goals to set a vision, and also short-term goals to set day-to-day tactics to get there.Here are a couple examples of goals we’ve set at previous SKOs at Slack, using the V2MOM process pioneered by Marc Benioff.Method: Create solutions around product that solveMeasure: X% increase in cross-sellsObstacles: Organisational structureMethod: Create a holistic plan for customer success, products, and partnersMeasure: X% accounts have an account planObstacles: Enablement structureGet feedback on your content to see if it resonatesIt’s critical to gather data on how well your content is resonating. I send out anonymous surveys at the end of each SKO to ask people about what worked and what needs improvement. I also organise a small committee and ask them to take notes throughout on the good, bad, and the ugly, so we can meet after and debrief.Involve people on other termsBroaden the audience of your SKO to include anyone who’s accountable to the customer experience. For example, at Slack SKOs, we include team members from the following teams:Sales (all managers)Sales development (all managers)Solution engineering (all managers)Customer success (select managers)Industries and partner team (select managers)Meet in person if you canMy advice for throwing a virtual sales kickoff? Don’t do it. There’s no substitute for meeting in person and feeling that energy in the room. That said, sometimes a company will have no choice but to go remote with their sales kickoff. For example, you might have budget constraints or a team that’s widely distributed around the globe. If that’s you, read our complete guide for how to throw a virtual event or sales kickoff.The Met Gala? Coachella? No. It’s your upcoming sales kickoff.Some of my fondest moments from across my career have taken place at SKOs. This is the time to think big and go all out. Do it right, and you won’t just set yourself up for a successful year of sales. You’ll also create the kinds of memories to take with you long after the SKO is over.

					Frustrated by Personalisation Challenges? 4 Ways to Improve Your Customer Experience
Frustrated by Personalisation Challenges? 4 Ways to Improve Your Customer Experience
Let’s face it: If you’re not offering personalised experiences, you’re probably losing valuable customers. However, even withcountless resources availableto improve personalisation, marketers still face many hurdles when executing their strategy. If you’re just starting this journey (or tired of hitting roadblocks), we’ve outlined some personalisation challenges to watch out for — and how you can overcome them. In ourTrends in Personalisation survey, we found that 94% of marketers say customers expect a personalised experience. Still, only 26% of marketers are confident that their organisation has a successful strategy for personalisation. So what stands in the way of personalised marketing? Obstacle 1: Lack of organisational alignment Often, the biggest factor that leads to personalisation strategies failing is a breakdown of coordination across departments and teams. Our survey found that 42% of marketers say a lack of organisational alignment is one of the biggest personalisation challenges. Customers can tell when different departments at your company aren’t sharing the same data. “If you’re not aligned, the result is that customers get a very siloed experience,” said Leigh Price, senior director of product marketing at LIKE.TG. Our State of the Connected Consumer report reveals that 56% of customers often have to repeat or re-explain information to different representatives, and 55% say it generally feels like they’re communicating with separate departments, not one company. But when that customer journey is uniform across departments, people take notice. In our report, 79% of customers say they’re more loyal to companies that provide consistency across departments. So how can you build a cohesive personalisation strategy from the start, so your customers don’t end up frustrated? Identify stakeholders for the three main functional areas of personalisation: strategy, channel execution, and product management. Then build your strategy and collaborate. Not sure where to start? Here are the stakeholders you need working in harmony and how they align with the three functional areas: You’ll need an executive sponsor to help you strategise, own the overall program and provide support. This may be your vice president of marketing, CMO, or even chief customer officer. After you develop a strategy and appoint an executive sponsor, you’ll need several stakeholders to help you implement and manage your overall personalisation program. Some of these roles include: Program manager: This person will oversee the personalisation program by managing and maintaining schedules, coordinating groups across departments, and providing resources. Product manager: Working in alignment with the program manager, the product manager will oversee the day-to-day management of the program and will act as an expert for your personalisation product. Tech lead: Although marketers can run many aspects of personalisation campaigns independently, it’s still essential to appoint a tech lead or establish a relationship with IT. They will set up the initial integration and be available as a resource when technical issues arise. Analytics lead: An analytics lead can synthesise data and owns all program insights. From the beginning, you will need this key stakeholder to stay on target, meet your goals, and innovate new approaches to personalisation. You’ll also need a channel execution team to help you coordinate and execute campaigns. They may start with one channel and then extend your personalisation efforts across channels little by little. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now Obstacle 2: Not being able to access the right data Once you’ve got the departments aligned, you have to make sure they’re working with relevant data. Our report shows that 61% marketers believe the lack of data stands in the way of adopting generative AI to improve personalisation. Different teams working off different data is one of the major personalisation challenges that companies face. Organizations often have a wealth of data available to them, but marketers don’t always have access to that data. “In order to drive connected experiences, it’s important to consider all of the data we have on that individual,” said Victoria Calkins, product marketing manager at LIKE.TG. “For example, we want to know when they’ve browsed on our website or contacted customer service. As marketers, we often don’t have access to all of this data because it may live in other parts of an organisation.” Siloed data — when departments don’t have the same information — leads to disconnected customer experiences. Here are two ways you can overcome this: Break down your data’s barriers: Invest in technology that will house your customer data in one place, such as a customer data platform. This allows departments to work from the same set of data, giving them a 360-degree view of the customer journey. Start small: You may not know where to start when you have a lot of data at your fingertips. Rather than looking at all your data, focus on simple use cases to get started. “People think, ‘I can do one hundred things with personalisation,’” said Price. “But just focus on your website and simple use cases, focus on your email program, and you can iterate and grow from there.” Obstacle 3: Lack of knowledge and skills With coordination and access to proper data in place, now it’s time to ensure your department has the proper technical skills to build a personalisation strategy. Personalisation requires a team of people with both technical and creative skills. Some marketers don’t have the technical skills to deliver end-to-end personalisation, while others lack the creativity to provide relevant and engaging content. Our Trends in Personalisation survey found 43% of marketers say a lack of knowledge and skills is their most significant personalisation obstacle. Embracing technology like AI can help take some of the more routine tasks off your department’s plate, letting them tackle big issues. “We are coming out of the age of managing marketing campaigns manually, and you no longer have to do it all yourself because of artificial intelligence,” said Calkins. “Using AI will allow your marketing efforts to go further without adding extra work to your teams.” Learning about AI can help marketers move customers toward a purchase, sending messages that are relevant and timely to them. For example, you can use triggered messages, emails that are automatically sent when a customer takes a certain action — like placing an item in the cart, but not making a purchase. There is only one solution when it comes to this obstacle: investing in the education of technologies that can do the heavy lifting. Companies should empower their talent by expanding their understanding about what customers want to see, giving them the knowledge they need to overcome personalisation challenges. Obstacle 4: Finding the right mix of messaging Once you’ve got your organisational alignment, data, and knowledge bases all in order, you still need to figure out how to best connect with your customers across a multitude of channels. You don’t just want to blast them with a firehose of branded content or redundant messaging, either. The key is to speak to them on a personal level. But how do you use your customer data to scale your efforts, yet still tailor your messaging? This is where AI can help with one of the biggest personalisation challenges. It isn’t realistic for a single marketer in most businesses to keep track of every piece of outreach, content, and engagement on a per-customer basis, but it’s a breeze for a properly trained AI. With a well-trained generative AI drawing off good data, your customers will receive ongoing engagement tailored to their personal preferences, not only in terms of which content they see, but when they see it, and how often. For example, take a customer who’s mostly responsive to email outreach but also tends to jump on special offers on social media. They would see a regular content drip in their inbox, but might only encounter your messaging on social when there’s a special offer that echoes items in their purchase history. When you do it right, every interaction will feel like part of the same pleasant, ongoing conversation with a brand that recognises them as an individual, rather than just a faceless customer. It makes sure everyone gets what they actually want out of your brand, and it makes sure your brand gets the most out of your customers. Time to start overcoming personalisation challenges Personalisation is a work in progress. Tech tools are evolving, and so are our processes and skills (not to mention customer expectations). Now that you’ve identified the four top personalisation challenges, take stock of your own organisation and build a path to success – both for yourself and for your customers. Editor’s note: Brandi Holness contributed to this blog post.

					The Ultimate Guide to Business Development
The Ultimate Guide to Business Development
Picture a scenario where your company needs more dedicated employees focused on business development. There’s no one to push you to improve, inform you about new business opportunities, monitor market changes, keep an eye on your competitors, or help you engage your target audience more effectively. Such a situation would undoubtedly hinder your success, wouldn’t it? This is why businesses establish robust business development practices and hire professionals to spearhead these efforts, among other responsibilities, to achieve growth. Business development encompasses strategically deploying opportunities across your organisation to promote expansion and increase revenue. It involves pursuing opportunities to grow your business, identify new prospects, and convert more leads into customers. Business development closely aligns with sales, as business development teams and representatives are often integral to the larger sales organisation. Despite the close association between business development and sales, it’s important to understand their distinct roles. Business Development vs. Sales While business development operates within the broader sales team, its function differs from traditional sales activities. Business development is a multifaceted process aimed at establishing and nurturing relationships with prospects, understanding buyer personas, enhancing brand recognition, and uncovering new growth opportunities. In contrast, sales teams focus on selling your products or services to customers and converting leads into clients. Business development simplifies the work of salespersons and sales managers, making their roles more effective. Business Development Managers vs. Business Development Specialists In business development, two distinct roles play complementary yet different functions: business development managers and business development specialists. Understanding the distinctions between these roles is essential for building an effective business development team: Business Development Managers Business development managers oversee the overall strategy and direction of business development efforts within an organisation. They are responsible for setting targets, creating strategic plans, and managing a team of specialists or representatives. Business development managers focus on aligning business development goals with broader company objectives, ensuring that the team works towards the company’s growth vision. They also play a key role in building relationships with high-level clients and partners. These professionals often have a combination of leadership, strategic thinking, and relationship-building skills. They are responsible for analysing market trends, evaluating the competition, and making informed decisions to steer the company’s growth. Business Development Specialists Business development specialists, on the other hand, are the front-line professionals responsible for executing the tactics outlined in the strategy. They focus on identifying and qualifying leads, nurturing relationships with prospects, and converting them into customers. Specialists are typically more hands-on and deal with the day-to-day tasks that drive growth. Their skills are geared towards communication, lead qualification, and relationship-building. They play a vital role in researching potential clients, reaching out to them, and guiding them through the sales process. Specialists are often highly trained in the products or services offered by their organisation and are adept at matching these offerings to the specific needs of potential customers. Business Development Manager and Specialist Responsibilities Although specific responsibilities may evolve as your business expands, the following list provides a solid overview of typical business development representative (BDR) tasks: Qualify leads: BDRs must identify and assess leads to pinpoint ideal prospects for your products or services. Leads are typically qualified through calls, emails, web forms, and social media. The key to lead qualification is understanding their needs and determining whether your product or software can address them. Identify and communicate with prospects: By qualifying leads and identifying individuals who match your buyer personas, BDRs locate ideal prospects and engage with them directly to gain insights into their needs and pain points. This enables BDRs to determine whether the prospect can benefit from your product or service, ultimately increasing the potential for enhanced customer loyalty and retention. Once ideal prospects are identified, they can be handed over to a sales representative (or sales manager, as needed) for further nurturing. Proactively seek new business opportunities: Proactively exploring new opportunities, whether related to your product line, target markets, potential prospects, or brand awareness, is a crucial aspect of business success. BDRs seek new business opportunities through networking, competitive research, and conversations with prospects and current customers. When a new business opportunity is identified, BDRs should schedule marketing assessments and discovery meetings with sales reps to evaluate the potential for closing deals. Stay up-to-date on competition and market trends: Staying informed about your competitors’ strategies, products, target audiences, and emerging market and industry trends is essential. This knowledge enables you to effectively identify ideal prospects and prepare your business to adapt to market shifts that may necessitate new approaches to lead qualification and audience engagement. Report to salespeople and development managers: As previously discussed, BDRs typically report to sales reps and sales managers. They communicate with these senior team members to discuss lead qualification strategies and ways to connect prospects with sales reps for nurturing customers. BDRs are also responsible for sharing their findings, including business opportunities and market trends, with sales reps and managers. This collaborative approach ensures that strategies align with business and audience needs, contributing to organisational success. Promote satisfaction and loyalty: A BDR’s interaction with a prospect may be the very first interaction the prospect has with your business. Therefore, it’s crucial to make a strong first impression to pique early interest. Whether a BDR is qualifying leads, understanding prospects and their needs, or selecting the right sales rep for deal negotiations, all interactions with prospects matter. When a BDR conducts research or engages with a prospect, personalised communication demonstrates attentiveness and care, leaving a lasting, positive impression. In addition to understanding how BDRs contribute to your growth, there are other effective business development strategies to engage prospects and discover new business opportunities. Let’s explore these ideas in detail. Business Development Ideas Innovate your networking approach: Traditional cold calls are less effective nowadays. Innovate your networking by building strong relationships with prospects. This can be achieved through face-to-face meetings at conferences, trade shows, and industry events. Leverage online networks like LinkedIn and other social platforms to connect with potential customers who sign up for your email subscriptions or complete forms on your website. Offer consultations: Providing consultations and assessments for prospects allows you to discuss how your product or service addresses their needs, helping prospects decide on conversion. Additionally, consultations and assessments may reveal if a prospect is not an ideal fit for your product, saving time and resources spent on unsuitable leads. Provide sales demos: Offer prospects and leads tailored sales demonstrations showcasing how your product or service solves their challenges. These demos can be shared in person, via email, on your website, or through video calls. Nurture prospects: Nurturing prospects through phone calls, emails, meetings, or other forms of communication is crucial. It involves providing information about your product or service, helping prospects make informed decisions, and ensuring they feel valued and understood by your company. Offer various types of content: Supply prospects with diverse content formats, such as blogs, videos, and social media posts, enabling them to learn more about your brand and offerings. Customise the content to cater to their preferences and make it easily shareable to facilitate sharing with their team members. Collaborate with marketing: While business development resides within the sales department, it should maintain open communication and regular meetings with other departments, including marketing and product development. Sharing insights, content, and information between departments ensures a cohesive strategy to engage prospects and deliver tailored solutions. Invest in your website: Your website often serves as the initial point of contact for prospects. Make it visually appealing, optimise it for search engines, link to sales content, and maintain an active blog to create a positive first impression and facilitate effective business development. Empower employees to enhance skills and knowledge: Business development is an ever-evolving field influenced by changing strategies, technology, and market conditions. Encourage employees to stay updated on industry trends, refine their skills, and adapt to new technologies. Ensure that your team receives appropriate training and education, allowing them to adapt to shifts in the market and emerging opportunities. Business Development Process A business development process combines steps your business takes to grow effectively, boost revenue, enhance relationships with leads, and excel at every stage of the buyer’s journey. By navigating your business development process, your team gains a deep understanding of your organisation’s overarching goals, sales targets, current business landscape, target audience demographics, and more. Here’s how to effectively conduct business development: Conduct extensive market research A critical business development component involves in-depth market research. Understand your market, target personas, and the current state of the market to implement other aspects of business development successfully. Increase visibility and awareness Beyond sales, your marketing department plays a pivotal role in business development. Boost your brand’s visibility by building an effective website, investing in paid advertising, leveraging social media, engaging in co-marketing partnerships with industry peers, and maintaining an active blog. Promote thought leadership Establishing credibility is vital for business development. Publishing industry-specific, insightful blog content demonstrates your expertise and fosters trust. Webinars, white papers, and video content further enhance your reputation and build trust with potential customers. Conduct outreach Actively reaching out to prospects is a cornerstone of business development. Engage with leads, actively reaching out to warm and cold leads through research. BDRs typically oversee this step, making it a crucial aspect of business development. Qualify leads Once BDRs have connected with leads, they must qualify them to gauge their suitability and decide if they are worth the sales team’s time and effort. Effective lead qualification is a pivotal moment in the business development process, indicating the overall success of the process. Provide exceptional customer service Customer service is an integral part of business development, ensuring that current customers remain satisfied and contribute to your business’s reputation and growth. Positive word of mouth and referrals simplify business development and make it more effective. Develop sales content from success stories Translate customer satisfaction into promotable sales content, including case studies and testimonials that highlight the value your product or service provides. This content is tailored to attract potential buyers by showcasing real-world success stories. By incorporating these elements into your business development approach and sharing them with your team, you can create a strategic business development plan that encourages success and growth. Let’s explore the steps involved in crafting a comprehensive business development plan. Business Development Strategy A business development plan is a strategy devised by sales managers to guide BDRs in achieving growth-related objectives. This plan aims to set realistic goals, align team members, identify prospects, and convert leads into customers. Key steps in creating a business development plan include: Step 1. Craft an elevator pitch: Create a concise, engaging elevator pitch that conveys your company’s mission and how your product or service addresses the needs of your target audience. Document the most effective elevator pitches for reference. Step 2. Set SMART goals: Establish Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Relevant, and Timely (SMART) goals for your business development strategy. Ensure these goals align with your company objectives and are specific to your business. For instance, set goals to increase the number of qualified leads by a certain percentage over a quarter, specifying the type of prospects and measuring success through conversations with sales reps. Step 3. Conduct a SWOT analysis: Conduct a SWOT analysis (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats) to gain insights into your business’s strengths, weaknesses, and opportunities. Analyse your competition and potential threats. Use this analysis to identify ways to grow and adapt your business to market changes. Step 4. Determine how you’ll measure success: Define key performance indicators (KPIs) to evaluate the success of your business development efforts. Common KPIs include company growth, revenue changes, lead conversion rate, leads generated, customer satisfaction, pipeline value, and reach. Step 5. Set a budget: Determine the budget required for your business development goals, considering resources, previous strategies, and operational expenses. Collaborate with your team to establish a budget that aligns with your business development initiatives. Step 6. Keep your target audience in mind: Always focus on your target audience and their specific needs. Tailor your plan to address these needs and increase the likelihood of converting them into customers. Step 7. Choose an outreach strategy: Select an outreach strategy that aligns with your business development goals, such as networking, referrals, upselling, cross-selling, and sponsorships. Clearly define expectations and guidelines for outreach to maintain professionalism and brand consistency. Following these steps, you’ll create a comprehensive business development plan that empowers your team to drive growth effectively and efficiently. Business Development Drives Better Growth Business development is an indispensable component of any successful organisation. It facilitates revenue growth, aids in identifying ideal prospects, generates more leads, and closes more deals. To reap the benefits of business development, focus on creating a robust business development plan and ensure that your team is equipped to set your business on the growth path.

					3 Steps for a Winning Digital Engagement Strategy
3 Steps for a Winning Digital Engagement Strategy
How can you increase digital engagement? Anticipate your customers’ needs — and tailor your messaging to fit those needs. We found that currently 73% of customers expect companies to understand their unique needs and expectations. This demand for personalisation will only continue to grow. So understanding and using customer data effectively, and using AI to make the most of that data, will help you create lasting connections. But how you collect customer data will need to change, too. Third-party cookies, once a cornerstone of data collection for marketers, are slowly being phased out to improve consumer privacy protection. The good news is, there’s a blueprint for how to tackle these changes and build a digital engagement strategy that puts your customer’s needs at the centre of every interaction. Let’s break down exactly what digital engagement is, what makes it challenging, and how you can overcome those challenges with the help of AI and a strong strategy. What is digital engagement and why is it important? Digital engagement is how your company interacts with potential and current customers across digital channels. Each interaction a customer has with your company’s social media, email, and website adds up to create a unique digital engagement experience, and that experience is essential. With a robust digital engagement strategy, you can build customer relationships that last. Digital engagement examples Using self-service options for questions, such as chatbots on a website or app Watching product tutorials on a website or via YouTube Interacting with posts on social media Searching for a service online and clicking on a website in the results Reading a weekly email newsletter or blog post Clicking a call to action button to learn more about a product from an email marketing campaign Interacting with a targeted ad on another site Responding to a customer survey, leaving a review, or otherwise volunteering their own opinion on how you’re doing Creating brand loyalty with digital engagement How do you win (and keep) the hearts of customers in a competitive market? In 2022, nearly two-thirds of customers switched brands at least once for different reasons. With so many online options, it’s easy for people to discover new brands that meet their ever-changing needs. So what’s the key to making sure they choose yours? You may think an award-winning product or an innovative service with raving online reviews is enough. It certainly helps, but over 85% of customers say a company’s digital experience is just as necessary as its product or services — the highest it’s ever been. Marketers who acknowledge and address this demand will be able to build relationships with customers that keep them coming back for more. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now What are the marketing challenges — and solutions — for digital engagement? These days, businesses across every industry have made their online presence a priority. Not only has our digital shopping increased, but much of our day-to-day life — from working to attending doctor appointments — also happens online. As a result, the digital space is becoming a bit crowded, which makes digital engagement challenging in a few key ways. Businesses must: Compete against an abundance of online content and ads Create a seamless experience across various new digital channels Reach the right target audience to improve ROI Stay on top of ever-changing consumer data protection laws It’s also important to remember that laws around how companies collect personal consumer data are changing. Third-party data collection, which has traditionally been an important data source for marketers, is becoming stricter and even prohibited in some states. To stay compliant and still deliver the personalised experiences customers crave, you need to ensure your data capture methods are current.To address these challenges, you can harness the power of first-party data — information that comes directly from the customer. This includes past purchase history, phone calls, website visits, click-through rates on emails, and more. First-party data is usually captured by a customer relationship management (CRM) system that helps collect, structure, and analyse data easily. Generative AI is a powerful tool, too — helping you decipher first-party data and deliver personalised content at scale. Best practices when using AI for digital engagement While many marketers have begun experimenting with generative AI and see its game-changing potential, nearly 45% told us they need to learn how to get the most out of the technology. Let’s look closer at how you can use AI for effective digital engagement. Chatbots AI-powered chatbots are not only a cost-effective way to solve customer issues quickly, but they can also help you tailor future marketing efforts. Take a clothing retailer, for example. If a customer uses the retailer’s website chatbot to complete a return and tells the chatbot the fit is too large and the colour is darker than they prefer, now the retailer has more information about this customer’s preferences. The marketing team can now send personalised and automated product recommendations via email or through ads on social platforms. Email With AI, you can take email to the next level. One well-known food retailer uses a rich database from its online recipe sites and education funding program, where users scan receipts and view recipes online or through an app. All of that data goes into the company’s CRM and is analysed. AI then makes one-to-one product and recipe recommendations for customers. AI also helps the company segment its audience to find the best time to send an email based on previous engagement history. This approach is working for the food company, helping to triple customer engagement. Content creation With an abundance of online ads, it can be tough to grab the attention of your audience. Through content marketing, brands can offer educational information through blog posts, webinars, videos, reports, and e-books to keep customers engaged in different campaigns across various digital channels. But what topics should you cover? What will lead to conversions? More than 70% of marketers are currently using AI to inspire them and assist with writing copy. A CRM with AI capabilities can also analyse content performance to determine what resonates most with your audience, enabling you to make a big impact. Targeting Of course, none of that high-quality content matters unless it reaches the right audience, and AI can help with that too. By analysing all your customer data, AI can identify preferences, habits, and interests in your customer base that would take hundreds of man hours to parse, and make sure that the right context reaches the right audience. It can also help make sure that it reaches them at the right time and place by identifying their preferred channels and what times of day they’re most responsive to marketing. Three steps for building a digital engagement strategy You’ve got the data. You’ve incorporated AI. You’ve personalised experiences. Now it’s time to set your digital engagement strategy up for success. 1. Map the customer journey Customer journey mapping is a visual representation of a customer’s experience across your brand’s platforms. Typically, marketers create a customer journey map for each of their buyer personas.Millennial personas, for example, tend to find products through social media, research about them on company websites, then make a purchase on a laptop. With this information, you can better predict and plan for prospects’ next steps across different digital channels, aligning your customer service, marketing, and sales efforts with it. 2. Lean into account-based marketing (ABM) Let’s put those customer journey maps to good use. Account-based marketing — particularly for B2B brands — helps improve the customer journey by unifying marketing, sales, and customer service around accounts. Teams work side-by-side to nurture leads to deliver personalised content at the right time. One major ride-sharing company has used this approach to send retargeting messages to different subsets of their audience, particularly those who have stopped engaging. The marketing team pushes CRM data into third-party advertising platforms to send relevant content to keep leads moving down the sales funnel. 3. Personalise the experience across every channel More than 70% of customers expect brands to understand their unique needs. Harnessing first-party data is critical to ensure personalisation for each interaction across every channel. It’s how one automotive racing giant creates a consistent and personalised brand experience across in-person events and digital channels. When fans attend an event on race day, brand representatives know the fan’s name, driver preferences, and past purchase history thanks to CRM first-party data. Post-race, the marketing team can follow up with communications on their favourite driver or by recommending merchandise from the event. It can be challenging for marketers to analyse the sheer amount of first-party data required to implement these three steps. But the right CRM can help centralise all customer data and organise it in an accessible way, so marketing teams can build campaigns based on facts, not assumptions. A strong digital engagement strategy requires understanding our customers’ preferences, behaviours, and needs. By implementing these best practices, you can show your customers that you understand them as individuals. That intimate level of personalisation is what builds the kind of trust and loyalty that keeps them coming back.

					What’s Next for ASEAN Businesses in 2024?
What’s Next for ASEAN Businesses in 2024?
This year marked a watershed moment for the tech industry. The introduction of generative AI brought AI use to the fore, and it is now dominating the business agenda. While 2023 has been a year of AI innovation, 2024 will be a year in which AI transforms the enterprise. By 2025, AI won’t be an auxiliary technology but the core around which successful businesses revolve, ushering in a new era of unparalleled transformation.Amid this, how businesses operationalise AI will be critical next year. Businesses that fail to adapt will risk being left behind. In the year ahead, what else can businesses in ASEAN expect, and how can they get ready to leverage the opportunities in this new era of work? In my view, here are some trends that will shape the dynamic business landscape in ASEAN: #1 AI delivering a golden opportunity for ASEAN businesses to leapfrog AI has the potential to contribute nearly S$1.36 trillion to the ASEAN economy by 2030. Capitalising on the AI opportunity and new use cases across sales, marketing, commerce, and IT interactions will allow businesses to leapfrog and supercharge growth on a global stage. The time is now, especially with ASEAN being seen as a favourable business destination, amid geopolitical tensions elsewhere. Global enterprises such as Hyundai and Procter Gamble are already investing in the region with new factories and RD centres, and more are expected to follow. ASEAN countries are also making steady progress toward AI adoption, with Indonesia and Thailand recording one of the biggest improvements in overall AI readiness across the region. Much of the growth is attributed to government AI readiness, with the introduction of new national AI strategies and policies. However, business AI readiness has stagnated. The missing piece? A lack of trusted and secure tools that enable businesses to harness AI’s potential. Businesses in the region will need a trusted digital advisor, with access to trusted technology and a thriving ecosystem, to set themselves up for success. #2 Companies Need to Lay the Right Data Foundation to Leverage AI AI’s full power relies on accurate, comprehensive data, making a company’s AI strategy only as strong as its data strategy. The AI revolution has turned the spotlight on data, highlighting the need for companies to develop a robust data strategy to harness its benefits. With over 71% of a company’s applications disconnected, enterprises will need to unify data across disparate sources for AI to deliver the right predictions and recommendations. As ASEAN organisations still have untapped data, it is projected that more companies will lay the groundwork for AI by 2024. To build a strong data foundation, corporate leaders will need to prioritise data harmonisation, eliminate silos to extract value from data sources, democratise data for personalised insights, and ensure data privacy and compliance. This requires businesses to put in place strong data governance frameworks, well-defined policies for data collection, storage, and use, and constant monitoring and auditing of training data. #3 Trusted data sharing will supercharge ASEAN economies Cross-border data flows are also an essential part of building this data foundation, as they allow ASEAN businesses to tap data in a trusted manner. To set things in motion, negotiations for a new ASEAN Digital Economy Framework Agreement (DEFA) began in September. This will encourage more seamless and secure data flows across ASEAN member states. With negotiations set to conclude by 2025, the next two years will be an opportune time for ASEAN to realise its ambitions for digital integration and write its own rules for data governance. A framework that makes trusted data sharing the default, without jeopardising data sovereignty, can help enhance competitiveness in the region and unlock ASEAN’s next phase of growth. #4 A new era for customer engagement: everything, everywhere, all at once Customer expectations are increasing, and competition is fiercer than ever. In this new era of customer engagement, businesses need to connect with customers through new channels and pathways and provide personalised experiences at every touchpoint. Innovations across AI, data, and CRM help businesses achieve this by providing a better understanding of their customers, and enabling personalisation at scale. In the new year, industry-specific solutions will rise in demand, as businesses seek tailored solutions to deepen their engagement with customers and build stronger relationships. For example, banks are introducing digital solutions to cater to tech-savvy customers, and innovative financial products to meet the needs of different customer segments. Banking-specific solutions can give banks a better idea of who their customers are, what financial products they have, and what more they might desire. Wrapping up the year for LIKE.TG ASEAN It has been an incredible year for LIKE.TG in ASEAN, filled with exciting milestones. As a company, we have driven incredible innovation, and led customers into the future with our combination of CRM + AI + Data + Trust. We expanded our presence in the region, with a new permanent office in Thailand and the launch of our new entity in Indonesia. This has allowed us to get closer to customers and partners in the region, and hire local talent to build our operations and deliver customer success. At the same time, we also put into action our commitment to address the skills gap in ASEAN. Our initiatives across Indonesia, Thailand and the Philippines have contributed to exceeding our commitment of training 500,000 women and girls in IPEF emerging economies by 2032. We’re the first out of 14 companies under the initiative to do so, and nine years ahead of schedule. And we’re not stopping either. We continue to help countries across ASEAN upskill their workforce and open pathways to jobs through our LIKE.TG ecosystem. All of this would not be possible without our amazing team at LIKE.TG, who put customers at the heart of everything we do. Our LIKE.TG team is dedicated to bringing the power of our #1 AI CRM to more businesses in the region, and I couldn’t be prouder to work alongside them to fulfill this important mission. In the new year, I look forward to working more closely with our customers, partners, and ecosystem, to support more ASEAN businesses as they embark on their digital journeys.

					Machine Learning in Marketing: LIKE.TG’s Complete Guide
Machine Learning in Marketing: LIKE.TG’s Complete Guide
Machine learning and artificial intelligence (AI) technologies have advanced significantly in recent years, impacting various industries, from self-driving cars to robo-advisors. These technologies can also enhance digital marketing strategies by swiftly analysing relevant data sets and automating repetitive tasks. For businesses seeking a competitive edge, integrating machine learning in marketing can lead to stronger campaigns, personalised marketing materials, and increased efficiency. Despite the perception of machine learning as a complex concept, it is a valuable tool for automating aspects of campaigns and harnessing valuable data. In digital marketing, machine learning is poised to revolutionise processes, simplifying tasks such as digital ad campaigns, content creation, and personalised recommendations. This article provides a comprehensive guide to machine learning in marketing, exploring its definition and practical applications. The goal is to help business owners and marketers understand how machine learning can be leveraged to create data-driven campaigns effectively. What is machine learning? Machine learning, falling under the umbrella of AI, refers to systems and software applications designed to “learn” through the analysis of data sets. Machine learning involves technology that processes input, identifies patterns, and independently adapts to new data to form solutions and solve problems. This versatile concept finds applications across various industries, including healthcare, retail, shipping logistics, and marketing. In marketing, machine learning often involves software programs that enable quick analysis and extraction of insights from large data sets. Additionally, these programs automate tasks such as analytics, report analysis, content optimisation, and audience segmentation, increasing marketers’ efficiency. Impact of machine learning on businesses Despite being a relatively new technology, machine learning is rapidly evolving and transforming how businesses operate. As businesses increasingly rely on large and complex data sets for decision-making, machine learning models help organise, manage, and interpret data, providing valuable insights. In the digital marketing industry, which continuously adopts new technologies, machine learning significantly optimises campaigns and increases automation, ultimately boosting the bottom line. Applications of machine learning in marketing Machine learning has diverse applications in marketing, spanning customer segmentation, analytics, campaign optimisation, customer service, and forecasting. Here’s a closer look at how machine learning can be utilised in these key areas: Customer Segmentation Machine learning facilitates automated and accurate customer segmentation, allowing marketers to target specific groups based on various characteristics. This automation streamlines the process, making it more efficient and less prone to errors. Analytics As digital marketing software becomes more sophisticated, machine learning assists in processing and organising large data sets quickly. This technology identifies complex patterns and performs predictive analytics, providing marketers valuable insights for informed decision-making. Optimising Marketing Campaigns Machine learning helps marketers make data-driven decisions for campaign optimisation. By leveraging existing data, machine learning models guide marketers on the most effective channels to reach their target audience, maximising return on investment (ROI). Customer Service Automation through machine learning is prevalent in creating chatbots and digital assistants for customer service interactions. These tools enhance customer satisfaction by addressing needs promptly and efficiently. Forecasting Machine learning aids in accurate forecasting by identifying patterns in data, enabling businesses to predict future events and make informed decisions regarding demand, customer lifetime value, retention rates, and other crucial metrics. Benefits of using machine learning in marketing Incorporating machine learning into marketing strategies offers various benefits for businesses: Lower Costs Contrary to assumptions, machine learning tools are often integrated into existing marketing software, making them affordable. These tools automate processes, saving time and lowering costs associated with manual tasks. Higher-Quality Data Analysis Machine learning excels in quickly and accurately analysing large data sets, providing high-quality insights. This capability enables the creation of specialised customer segments and informed campaign performance tracking. Automation of Processes Machine learning facilitates automation in various business and marketing processes, saving teams time, money, and energy. Automation can be applied to customer inquiries, marketing campaigns, and other tasks. Customer Satisfaction By incorporating machine learning tools, businesses can enhance customer satisfaction by creating chatbots and digital assistants that promptly address customer issues. Automation and data optimisation also contribute to positive interactions with the brand. Implementing machine learning models To harness the benefits of machine learning, businesses can integrate these models into their operations. Platforms like LIKE.TG’s Marketing Cloud offer marketing solutions incorporating machine learning and automation to streamline campaign management and efficiently engage prospects and customers across channels. It enables businesses to segment audiences, track engagement, align marketing and sales teams to nurture leads, and automate workflows, resulting in improved efficiency, personalised customer experiences, and increased ROI.

					3 Trends That Will Shape Customer Service in 2024 and Beyond
3 Trends That Will Shape Customer Service in 2024 and Beyond
The future of customer service starts with learning what your customers expect today — a personalised and connected experience. The catch? You need to focus on productivity and cost savings without compromising on quality. The right technology can help. As we look ahead to the future of customer service, generative AI will play an essential role in finding cost-effective ways to meet customers’ changing expectations. Here are three emerging trends you should keep on your radar as you build your customer service strategy for 2024. 1. AI is an opportunity — not a threat According to our research, 45% of service decision-makers are using AI, up from 24% in 2020. That means AI is increasingly a part of customer service toolkits. It also means that over half of decision-makers have yet to adopt AI in customer service. So what’s holding them back? Some service organisations may be afraid that their people lack the skills to handle AI. Others may have reservations about trust and reliability. There’s also the concern that implementing AI would require a major investment in infrastructure. These fears are understandable, and all companies should practice caution and care when deploying any technology as powerful as AI. But one thing is clear: AI is already connecting, informing, and enriching every aspect of customer service. Companies that remain rooted in doubt and uncertainty are almost certain to be left behind — and forward-thinking organisations are getting more done using AI in a secure, trustworthy way. Wondering how you can start using AI to improve your service organisation? An all-in-one platform like Service Cloud Unlimited+ can help you quickly make the most of your service tech investment. Here are just a few examples of how AI will continue to transform the future of customer service, starting today: Human-AI collaboration: Customer service agents are working alongside AI technology and systems to provide faster and more accurate information for a more satisfying customer experience. This will create a new role in your contact centre — the high-value agent. High-value agents, with the assistance of AI, will shift their focus from resolving simple issues to engaging in more complex interactions that generate revenue. Employee onboarding: AI will play an increasingly central role in onboarding new employees — especially in field service, where recruitment has been a particular challenge in recent years. Knowledge creation: Forward-thinking companies will preserve and share knowledge across the business by connecting generative AI tools to their service consoles, automatically drafting knowledge base articles based on customer interactions and customer relationship management (CRM) data. These articles can be used in self-service portals, turning search engines into answer engines as customers answer their own questions faster. Tactical tip: The latest customer service training strategies will be key to turning your service professionals into high-value agents. Help your employees understand the powerful potential of AI to serve as a valued partner and close collaborator in delivering exceptional customer service. 2. Advances in field service will help attract and retain frontline workers We found that 65% of mobile workers feel the weight of customer expectations, more than any other type of service worker. And 82% struggle to balance speed with quality when providing field service. That can have a major impact on job satisfaction — and it’s part of the reason why attracting and retaining frontline workers is more challenging than ever. The right tools can help. Our data shows that 93% of service professionals in high-performing organisations cite job satisfaction as a major or moderate benefit of field service management software. As we move into 2024, successful field service organisations will continue to improve productivity, cut costs, and generate revenue with AI while creating a better experience for workers in the field. Here’s how AI can help the future of customer service: Predictive maintenance: It’s always better to maintain devices instead of waiting for a major problem to occur. That’s why AI will add value in 2024 by proactively monitoring machine health, then automatically scheduling service appointments as necessary. AI will even be able to specify the required tools, appropriate technician, and length of time required to complete the job. Work summaries: AI will help minimise errors and improve productivity by automatically generating work summaries both pre- and post-visit — no matter how complex the engagement. This enables mobile workers to resolve issues quickly and move on to the next job in less time. More options for self-service: We discovered that 61% of customers would rather use self-service tools for simple issues. With help from AI, they can book appointments and track the progress of service visits on the messaging channel of their choice. That’s a win for mobile workers, too, because it will allow them to spend less time performing administrative tasks and more time delivering great customer service in the field. Tactical tip: Don’t leave your frontline workers behind. Help them become more proactive and productive with a complete view of each customer, including purchase details, service history, and the status of connected devices. You can integrate AI into their everyday tools with generative responses and work summaries. How can you use AI in customer service? AI can help you deliver more efficient and personalised customer service. Explore Trailhead, LIKE.TG’s free online learning platform, to discover how AI-driven chatbots and analytics are transforming the customer experience. Learn about AI today +200 points Module AI for Customer Service 3. The future of customer service puts revenue generation front and centre In the months ahead, the lines between sales, service, and commerce will continue to blur as AI-driven cross-selling transforms customer service into a profit centre. Forward-thinking organisations will pursue an end-to-end view of the entire customer journey, creating a continuous feedback loop between sales, service, and other departments within your organisation. Here’s what that means for service leaders in 2024: Expanded access: Customer service agents and field service workers will gain even greater access to a complete view of the customer. They can then offer tailored solutions and recommendations that align with each customer’s preferences and buying history. AI-driven recommendations based on customers’ preferences will be increasingly at agents’ fingertips, enabling them to strengthen their relationships and be more valuable for customers. Shared goals: Metrics traditionally associated with sales (such as conversion rates) and customer service (like resolution time) will continue to converge. All functions will focus more attention on metrics that reflect customer satisfaction, loyalty, and overall lifetime value. AI-powered insights: AI is already playing a significant role in analysing customer behaviour, predicting trends, and making informed decisions based on trusted customer data. With this information readily available, agents’ focus can shift from reactive problem-solving to predictive assistance and proactive relationship-building. Teams can work together to anticipate customer needs, address issues before they arise, and offer value-added services that foster loyalty and generate revenue. Tactical tip: Consolidating tech investments will be the key to resilience in 2024. Consider adopting a unified platform that connects your sales, service, and marketing teams for seamless communication and data sharing among these departments. The result? More effective engagement, better issue resolution, and a more holistic view of each customer’s journey. Building your customer service strategy for 2024 A great strategy starts with the right questions. How can you bring your data together? How can you unify the customer experience? And how can you equip your service teams to meet customers’ changing expectations while also serving the needs of the business? No matter how you answer those questions, your mission remains the same: to embrace the future of customer service so you can deliver what your customers demand. That’s why your organisation must combine people, technology, and processes to deliver faster, more effective service at scale — with AI assisting you every step of the way.

					9 Sales KPIs Every Sales Team Should Be Tracking
9 Sales KPIs Every Sales Team Should Be Tracking
Ever been overwhelmed by the sheer volume of sales data you’re tracking — and confused by the metrics that matter? You’re not the only one. Research firmMcKinseyhighlighted this as a troubling trend: Too much data and no focus has made it difficult for sales leaders to reach clear “aha” moments that drive confident decisions and sustainable growth. Fortunately, there’s a clear path forward. To ensure you’re maximising the ROI of tools, teams, and customer relationships, zero in on sales key performance indicators (KPIs) that make the most of what you have while delivering recurring revenue: a combination of tried-and-true targets, like lead conversion rate, and those that measure long-term value, like customer and employee retention. Below, we give you everything you need to know about sales KPIs that ensure a healthy, productive, and growing business. What you’ll learn: What are KPIs in sales? Why are sales KPIs so important? What are sales metrics vs. sales KPIs? What are the most important sales KPIs? How do you track sales KPIs? What sales KPI dashboards should you use? What are KPIs in sales? Key performance indicators (KPIs) in sales are the metrics used to measure how closely the performance of a sales team tracks to predetermined goals and how this performance impacts the business as a whole. This includes metrics like average leads generated per quarter and deal conversion rate. Why are sales KPIs so important? Instead of different reps focusing on different metrics — or leaders eyeing a definition of success that sales reps aren’t thinking about — KPIs keep everyone aligned on the metrics that contribute to company growth. It’s important to note that KPIs themselves are not sales targets, but metrics that gauge activity with significant business impact. Sales leaders define target KPIs to ensure teams are tracking to specific revenue goals. Here’s an example: Joy’s Toys, a toy manufacturer, is focused on growth but doesn’t have a clear target KPI for lead generation that incentivises reps to keep theirpipelines full. Fast-forward a quarter or two and its revenue is “stop-and-go” with reps scrambling to find new opportunities after periods of focusing only on closing deals already in the pipeline. As a result, company growth stalls. Competitor Saul’s Dolls, on the other hand, has mapped out a clear path to revenue growth that includes target KPIs forlead generation, quota attainment, and customer retention. These are shared with every rep so they can prioritise their time and efforts on prospecting, nurturing, and closing deals with new customers whileupselling existing customers — and no critical sales effort is ignored. With this focus, Saul’s Dolls is more likely to hit or surpass its revenue goals. What are sales metrics vs. sales KPIs? Your sales KPIs have a close relationship with your sales and business goals. For example, if the overarching business goal is 1,200 sales in a year, the KPI might be 100 sales each month. (100 sales per month x 12 months = 1,200 sales) Sales metrics are any quantifiable measure of sales performance. This could look like the number of activities completed by sales reps, the number of leads in the sales pipeline, or anything else sales-related that can be measured. The key difference is that your sales metrics don’t necessarily have to connect with these broader goals. What are the most important sales KPIs? Historically, sales KPIs have focused on things like new leads in the pipeline, number ofclosed dealsper quarter, and individual quotas. These are still important, but they often hinge on unpredictable one-off sales. To ensure your company is generating long-term, predictable revenue and maximising ROI, it’s important to track both foundational sales KPIs and those that gauge the lifetime value of customer and employee relationships. Here’s a closer look at the most critical sales KPIs: 1. Annual contract value (ACV) What it measures: The average sales amount of a customer contract over the course of a year. Why it’s important:ACVhelps sales reps and managers identify opportunities for upselling andcross-sellingthat increase customer contract value and, ultimately, company revenue. If upselling or cross-selling are not possible (due to product portfolio, pricing structures, etc.), a low ACV may indicate a need for new customers that can drive revenue growth. How to calculate: (Total sales value of contracts in a year) / (number of contracts) = Average ACV 2. Customer lifetime value (CLV) What it measures: The value of all purchases, including upsells, cross-sells, and renewals, that a customer makes over the course of their relationship with your company. Why it’s important:CLVis a clear indicator of how successfully your team is building the kind of trusting, value-first, and loyal customer relationships that lead to upsells, cross-sells, and renewals, and, as a result, predictable revenue.If your CLV is on the lower end, then try going over the call transcripts from your best customers. Use AI to generate call summaries that identify what moved the deal forward, then use these same tactics in future deals. How to calculate: (Average purchase value per year) x (average number of purchases per year for each customer) x (average customer lifespan in years) = Customer lifetime value 3. New leads in pipeline What it measures: The number of new leads added to each rep’s pipeline during a single quarter. Why it’s important: Based on your conversion rates (four deals closed for every seven leads, for example), you will likely need a specific number of leads to hit sales targets. If reps’ lead count falls below your target KPI, it can be a sign that you need to spend more time on prospecting.A popular way to engage with more prospects is to upyour presence on LinkedIn. Follow potentialprospects, interact with them by liking and commenting on their posts, and then send a connection request. 4. Average age of leads in pipeline Whatit measures: How long leads remain in the pipeline without becoming a closed deal. Usually calculated per rep. Why it’s important: Reps knowa full pipelineis a healthy one — but only if leads are actively moving toward a sale. Stalled deals are a drain on rep time that could be spent moving more viable deals down the pipeline. If you see a trend in stale leads for a particular rep, consider examining their pipeline and remove leads unlikely to close.AI insights help to quickly identify the stallers in real time so you’re not spending hours scanning through your pipeline and analysing the data. How to calculate: (Total age of all active leads per reps) / (Number of active leads) = Average age of leads in pipeline 5. Conversion rate What it measures: Also known as win rate, this is the percentage of each rep’s leads that are converted to closed deals. Usually tracked by quarter, per rep. Why it’s important: If a single rep’s conversion rate is higher than the target conversion rate, that rep may be using sales strategies or processes that are particularly effective and can be operationalised for the entire sales team. If lower, you might need to fine-tune or streamline sales tactics to increase conversions.Call recording and analysistools, alongside regular one-on-onecoaching, can help. How to calculate: (Number of deals closed during a quarter) / (number of leads in the pipeline) x 100 = Conversion rate 6. Rep retention What it measures: Percentage of reps who remain in your organisation a set period of time after hire. Typically measured yearly. Why it’s important: A low rep retention rate can disrupt carefully nurtured customer relationships, which can result in lost upsells/cross-sells — or just lost customers. It can also mean more money spent onboarding reps hired to replace those who leave. When rep retention is high, customer relationships remain intact and team stability is maintained. How to calculate: (Number of total reps at the end of the year – new reps hired during the year)/(total number of reps at the start of the year) x 100 = Rep retention 7. Average rep ramp time What it measures: The amount of time it takes a rep to get from the first day on the job to first prospect outreach. Why it’s important: A quicker ramp time indicates yoursales enablement platformand training are effective, your tools and processes are intuitive, and you’re hiring qualified candidates.This results in faster sales and more engaged reps. If you find ramp time is slow, consider revisiting onboarding programs and sharing AI transcripts of winning sales calls with new reps, changing your tools, or streamlining yourprocesses. How to calculate: (Total time in days it takes all new reps to get from day one to first prospect outreach) / (total number of new reps) = Average rep ramp time 8. Referrals What it measures: The number of referrals for new customers from existing customers secured by each rep during a given quarter. Why it’s important: When your customers are over-the-moon happy with your products or services, they can serve as advocates, promoting you to prospects who otherwise may not be familiar with your brand. This makes it easier for reps to sell, leading to fastersales cyclesand more closed deals. 9. Customer retention What it measures: The percentage of customers who continue to buy and use your products/services. The inverse is churn rate — the percentage of customers who decide to stop buying or using your products/services. Why it’s important: While new customers add to revenue, they also takesignificant resources to secure. By watching customer retention and focusing on opportunities to upsell and cross-sell, you’re generating predictable revenue with a loyal customer base — and maximising ROI. If you see customer retention slip, you may need to revisit rep engagement strategies to ensure your team is prioritising existing customer relationships. How to calculate: (Overall number of customers at the end of the year – net new customers acquired during the year) / (number of customers at the start of the year) x 100 = Customer retention How do you track sales KPIs? A CRM uses customer and sales performance data to gauge progress toward sales KPIs. To help with interpretation, most CRMs offer visualisation tools or dashboards that can be customised with the KPIs most relevant to your business. The dashboard provides a clear picture of sales and company health so everyone from sales reps to leaders can make decisions that keep revenue flowing. What sales KPI dashboards should you use? To make sure everyone is in the loop, you need dashboards that provide high-level status updates to C-suite executives and more granular, deal-based dashboards for your reps. You don’t have to worry about updating dashboards manually — automation andAI-powered CRMscan pull data directly into customised dashboards to help you see progress toward KPIs without manual lift.Use these insights to improve performance, liketracking the fastest rep ramp times and checking in with those reps to see what worked that you could replicate. Here are the dashboards we recommend for how to track sales KPIs: For chief revenue officers (CROs) and sales leaders: Home “State of the Union” Dashboard: This provides an overview of top-level, year-to-date performance by target KPIs. It gives you the most important metrics for your business on one screen, including notable open and closed deals (usually the biggest accounts by value), top sales reps by quota attainment, and overall sales performance vs.forecast. For sales managers: Pipeline Dashboard: Get a snapshot of each rep’s pipeline with this dashboard, including average sales cycles, average deal amounts, and conversion rates. You’ll get clarity on the progression of deals in each pipeline and identify problem areas you need to address quickly. Team Activities Dashboard: See what your team’s doing to stay on top of active deals. Look at their total, completed, and overdue tasks and review each rep’s call and email logs.Dive deeper into conversations by looking at AI-generatedcall summaries. Use these summaries to identify customer sentiment and help move deals forward. Overall, this dashboard is key for monitoring rep engagement andsales processefficiency. For sales operations (sales ops) teams: Performance Dashboard: Drill into closed deals by region, account, or product so you can see what’s contributing to high deal win rates or slowing conversions. Once you know the “why,” you can recommend strategy shifts for your team. Stage Analysis Dashboard: This dashboard shows how deals across all reps are moving through the stages of thesales process, revealing bottlenecks and at-risk opportunities.Trends and patterns identified with AI can reveal opportunities for process improvements. For sales reps: Rep and Team Leaderboard Dashboards: This is an overview of individual rep and team performance data, includingsales quotasattainment, leads in pipe, pipe generation, closed/won deals, average sales cycle time, and sales activities. For more guidance, check out our article on key salesKPI dashboardsthat can help you hit or exceed your revenue targets. Home in on the sales KPIs that matter to you There’s no shortage of sales KPIs to track — but zeroing in on the right ones depends on what’s important to your business right now. First, identify overarching goals. For example, are you focused on driving growth or maximising revenue with existing resources and investments? Once you’re aligned on larger goals, you can select relevant sales KPIs to track and target metrics that will ensure you hit your broader business goals. Be sure to set up dashboards in aCRMaccessible to all teams so you can see a clear view of progress toward the goals you’ve defined.

					What Generative AI Leaders Know That You (Probably) Don’t
What Generative AI Leaders Know That You (Probably) Don’t
Would you believe there are some companies that attribute at least 20% of their earnings (before interest and taxes) to their use of artificial intelligence?What do these leading AI companies know that you don’t? It’s a question worth exploring. Many companies are meandering through the strategy phase of AI, especially gen AI, and are focused on defining a vision that aligns with their business. High performers, on the other hand, are past that phase. They invest more and use AI more broadly. We’ll highlight some of these high performers, including Schneider Electric, Rossignol, and General Mills. But first… The big trend In a report on the state of AI, McKinsey identified the following traits of leading AI companies, high performers that distinguish themselves from the rest: Their AI efforts are geared less towards cost reduction and more towards creating new businesses and sources of revenue. They’re more than 5x as likely to say they spend more than 20% of their digital budgets on AI. They use AI more broadly, implementing AI in at least four business functions. They’re more likely to use AI in product and service development, risk modelling, performance management, and more. What you need to do now Learn from, and adopt when appropriate, best practices from AI high performers. They don’t always get it right but they’re first-movers who can offer invaluable insight. Follow an AI strategy playbook that helps you build a trustworthy foundation: for example, deciding on an approach, readying your technology, and enabling your people. Schneider Electric, Rossignol, and General Mills are three companies (although not cited by McKinsey) that are AI high performers. Here are their stories. Leading AI companies: Schneider Electric Schneider had already been using AI in a decentralised fashion for years when, in 2021, it began its AI at Scale initiative and appointed its first Chief AI Officer, Philippe Rambach, to formalise its AI strategy. It has since implemented a global hub and spoke AI operating model. Each business function “spoke” (marketing, sales, service, etc.) has an AI product owner and change agent who works with the tech competency centre “hub” to find new uses for AI, deliver the technology, and ensure employee adoption. For example, supply chain leaders wanted to use AI for, among other things, balancing inventory based on projected demand, and its ability to deliver based on those projections. With 200 factories and tens of thousands of suppliers, it’s impossible for humans to ensure optimal inventory levels. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now AI analytics and predictive modeling helped Schneider reduce inventory levels to avoid a glut while balancing its ability to efficiently deliver products like transformers, switches, and prefabricated substations. That improvement alone has resulted in about $15 million in savings, measured by how much excess inventory it reduced, and capital allocated to other projects. “We targeted $5 million to $10 million in value, so that was a pleasant surprise,” said Madhu Hosadurga, global vice president of enterprise AI, adding that it plans to use new AI capabilities – it invests tens of millions each year in AI –to pare an additional five percent of inventory.Read the full Schneider Electric story Leading AI companies: Rossignol Rossignol, a century-old French pioneer of ski equipment, expanded into summer sports in 2016 with the introduction of mountain bikes. The goal – inspire people to spend more time in the mountains year-round, while leveraging its customer data and AI to do so. “This is a unique turning point,” said CMO Gabriel Authier. “With AI, we are able to engage with our consumers seamlessly across seasons, getting them the right product that inspires them. We can frame the AI, and give it guidance. CRM, our data, together with AI, is going to create a virtuous circle that will elevate the customer experience.” Creating that virtuous circle is a work in progress, but Rossignol is getting ahead of the curve by partnering with LIKE.TG to connect its myriad data touch points, and eventually infuse gen AI into marketing, commerce, and service for better efficiency, personalisation and customer experience. What might that look like in the future? Consider this example of Rossignol’s new Super Heretic bike, from a recent demo: When adding the bike description to its ecommerce site, merchandising teams could use Einstein’s gen AI capabilities to generate that content, based on past product descriptions and public information. Humans would vet, edit, and publish. Gen AI can instantly translate the content for its global audience, adhering to Rossignol’s brand voice and cultural phrasing so nothing is lost in translation. In marketing, teams may instantly access customer engagement data from within messaging app Slack, and create email campaigns. Using AI prompts, marketers look forward to generating suggested emails and subject lines based on historical data. For example, they could use a prompt like “Which three subject lines have had the biggest open rates?” to create a future high performing email. In service, gen AI will eventually answer its customer questions, after human vetting for accuracy, completeness, and brand voice. Because it has access to public data, gen AI could also provide information on local events and activities. Watch the full Rossignol story (including that cool demo) Leading AI companies: General Mills General Mills already had rich purchase and behavioural data from its online recipe sites and Box Tops for Education donation program. Capturing millions of recipe views and receipt scans, it connected and acted on data to recommend relevant content based on food preferences, diet, geography, and household composition. All that data gets dropped into a central repository. AI and automation analyse the data, make personalised recipe recommendations, and predict an appropriate email send cadence. The other upshot? It can more accurately segment audiences and send relevant content like quizzes or free samples based on past purchases and favourite recipes. This has helped the company triple consumer engagement, increase known site users 170% year over year, and even save millions in paid media. Its Pillsbury and Betty Crocker brands have also experienced a 40% increase in “buy now” clicks in its user content. Read the full General Mills story It’s never too late In less than one year (thanks to generative capabilities), AI has risen from a topic discussed mainly among the IT set to a top priority for company leaders. Given the constant stream of news stories, new tech tools, and emerging use cases for gen AI, you’d be forgiven for thinking every company is running their entire business with it. But they’re not. As McKinsey reports, “we’re in the early innings of gen AI,” and the share of organisations that have adopted AI overall has remained steady over the last few years. In fact, less than a third of respondents say their companies have adopted AI in more than one business function, suggesting that its use remains “limited in scope.” That said, those just jumping on the gen AI train have plenty of time to experiment, test, and learn from trails blazed by early-adopting high performers.

					How Customer Loyalty Turns SMEs Into Brands That Last
How Customer Loyalty Turns SMEs Into Brands That Last
When it comes to long-term business success, customer loyalty is key. In today’s global marketplace, customers have become digital-first shoppers with thousands of suppliers at their fingertip. They can purchase any product imaginable in a heartbeat and being top of the shortlist when customers consider a purchase has never been more impactful, especially for SMEs. The key to making it there? Customer loyalty. What is customer loyalty and why is it important? Customer loyalty epitomises how customers feel about your brand, how willing they are to make a repeat purchase and whether they would recommend you to others. In today’s hyper-connected world, customer loyalty is much more important – and harder to earn. Customer expectation is at an all-time high and customers are more willing to switch brands if they have a bad experience. They also share their experiences, good and bad, more frequently. In the trust-based economy what buyers tell their friends has become key, and business success balances on customer satisfaction more than ever before. Loyal customers are also the biggest spenders. In fact, a 5% increase in customer retention has the power to increase profit by five times that amount. Just as significant, existing customers are 50% more likely to try new products and spend more on average than first-time buyers. Customer loyalty drives the bottom line and the digital economy has unlocked its impact. Quantifying loyalty The way customers shop online today has also opened up new lines of communication. More customers interact with brands directly rather than buying via third-party channels and personalising these interactions is an opportunity to make customer relationships more meaningful and appealing. With the right tools, your SME can leverage this connection and gain valuable insight into existing customer loyalty. As a result, you’ll also be able to develop tailored strategies to boost loyalty based on what your customers value most. The Net Promoter Score (NPS) Actionable data – and lots of it, is key to understanding your customers and increasing loyalty. Many successful businesses use the Customer Retention Rate (CRR) as a tool to gauge whether customers are choosing to stay with them. However, the CRR omits the human factor – how customers feel about your brand and your products. But a more complete picture can be obtained by using the Net Promoter Score (NPS), a simple, two-minute survey that transforms customer sentiment into an actionable metric. By asking customers how likely they are to recommend your brand to a friend on a scale of 0 to 10, the NPS subtracts the percentage of “Detractors” (scores of 6 and under) from the percentage of ‘Promoters’ (scores of 9 and above) to calculate a comparable loyalty benchmark. Simple, right? But the NPS is deceptively powerful, and high NPS scores are proven to correlate directly with growth. In fact, Harvard Business Review called the NPS the single best predictor of growth and the one number you need to grow as a business. While it provides a strong benchmark, the NPS alone is not complex enough to understand where loyalty originates and how to improve it. To overcome this, consider adding an open-ended question to your survey like “how can we improve your experience?”, or “what do you like most/least about our product?” By asking customers what matters most, you can develop a loyalty strategy that targets real needs, rather than blowing the budget on perks that don’t rate. Something to keep in mind is that the NPS varies greatly across industries. For example, if you’re in the car rental business, a score of 15 may be stellar – but in the streaming industry, the same score could be abysmal. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now Understanding customer needs Perhaps your SME already has solid NPS scores. Great! But now what? While the NPS is a starting point to benchmark future initiatives, the real prize is understanding what matters most to customers. Some are loyal to specific products and their price, quality or ease-of-use. For others, these perks play no role whatsoever; they are loyal to your brand, its reputation or image. Your customers are from all walks of life and won’t fit smoothly into one category or another. However, to develop a stellar strategy for boosting loyalty, it’s important you understand what drives your customers. A few basic categories your customers may fall into include: Satisfied customers: feel they receive high quality products Price-loyal customers: feel they receive the best value for their money Loyalty-programme customers: enjoy receiving freebies through loyalty memberships Convenience customers: enjoy the ease of a product or service Brand-loyal customers: love the company and its products By using the NPS to understand customer composition, you can set up a strategy and solutions that meet their specific expectations. Do your customers favour quick and easy fulfilment? Offer overnight shipping for the convenience crowd. Is price important? Consider special promotions and discounts for bargain-hunters. A sound loyalty strategy identifies key issues with tools like the NPS to make sure perks and promotions gel with what customers really want and are meaningful. Key loyalty builders Today, building customer loyalty goes beyond price and individual perks alone. To feel a connection, customers also want personalised experiences and new ways to engage. They want to feel heard across all the channels they use. In short, they want to feel seen as a real human, rather than a random entry in a spreadsheet. Our LIKE.TG State of the Connected Customer report reveals key insights on how to build loyalty by focusing on customer interaction. To boost loyalty: Offer Loyalty Programmes More than 50% of customers see companies as too impersonal today. Loyalty programmes build a more personalised connection by rewarding customers with exclusive events, early access and members-only benefits. Provide Multi-Channel Support Lack of support is a notorious loyalty killer. Customers want to be helped in ways they’re most comfortable with, especially when they have an issue. Research shows that customers place the most value on quick and easy points of contact and documentation, like well-maintained FAQs and real-time messaging support. Offer Different Ways to Engage Customers often welcome opportunities to connect outside formal channels. In fact, 72% of customers expect vendors to personalise engagement to their own needs. Online communities, a social media presence or a well-maintained blog offer customers more choice to engage with you. Build Trust by Being Generous Showing Gratitude 54% of customers don’t believe companies have their best interests in mind – 94% say trust is essential to become a loyal buyer. Sometimes, that means being generous, and incurring additional costs now for better engagement later. Forgiving return policies and warranty programmes build trust and create more loyal customers in the future. Evolve Your Business Over Time More than 50% of customers actively seek out the most innovative brands – and continuous evolution is key to keeping customers engaged and buying. By piloting new approaches, like user-generated content or gamification, businesses can innovate beyond the scope of their product and keep interacting interesting. The universal approach: customer experience While each of these strategies address some customers more than others, they all feed into a loyalty builder that appeals to almost everyone. Customer Experience – aka, the customer journey, encompasses everything including first contact, choosing a product to after-sales. In fact, 80% of customers say that they consider customer experience just as important as the product itself. What’s more, 70% say they would pay extra for a great experience. A great customer experience enables customers to engage with the brand and product at eye-level, at every stage with seamless handoffs along the way. Providing reliable support and letting the customer know their feedback matters – by way of the NPS for example – builds a two-way connection that invests customers in your brand in ways simply using the product cannot. The stark reality is that 67% of customers have recently switched vendors for a better experience. And the heyday of customer experience is only beginning: the younger the audience, the more likely they are to switch. Creating experiences that last Entrepreneur Tony Hsieh said: “Customer service shouldn’t just be a department; it should be the entire company.” Building enduring customer loyalty boils down to a simple but powerful truth: the customer comes first. By gauging loyalty with the NPS, using a data-driven approach to identify customer needs, and addressing them in a tailored and value-focused way, you can build lasting relationships, cut costs, drive sales and supercharge your brand. The reality is that it’s not the customer’s job to remember your business. But it is your job to ensure the customer has an outstanding experience that inspires them to become a loyal buyer and champion your brand.

					The Perfect Cold Call: How To Turn Prospects Into Customers
The Perfect Cold Call: How To Turn Prospects Into Customers
We may live in the time of TikTok, where an unknown number calling your phone strikes fear, but in my 13 years of training sales teams, I’ve found nothing is more impactful than the cold call. In fact, cold calling accounts for up to50% of new deals, according toDale Carnegie Training. The hard truth, though, is that cold calling can be painful. Many sellers avoid it whenever possible, fearingconfrontation and rejection. But with the right cold calling tips, it’s actually easier than you think. With a few simple strategies — most rooted in solid research and planning — you can make successful cold calls without getting cold feet. What is cold calling andwhy are cold calling techniques still important? Cold calling is a type of sales solicitation from a salesperson to a prospect who has never interacted with the company before. The goal is to develop a business relationship with a new customer and, eventually, close a sale. While it can feel intimidating, the right cold calling tips can help you feel more confident going into each conversation. And it’s worth it. Using best practices for cold calling — rooted in solid research and planning — can help your reps turn successful cold calls into warm leads. Cold calls are also an effective prospecting method when you compare it to email or social media. Prospects can simply delete your emails and scroll past your social media posts, but a voice on the phone is immediate. You gain the opportunity to get real-time responses and address any concerns, gathering a lot of information in a short period of time. 10 cold calling tips that will help you land new leads The perfect cold call starts with preparation and research.Doing your homeworkwill help you tailor your message and communicate effectively. Use the following cold calling advice to break through initial fears and find success. 1. Research ahead of your call Before calling your prospects, research their biggest pain points and consider how your products or services can help them solve nagging problems. To streamline your research,John Barrows,CEO of JB Sales, recommends segmenting your list by industry and title. Then you can use AI sales tools, like LIKE.TG’sautomated research assistant, to speed up your research. Some can even pull data about your prospect into your CRM. Once you have a basis of industry knowledge, get to know your target companies. Review their websites (especially their blogs), their social media accounts, and news articles about their companies to see if they’re facing any challenges. Then, check yoursales engagement platformto see if the person you’re about to call has clicked through any emails and engaged with content. That may give you clues as to what they’re most interested in so you can better frame your product features as solutions they need right now. “For top-tier target accounts, segment about one hour a day to do the research,” said Barrows. “Spend some time on your prospect’s LinkedIn profile and find something specific that you can reference to make a direct connection to the value your service can provide.” 2. Collect case studies that show the success of your product You can brag about your product or service all you want, but your customers make the most compelling case for you. They’re seen as more relatable and objective. That’s why you need testimonials and case studies that speak to the value of your product and how it solves your prospect’s pain points. Additionally, collecting any available data on ROI or customer performance can help you quantify the benefits of your product or service.Have this information in hand, refer to it, and be ready to share it in real time during and immediately after your call. 3. Draft a call intro, not a whole script (with the help of AI) Once you’ve completed your research, draft a quick-hit intro script that ties together basic info about your company with an open-ended question. Doing so allows you to collect more information you can use to frame your solution.If you often struggle with wording and you havegenerative AI techbuilt in to yourCRM,use it for a spark of inspiration to get the language right. Cold call script example Plan tocreate a new script for each prospect.No two are alike, after all. A personalised approach will help you keep the call feeling genuine and focused on the help you can provide. Keep your intro short – less than 30 seconds. Barrows suggestedincluding the following core elements: A quick intro about you and what your company does – 10 secondsHi, Taylor! I’m glad we’ve connected. Jessie here at [company name and description]. A point of connection, like a referral name or something you share in common, to help build rapport – 10 secondsI saw you at the recent sales training conference and wanted to connect in person, but didn’t have the chance. So, I thought I’d give you a call. A note about why you’re calling, highlighting a key pain point or new valuable information for the prospect (this is where your research really comes in handy), followed by a prompt to gather more information – 10 secondsWe’ve seen lower quota attainment in the XYZ industry, and we’ve been working closely with others in the industry to [do something positive with our product or service]. I’d love to hear about what [company name] has been doing to overcome this challenge. If now isn’t a good time, can we schedule something later this week? This is really all you need to draft. The rest of the call will depend on how the prospect responds to your open-ended question, like, “What specific pain points or bottlenecks are you looking to address?” Make sureyou listen carefullyand ask more questions. Try to identify three key factors in their decision-making: time (when they need a solution), money (how much they can afford), and impact (what a perfect solution would look like, preferably framed by metrics they’re trying to hit). 4. Call at the best time – often in the middle of the day Recent layoffsmean smaller teams have to do the same amount of work with less resources. This may make it harder to get in touch with your prospects. To maximise your chance of getting them on the phone, avoid calling during busy parts of the work day — typically first thing in the morning and the end of the day. Calling in the middle of the day is a good bet. Give yourself even better odds with a little social reconnaissance. Check to see if your contact has obligations, like a major conference to attend, to make sure you’re reaching them when they’re able to pick up the phone. If calling during “best” hours doesn’t work,send an emailand schedule a time to call. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now 5. Practice (and breathe) before the call Armed with the best strategies for cold calling, getting into the right mindset is critical. If you rush in, anxious about the outcome, you’ll likely come across as frenzied. To ensure you’re confident and comfortable, do three important things: Anticipate common questions, especially negative ones, and plan quick answers that help direct the conversation in a positive direction. Practice your pitch in front of a mirror or, better yet, with a colleague. Take several deep breaths to calm your nerves before you pick up the phone. While that may sound simple, it doesn’t need to be complicated. Reps have used these cold calling tips for years, and nothing beats them. 6. Speak slowly and clearly — then listen With script in hand, remind yourself to take the first 10 seconds to build rapport. This can be a brief tidbit that sets your prospect at ease and helps you connect on a personal level. Smile when you speak — it comes through in your voice. Then, tell them you’re happy they answered and ask them an open-ended question. Speak clearly and slowly to be sure you’re understood. You want the prospect to know who you are, why you’re a standout, and what you have to offer. “Ask specific questions that show you know what you’re talking about,” said Barrows. “You can simply ask: ‘We’re working with other executives in your industry to address these three priorities: 1,2,3. How do these align with your priorities and what other ones are you specifically dealing with?'” After you ask your open-ended question, listen — really listen. Take notes as the prospect talks to help you frame follow-up questions. When there’s a natural pause,ask questions related to your research as well as anything that might help you collect information on time, money, and impact (see tip #3 above).People liketalking about themselves, so give them the opportunity. The secret to cold calling success? Authenticity Cold calling isn’t just a numbers game. Being authentic can help you turn cold calls into connections quickly. Learn more on Trailhead, the free online learning platform from LIKE.TG. Take your first step +200 points Module Cold Calling for Sales 7. Don’t mention your product until the end of the call Collected enough information to fully understand your prospect’s needs? Now, it’s time to plant a seed. As you get ready to close the call (try to keep it to 15 minutes), connect one of the pain points mentioned with something you have to offer — a product feature, a low-cost subscription, or increased ROI. Let them know you have a viable solution that can be tailored to their needs. Here’s the catch: Don’t give away the store. Use this connection as an opportunity to ask for a follow-up meeting so you can explain your solution further.After all, this isn’t asales call. It’s a cold call. 8. Be clear about next steps Many sellers rightfully put energy into gathering information or making a pitch while cold calling.Unfortunately, many also forget to plan how they’ll close out their cold call in a way that moves things forward. Before your call, plan for the three to four most likely outcomes and next steps for each. This ensures you will keep the deal moving forward. For example, if the prospect seems interested in product features,suggest scheduling a demo to walk them through your product. If they’re wavering on the real impact of your solution, you can send them an email with case studies and ask them for a good time when you can follow up. Before you hang up, make sure your next step is clear — and ideally on the prospect’s calendar. You can even summarise next steps at the end of the call to make sure there’s no confusion. 9. Have a plan of action if they don’t answer “Reps always ask me whether they should leave voicemails anymore since they almost never get a callback. My response is yes — as long as they are good ones,” said Barrows. What makes a good cold call voicemail? One that offers value. Even if you don’t get a callback the first time, you’ve used an opportunity to build name recognition and help your prospect associate it with something helpful. When planning what you’ll say during a voicemail, consider the research you did to inform what you’d say during a live call. Then use these do’s and don’ts to leave an effective cold call voicemail that stands out. DON’T open with your name. DO start with a greeting that’s immediately followed by why you’re calling, focusing on helpful information you’d like to share. DON’T ramble. DO keep your voicemail to a 30-second maximum. DON’T sell. DO try to pique their curiosity. 10. Take time to identify highs and lows after the call One of my biggest cold calling tips is to take some time after the call for a self-assessment,identifying what went well and what didn’t quite land.The more cold calls you make, the more data you have to learn about what works and what doesn’t — but that’s only possible when you take the time to analyse your calls. Make a note of call highs and lows as soon as you hang up. The good news: This only needs to take a few minutes following each call, especially if you use AI.AI for salestools, like Sales Cloud Einstein, not only generate short, actionable call summaries, but they also offer suggestions on next steps. As you continue to analyse your calls, you’ll identify patterns that can help you improve your cold calling scripts and make it easier to approach prospects in the future. Take the plunge into cold calling Cold calling may not be the newest technique in the sales game, but it’s still an effective way to generate new business — if you do it right. By doing your research, building rapport, and giving your prospect a chance to share their problem in detail, you’ll make it easy to position your product as the ideal solution. What are you waiting for? Pick up the phone and start turning those calls into customers.

					5 Questions About AI Your Business Should Ask Before Diving In
5 Questions About AI Your Business Should Ask Before Diving In
Are you overwhelmed by generative AI yet? The questions about AI businesses need to ask themselves –about technology, skills, privacy, data, and organisational requirements, to name a few –are endless. It can be hard to know where to begin, and the most pertinent AI questions to ask, before diving in. “For a lot of our customers, this is about getting going for the very first time with AI,” said Marc Benioff, CEO of LIKE.TG. “They may have been using predictive AI, machine learning or even deep learning. Now they’re exploring this next generation of AI to understand how they’re going to take productivity to the next level.” Demand and potential are both great. But so are the risks. We’re here to help. The employee view 56% of workers in a recent survey said they believe generative AI (gen AI) will transform their roles. 65% believe gen AI will allow them to focus on more strategic work. Workers believe generative AI will save five hours a week. The exec summary Gen AI will add up to $4.4 trillion to the global economy annually. 75% of the potential value from gen AI is concentrated in four functions: customer operations, marketing and sales, software engineering, and RD. Gen AI, with other automation technologies, could add up to 3.3 percentage points annually to productivity growth, but companies will need to support employees along the way. Your next move Ensure your AI technology meets company guidelines and industry regulations. Develop a strategic plan with specific use cases. Ask the right questions about AI, starting with… How good is our data? Generative AI promises to significantly reshape how you manage your customer relationships, but it requires data that is accurate, updated, accessible, and complete. Why is this important? You may do something differently this quarter than you did last quarter, based on the latest data. But if your data is outdated or incorrect, that’s what the AI will use. When training your models for generative AI, you should first ensure data excellence from top to bottom. To get your data house in order, remove duplicates, outliers, errors, and other things that can negatively affect how you make decisions. Then connect your data sources — marketing, sales, service, commerce – into a single record, updated in real time, so the AI can make the best recommendations. McKinsey recently wrote, “Companies that have not yet found ways to harmonise and provide ready access to their data will be unable to unlock much of generative AI’s potentially transformative power.” How do we establish trust? Trust –that you will protect customer data and use AI ethically –is at the heart of how widely and successfully businesses and customers will embrace generative AI. Ask yourself, is your technology partner building AI safeguards into the fabric of their systems and apps? Large language models (LLMs), the computer programsupon which AI algorithms are based, contain huge amounts of data but they lack safeguards, controls and privacy features. Companies can leverage AI’s productivity gains without giving away data. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now Trust in AI data privacy requires special safeguards including data masking, toxicity detection, data grounding, zero retention, and more. These guardrails protect data and help ensure ethical use, boosting chances of AI success. Do we need to reorganise our company around AI? Research featured in Harvard Business Review found that AI initiatives face formidable cultural and organisational barriers, and that companies need to align their culture, structure, and ways of working to support and scale AI. Ask yourself, do all your stakeholders share that responsibility? Generative AI is such a game changer that some companies are establishing cross-functional AI task forces to determine how to proceed. Experts suggest establishing an AI governance committee to, among other things, guide development teams and set standards for explainability. That is, determining how and why AI makes the recommendations it does. Schneider Electric, for one, has formalised an AI program under a chief AI officer and scaled it to every corner of the company. It implemented a global hub-and-spoke AI operating model. Each business function “spoke” (marketing, sales, service, etc.) has an AI product owner and change agent who works with the tech competency centre “hub” to find new uses for AI, deliver the technology, and ensure employee adoption. “Every use case — and we have AI use cases in almost every function — has people from both the AI Hub and business,” said Madhu Hosadurga, global vice president of enterprise AI at Schneider. Do we have the right skills? AI is evolving at such a furious pace, the answer to this question (for most companies) is probably no. A recent survey found 67% of global business leaders are considering using generative AI, but roughly the same number of IT leaders say their employees don’t have the skills to use it. Being an AI-first company (like being digital-first or mobile-first before) requires a close evaluation of your talent. First, you need to determine your current capabilities relative to what you want to accomplish. Identify the gaps, then prioritise building those AI skills. Of course, these will vary by your company’s industry and specific needs. You will likely have to develop a hiring plan to acquire talent, and train workers to use generative AI. You can do the latter by providing access to on-demand learning for critical skills, incentivising workers to learn new skills and prioritising upskilling as part of the job. “Change management starts with people,” said Clara Shih, CEO of AI at LIKE.TG. “It’s going to take all of us to reskill and learn about these new capabilities.” What gen AI terms do I need to know to carry on a conversation? You don’t need to be a software engineer or data scientist to understand gen AI or speak with authority about it with technical people. But business leaders should be able to think about AI holistically, including benefits and risks, where it fits into the company’s culture, mission, and what type of governance and infrastructure it requires. Business leaders can’t help lead AI programs to success if they can’t engage with the tech teams. We’ve put together a list of the most essential AI terms that will help everyone in your company — no matter their technical background – understand the power of generative AI. Each term is defined based on how it impacts both your customers and your team, a crucial element in understanding the power of AI. Gen AI technologies (and adoption) are growing extraordinarily fast. As it informs more business decisions and transforms your relationships with customers, leaders at all levels must understand its potential, its use cases, and its risks. How do you do that? Start by asking the right questions about AI.
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈
营销拓客

					10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
The banking industry is undergoing a digital transformation, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems are at the forefront of this change. By providing a centralised platform for customer data, interactions, and analytics, CRMs empower banks to deliver personalised and efficient services, fostering customer loyalty and driving business growth. We’ll look closer at the significance of CRM in banking, exploring its numerous benefits, addressing challenges in adoption, and highlighting future trends and innovations. Additionally, we present a compelling case study showcasing a successful CRM implementation in the banking sector. 10 Questions to Ask When Choosing a CRM in Banking When selecting a top CRM platform for your banking institution, it is necessary to carefully evaluate potential solutions to ensure they align with your specific requirements and objectives. Here are 10 key questions to ask during the selection process: 1. Does the CRM integrate with your existing, financial and banking organisation and systems? A seamless integration between your CRM and existing banking systems is essential to avoid data silos and ensure a holistic view of customer interactions. Look for a CRM that can easily integrate with your core banking system, payment platforms, and other relevant applications. 2. Can the CRM provide a 360-degree view of your customers? A CRM should offer a unified platform that consolidates customer data from various touchpoints, including online banking, mobile banking, branches, and contact centres. This enables bank representatives to access a complete customer profile, including account information, transaction history, and past interactions, resulting in more personalised and efficient customer service. 3. Does the CRM offer robust reporting and analytics capabilities? Leverage the power of data by selecting a CRM that provides robust reporting and analytics capabilities. This will allow you to analyse customer behaviour, identify trends, and gain actionable insights into customer needs and preferences. Look for a CRM that offers customisable reports, dashboards, and data visualisation tools to empower your bank with data-driven decision-making. 4. Is the CRM user-friendly and easy to implement? A user-friendly interface is essential for ensuring that your bank’s employees can effectively utilise the CRM. Consider the technical expertise of your team and opt for a CRM with an intuitive design, clear navigation, and minimal training requirements. Additionally, evaluate the implementation process to ensure it can be completed within your desired timeframe and budget. What is a CRM in the Banking Industry? Customer relationship management (CRM) is a crucial technology for banks to optimise customer service, improve operational efficiency, and drive business growth. A CRM system acts as a centralised platform that empowers banks to manage customer interactions, track customer information, and analyse customer data. By leveraging CRM capabilities, banks can also gain deeper insights and a larger understanding of their customers’ needs, preferences, and behaviours, enabling them to deliver personalised and exceptional banking experiences. CRM in banking fosters stronger customer relationships by facilitating personalised interactions. With a CRM system, banks can capture and store customer data, including personal information, transaction history, and communication preferences. This data enables bank representatives to have informed conversations with customers, addressing their specific needs and providing tailored financial solutions. Personalised interactions enhance customer satisfaction, loyalty, and overall banking experience. CRM enhances operational efficiency and productivity within banks. By automating routine tasks such as data entry, customer service ticketing, and report generation, banking CRM software streamlines workflows and reduces manual labour. This automation allows bank employees to focus on higher-value activities, such as customer engagement and financial advisory services. Furthermore, CRM provides real-time access to customer information, enabling employees to quickly retrieve and update customer data, thereby enhancing operational efficiency. Additionally, CRM empowers banks to analyse customer data and derive valuable insights. With robust reporting and analytics capabilities, banks can identify customer segments, analyse customer behaviour, and measure campaign effectiveness. This data-driven approach enables banks to make informed decisions, optimise marketing strategies, and develop targeted products and services that cater to specific customer needs. CRM also plays a vital role in risk management and compliance within the banking industry. By integrating customer data with regulatory requirements, banks can effectively monitor transactions, detect suspicious activities, and mitigate fraud risks. This ensures compliance with industry regulations and safeguards customer information. In summary, CRM is a transformative technology that revolutionises banking operations. By fostering personalised customer experiences and interactions, enhancing operational efficiency, enabling data-driven decision-making, and ensuring risk management, CRM empowers banks to deliver superior customer service, drive business growth, and maintain a competitive edge. The 10 Business Benefits of Using a Banking CRM 1. Streamlined Customer Interactions: CRMs enable banks to centralise customer data, providing a holistic view of each customer’s interactions with the bank. This allows for streamlined and personalised customer service, improving customer satisfaction and reducing the time and effort required to resolve customer queries. 2. Enhanced Data Management and Analytics: CRMs provide powerful data management capabilities, enabling banks to collect, store, and analyse customer data from various sources. This data can be leveraged to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. Banks can then use these insights to optimise their products, services, and marketing strategies. 3. Increased Sales and Cross-Selling Opportunities: CRMs help banks identify cross-selling and upselling opportunities by analysing customer data and identifying customer needs and preferences. By leveraging this information, banks can proactively recommend relevant products and services, increasing sales and revenue. 4. Improved Customer Retention and Loyalty: CRMs help banks build stronger customer relationships by enabling personalised interactions and providing excellent customer service. By understanding customer needs and preferences, banks can proactively address issues and provide tailored solutions, fostering customer loyalty and reducing churn. 5. Enhanced Regulatory Compliance and Risk Management: CRMs assist banks in complying with industry regulations and managing risks effectively. By centralising customer data and tracking customer interactions, banks can easily generate reports and demonstrate compliance with regulatory requirements. CRMs and other banking software programs also help in identifying and managing potential risks associated with customer transactions. 6. Improved Operational Efficiency: CRMs streamline various banking processes, including customer onboarding, loan processing, and account management. By automating repetitive tasks and providing real-time access to customer information, CRMs help banks improve operational efficiency and reduce costs. 7. Increased Employee Productivity: CRMs provide banking employees with easy access to customer data and real-time updates, enabling them to handle customer inquiries more efficiently. This reduces the time spent on administrative tasks and allows employees to focus on providing exceptional customer service. 8. Improved Decision-Making: CRMs provide banks with data-driven insights into customer behaviour and market trends. This information supports informed decision-making, enabling banks to develop and implement effective strategies for customer acquisition, retention, and growth. 9. Enhanced Customer Experience: CRMs help banks deliver a superior customer experience by providing personalised interactions, proactive problem resolution, and quick response to customer inquiries. This results in increased customer satisfaction and positive brand perception.10. Increased Profitability: By leveraging the benefits of CRM systems, banks can optimise their operations, increase sales, and reduce costs, ultimately leading to increased profitability and long-term success for financial service customers. Case studies highlighting successful CRM implementations in banking Several financial institutions have successfully implemented CRM systems to enhance their operations and customer service. Here are a few notable case studies: DBS Bank: DBS Bank, a leading financial institution in Southeast Asia, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided a 360-degree view of customers, enabling the bank to tailor products and services to individual needs. As a result, DBS Bank increased customer retention by 15% and cross-selling opportunities by 20%. HDFC Bank: India’s largest private sector bank, HDFC Bank, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and operational efficiency. The system integrated various customer touch points, such as branches, ATMs, and online banking, providing a seamless experience for customers. HDFC Bank achieved a 20% reduction in operating costs and a 15% increase in customer satisfaction. JPMorgan Chase: JPMorgan Chase, one of the largest banks in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve customer interactions and data management. The system provided a centralised platform to track customer interactions and data, allowing the bank to gain insights into customer behaviour and preferences. As a result, JPMorgan Chase increased customer interactions by 15% and improved data accuracy by 20%. Bank of America: Bank of America, the second-largest bank in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve sales and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided sales teams with real-time customer data, across sales and marketing efforts enabling them to tailor their pitches and identify potential cross-selling opportunities. Bank of America achieved a 10% increase in sales and a 15% increase in cross-selling opportunities.These case studies demonstrate the tangible benefits of CRM in the banking industry. By implementing CRM systems, banks can improve customer retention, customer service, cross-selling opportunities, operating costs, and marketing campaigns. Overcoming challenges to CRM adoption in banking While CRM systems offer numerous benefits to banks, their adoption can be hindered by certain challenges. One of the primary obstacles is resistance from employees who may be reluctant to embrace new technology or fear job displacement. Overcoming this resistance requires effective change management strategies, such as involving employees in the selection and implementation process, providing all-encompassing training, and addressing their concerns. Another challenge is the lack of proper training and support for employees using the CRM system. Insufficient training can lead to low user adoption and suboptimal utilisation of the system’s features. To address this, banks should invest in robust training programs that equip employees with the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively use the CRM system. Training should cover not only the technical aspects of the system but also its benefits and how it aligns with the bank’s overall goals. Integration challenges can also hinder the successful adoption of CRM software in banking. Banks often have complex IT systems and integrating a new CRM system can be a complex and time-consuming process. To overcome these challenges, banks should carefully plan the integration process, ensuring compatibility between the CRM system and existing systems. This may involve working with the CRM vendor to ensure a smooth integration process and providing adequate technical support to address any issues that arise. Data security is a critical concern for banks, and the adoption of a CRM system must address potential security risks. Banks must ensure that the CRM system meets industry standards and regulations for data protection. This includes implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, access controls, and regular security audits, to safeguard sensitive customer information. Finally, the cost of implementing and maintaining a CRM system can be a challenge for banks. CRM systems require significant upfront investment in software, hardware, and training. Banks should carefully evaluate the costs and benefits of CRM adoption, ensuring that the potential returns justify the investment. Additionally, banks should consider the ongoing costs associated with maintaining and updating the CRM system, as well as the cost of providing ongoing training and support to users. Future trends and innovations in banking CRM Navigating Evolving Banking Trends and Innovations in CRM The banking industry stands at the precipice of transformative changes, driven by a surge of innovative technologies and evolving customer expectations. Open banking, artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain technology, the Internet of Things (IoT), and voice-activated interfaces are shaping the future of banking CRM. Open banking is revolutionising the financial sphere by enabling banks to securely share customer data with third-party providers, with the customer’s explicit consent. This fosters a broader financial ecosystem, offering customers access to a varied range of products and services, while fostering healthy competition and innovation within the banking sector. AI has become an indispensable tool for banking institutions, empowering them to deliver exceptional customer experiences. AI-driven chatbots and virtual assistants provide round-the-clock support, assisting customers with queries, processing transactions, and ensuring swift problem resolution. Additionally, AI plays a pivotal role in fraud detection and risk management, safeguarding customers’ financial well-being. Blockchain technology, with its decentralised and immutable nature, offers a secure platform for financial transactions. By maintaining an incorruptible ledger of records, blockchain ensures the integrity and transparency of financial data, building trust among customers and enhancing the overall banking experience. The Internet of Things (IoT) is transforming banking by connecting physical devices to the internet, enabling real-time data collection and exchange. IoT devices monitor customer behaviour, track equipment status, and manage inventory, empowering banks to optimise operations, reduce costs, and deliver personalised services. Voice-activated interfaces and chatbots are revolutionising customer interactions, providing convenient and intuitive access to banking services. Customers can utilise voice commands or text-based chat to manage accounts, make payments, and seek assistance, enhancing their overall banking experience. These transformative trends necessitate banks’ ability to adapt and innovate continuously. By embracing these technologies and aligning them with customer needs, banks can unlock new opportunities for growth, strengthen customer relationships, and remain at the forefront of the industry. How LIKE.TG Can Help LIKE.TG is a leading provider of CRM solutions that can help banks achieve the benefits of CRM. With LIKE.TG, banks can gain a complete view of their customers, track interactions, deliver personalised experiences, and more. LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive suite of CRM tools that can be customised to meet the specific needs of banks. These tools include customer relationship management (CRM), sales and marketing automation, customer service, and analytics. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. For example, one bank that implemented LIKE.TG saw a 20% increase in customer satisfaction, a 15% increase in revenue, and a 10% decrease in costs. Here are some specific examples of how LIKE.TG can help banks: Gain a complete view of customers: LIKE.TG provides a single, unified platform that allows banks to track all customer interactions, from initial contact to ongoing support. This information can be used to create a complete picture of each customer, which can help banks deliver more personalised and relevant experiences. Track interactions: LIKE.TG allows banks to track all interactions with customers, including phone calls, emails, chat conversations, and social media posts. This information can be used to identify trends and patterns, which can help banks improve their customer service and sales efforts. Deliver personalised experiences: LIKE.TG allows banks to create personalised experiences for each customer. This can be done by using customer data to tailor marketing campaigns, product recommendations, and customer service interactions. Increase revenue: LIKE.TG can help banks increase revenue by providing tools to track sales opportunities, manage leads, and forecast revenue. This information can be used to make informed decisions about which products and services to offer, and how to best target customers. Reduce costs: LIKE.TG can help banks reduce costs by automating tasks, streamlining processes, and improving efficiency. This can free up resources that can be used to focus on other areas of the business. Overall, LIKE.TG is a powerful CRM solution that can help banks improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can gain a competitive advantage in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
Some ecommerce trends and technologies pass in hype cycles, but others are so powerful they change the entire course of the market. After all the innovations and emerging technologies that cropped up in 2023, business leaders are assessing how to move forward and which new trends to implement.Here are some of the biggest trends that will affect your business over the coming year. What you’ll learn: Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Conversational commerce is getting more human Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Brands are going big with resale Social commerce is evolving Vibrant video content is boosting sales Loyalty programs are getting more personalised User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries Ecommerce trends FAQ 1. Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency There’s no doubt about it: Artificial intelligence (AI) is changing the ecommerce game. Commerce teams have been using the technology for years to automate and personalise product recommendations, chatbot activity, and more. But now, generative and predictive AI trained on large language models (LLM) offer even more opportunities to increase efficiency and scale personalisation. AI is more than an ecommerce trend — it can make your teams more productive and your customers more satisfied. Do you have a large product catalog that needs to be updated frequently? AI can write and categorise individual descriptions, cutting down hours of work to mere minutes. Do you need to optimise product detail pages? AI can help with SEO by automatically generating meta titles and meta descriptions for every product. Need to build a landing page for a new promotion? Generative page designers let users of all skill levels create and design web pages in seconds with simple, conversational building tools. All this innovation will make it easier to keep up with other trends, meet customers’ high expectations, and stay flexible — no matter what comes next. 2. Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Data is your most valuable business asset. It’s how you understand your customers, make informed decisions, and gauge success. So it’s critical to make sure your data is in order. The challenge? Businesses collect a lot of it, but they don’t always know how to manage it. That’s where data management and harmonisation come in. They bring together data from multiple sources — think your customer relationship management (CRM) and order management systems — to provide a holistic view of all your business activities. With harmonised data, you can uncover insights and act on them much faster to increase customer satisfaction and revenue. Harmonised data also makes it possible to implement AI (including generative AI), automation, and machine learning to help you market, serve, and sell more efficiently. That’s why data management and harmonisation are top priorities among business leaders: 68% predict an increase in data management investments. 32% say a lack of a complete view and understanding of their data is a hurdle. 45% plan to prioritise gaining a more holistic view of their customers. For businesses looking to take advantage of all the new AI capabilities in ecommerce, data management should be priority number one. 3. Conversational commerce is getting more human Remember when chatbot experiences felt robotic and awkward? Those days are over. Thanks to generative AI and LLMs, conversational commerce is getting a glow-up. Interacting with chatbots for service inquiries, product questions, and more via messaging apps and websites feels much more human and personalised. Chatbots can now elevate online shopping with conversational AI and first-party data, mirroring the best in-store interactions across all digital channels. Natural language, image-based, and data-driven interactions can simplify product searches, provide personalised responses, and streamline purchases for a smooth experience across all your digital channels. As technology advances, this trend will gain more traction. Intelligent AI chatbots offer customers better self-service experiences and make shopping more enjoyable. This is critical since 68% of customers say they wouldn’t use a company’s chatbot again if they had a bad experience. 4. Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Headless commerce continues to gain steam. With this modular architecture, ecommerce teams can deliver new experiences faster because they don’t have to wait in the developer queue to change back-end systems. Instead, employees can update online interfaces using APIs, experience managers, and user-friendly tools. According to business leaders and commerce teams already using headless: 76% say it offers more flexibility and customisation. 72% say it increases agility and lets teams make storefront changes faster. 66% say it improves integration between systems. Customers reap the benefits of headless commerce, too. Shoppers get fresh experiences more frequently across all devices and touchpoints. Even better? Headless results in richer personalisation, better omni-channel experiences, and peak performance for ecommerce websites. 5. Brands are going big with resale Over the past few years, consumers have shifted their mindset about resale items. Secondhand purchases that were once viewed as stigma are now seen as status. In fact, more than half of consumers (52%) have purchased an item secondhand in the last year, and the resale market is expected to reach $70 billion by 2027. Simply put: Resale presents a huge opportunity for your business. As the circular economy grows in popularity, brands everywhere are opening their own resale stores and encouraging consumers to turn in used items, from old jeans to designer handbags to kitchen appliances. To claim your piece of the pie, be strategic as you enter the market. This means implementing robust inventory and order management systems with real-time visibility and reverse logistics capabilities. 6. Social commerce is evolving There are almost 5 billion monthly active users on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, Snapchat, and TikTok. More than two-thirds (67%) of global shoppers have made a purchase through social media this year. Social commerce instantly connects you with a vast global audience and opens up new opportunities to boost product discovery, reach new markets, and build meaningful connections with your customers. But it’s not enough to just be present on social channels. You need to be an active participant and create engaging, authentic experiences for shoppers. Thanks to new social commerce tools — like generative AI for content creation and integrations with social platforms — the shopping experience is getting better, faster, and more engaging. This trend is blurring the lines between shopping and entertainment, and customer expectations are rising as a result. 7. Vibrant video content is boosting sales Now that shoppers have become accustomed to the vibrant, attention-grabbing video content on social platforms, they expect the same from your brand’s ecommerce site. Video can offer customers a deeper understanding of your products, such as how they’re used, and what they look like from different angles. And video content isn’t just useful for ads or for increasing product discovery. Brands are having major success using video at every stage of the customer journey: in pre-purchase consultations, on product detail pages, and in post-purchase emails. A large majority (89%) of consumers say watching a video has convinced them to buy a product or service. 8. Loyalty programs are getting more personalised It’s important to attract new customers, but it’s also critical to retain your existing ones. That means you need to find ways to increase loyalty and build brand love. More and more, customers are seeking out brand loyalty programs — but they want meaningful rewards and experiences. So, what’s the key to a successful loyalty program? In a word: personalisation. Customers don’t want to exchange their data for a clunky, impersonal experience where they have to jump through hoops to redeem points. They want straightforward, exclusive offers. Curated experiences. Relevant rewards. Six out of 10 consumers want discounts in return for joining a loyalty program, and about one-third of consumers say they find exclusive or early access to products valuable. The brands that win customer loyalty will be those that use data-driven insights to create a program that keeps customers continually engaged and satisfied. 9. User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales User-generated content (UGC) adds credibility, authenticity‌, and social proof to a brand’s marketing efforts — and can significantly boost sales and brand loyalty. In fact, one study found that shoppers who interact with UGC experience a 102.4% increase in conversions. Most shoppers expect to see feedback and reviews before making a purchase, and UGC provides value by showcasing the experiences and opinions of real customers. UGC also breaks away from generic item descriptions and professional product photography. It can show how to style a piece of clothing, for example, or how an item will fit across a range of body types. User-generated videos go a step further, highlighting the functions and features of more complex products, like consumer electronics or even automobiles. UGC is also a cost-effective way to generate content for social commerce without relying on agencies or large teams. By sourcing posts from hashtags, tagging, or concentrated campaigns, brands can share real-time, authentic, and organic social posts to a wider audience. UGC can be used on product pages and in ads, as well. And you can incorporate it into product development processes to gather valuable input from customers at scale. 10. Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries From streaming platforms to food, clothing, and pet supplies, subscriptions have become a popular business model across industries. In 2023, subscriptions generated over $38 billion in revenue, doubling over the past four years. That’s because subscriptions are a win-win for shoppers and businesses: They offer freedom of choice for customers while creating a continuous revenue stream for sellers. Consider consumer goods brand KIND Snacks. KIND implemented a subscription service to supplement its B2B sales, giving customers a direct line to exclusive offers and flavours. This created a consistent revenue stream for KIND and helped it build a new level of brand loyalty with its customers. The subscription also lets KIND collect first-party data, so it can test new products and spot new trends. Ecommerce trends FAQ How do I know if an ecommerce trend is right for my business? If you’re trying to decide whether to adopt a new trend, the first step is to conduct a cost/benefit analysis. As you do, remember to prioritise customer experience and satisfaction. Look at customer data to evaluate the potential impact of the trend on your business. How costly will it be to implement the trend, and what will the payoff be one, two, and five years into the future? Analyse the numbers to assess whether the trend aligns with your customers’ preferences and behaviours. You can also take a cue from your competitors and their adoption of specific trends. While you shouldn’t mimic everything they do, being aware of their experiences can provide valuable insights and help gauge the viability of a trend for your business. Ultimately, customer-centric decision-making should guide your evaluation. Is ecommerce still on the rise? In a word: yes. In fact, ecommerce is a top priority for businesses across industries, from healthcare to manufacturing. Customers expect increasingly sophisticated digital shopping experiences, and digital channels continue to be a preferred purchasing method. Ecommerce sales are expected to reach $8.1 trillion by 2026. As digital channels and new technologies evolve, so will customer behaviours and expectations. Where should I start if I want to implement AI? Generative AI is revolutionising ecommerce by enhancing customer experiences and increasing productivity, conversions, and customer loyalty. But to reap the benefits, it’s critical to keep a few things in mind. First is customer trust. A majority of customers (68%) say advances in AI make it more important for companies to be trustworthy. This means businesses implementing AI should focus on transparency. Tell customers how you will use their data to improve shopping experiences. Develop ethical standards around your use of AI, and discuss them openly. You’ll need to answer tough questions like: How do you ensure sensitive data is anonymised? How will you monitor accuracy and audit for bias, toxicity, or hallucinations? These should all be considerations as you choose AI partners and develop your code of conduct and governance principles. At a time when only 13% of customers fully trust companies to use AI ethically, this should be top of mind for businesses delving into the fast-evolving technology. How can commerce teams measure success after adopting a new trend? Before implementing a new experience or ecommerce trend, set key performance indicators (KPIs) and decide how you’ll track relevant ecommerce metrics. This helps you make informed decisions and monitor the various moving parts of your business. From understanding inventory needs to gaining insights into customer behaviour to increasing loyalty, you’ll be in a better position to plan for future growth. The choice of metrics will depend on the needs of your business, but it’s crucial to establish a strategy that outlines metrics, sets KPIs, and measures them regularly. Your business will be more agile and better able to adapt to new ecommerce trends and understand customer buying patterns. Ecommerce metrics and KPIs are valuable tools for building a successful future and will set the tone for future ecommerce growth.

					10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
A good sales coach unlocks serious revenue potential. Effective coaching can increase sales performance by 8%, according to a study by research firm Gartner.Many sales managers find coaching difficult to master, however — especially in environments where reps are remote and managers are asked to do more with less time and fewer resources.Understanding the sales coaching process is crucial in maximising sales rep performance, empowering reps, and positively impacting the sales organisation through structured, data-driven strategies.If you’re not getting the support you need to effectively coach your sales team, don’t despair. These 10 sales coaching tips are easy to implement with many of the tools already at your disposal, and are effective for both in-person and remote teams.1. Focus on rep wellbeingOne in three salespeople say mental health in sales has declined over the last two years, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey. One of the biggest reasons is the shift to remote work environments, which pushed sales reps to change routines while still hitting quotas. Add in the isolation inherent in virtual selling and you have a formula for serious mental and emotional strain.You can alleviate this in a couple of ways. First, create boundaries for your team. Set clear work hours and urge reps not to schedule sales or internal calls outside of these hours. Also, be clear about when reps should be checking internal messages and when they can sign off.Lori Richardson, founder of sales training company Score More Sales, advises managers to address this head-on by asking reps about their wellbeing during weekly one-on-ones. “I like to ask open-ended questions about the past week,” she said. “Questions like, ‘How did it go?’ and ‘What was it like?’ are good first steps. Then, you need to listen.”When the rep is done sharing their reflection, Richardson suggests restating the main points to ensure you’re on the same page. If necessary, ask for clarity so you fully understand what’s affecting their state of mind. Also, she urges: Don’t judge. The level of comfort required for sharing in these scenarios can only exist if you don’t jump to judgement.2. Build trust with authentic storiesFor sales coaching to work, sales managers must earn reps’ trust. This allows the individual to be open about performance challenges. The best way to start is by sharing personal and professional stories.These anecdotes should be authentic, revealing fault and weakness as much as success. There are two goals here: support reps with relatable stories so they know they’re not struggling alone, and let them know there are ways to address and overcome challenges.For example, a seasoned manager might share details about their first failed sales call as a cautionary tale – highlighting poor preparation, aggressive posturing, and lack of empathy during the conversation. This would be followed by steps the manager took to fix these mistakes, like call rehearsing and early-stage research into the prospect’s background, business, position, and pain points.3. Record and review sales callsSales coaching sessions, where recording and reviewing sales calls are key components aimed at improving sales call techniques, have become essential in today’s sales environment. Once upon a time, sales reps learned by shadowing tenured salespeople. While this is still done, it’s inefficient – and often untenable for virtual sales teams.To give sales reps the guidance and coaching they need to improve sales calls, deploy an intuitive conversation recording and analysis tool like Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI). You can analyse sales call conversations, track keywords to identify market trends, and share successful calls to help coach existing reps and accelerate onboarding for new reps. Curate both “best of” and “what not to do” examples so reps have a sense of where the guide rails are.4. Encourage self-evaluationWhen doing post-call debriefs or skill assessments – or just coaching during one-on-ones – it’s critical to have the salesperson self-evaluate. As a sales manager, you may only be with the rep one or two days a month. Given this disconnect, the goal is to encourage the sales rep to evaluate their own performance and build self-improvement goals around these observations.There are two important components to this. First, avoid jumping directly into feedback during your interactions. Relax and take a step back; let the sales rep self-evaluate.Second, be ready to prompt your reps with open-ended questions to help guide their self-evaluation. Consider questions like:What were your big wins over the last week/quarter?What were your biggest challenges and where did they come from?How did you address obstacles to sales closings?What have you learned about both your wins and losses?What happened during recent calls that didn’t go as well as you’d like? What would you do differently next time?Reps who can assess what they do well and where they can improve ultimately become more self-aware. Self-awareness is the gateway to self-confidence, which can help lead to more consistent sales.5. Let your reps set their own goalsThis falls in line with self-evaluation. Effective sales coaches don’t set focus areas for their salespeople; they let reps set this for themselves. During your one-on-ones, see if there’s an important area each rep wants to focus on and go with their suggestion (recommending adjustments as needed to ensure their goals align with those of the company). This creates a stronger desire to improve as it’s the rep who is making the commitment. Less effective managers will pick improvement goals for their reps, then wonder why they don’t get buy-in.For instance, a rep who identifies a tendency to be overly chatty in sales calls might set a goal to listen more. (Nine out of 10 salespeople say listening is more important than talking in sales today, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey.) To help, they could record their calls and review the listen-to-talk ratio. Based on industry benchmarks, they could set a clear goal metric and timeline – a 60/40 listen-to-talk ratio in four weeks, for example.Richardson does have one note of caution, however. “Reps don’t have all the answers. Each seller has strengths and gaps,” she said. “A strong manager can identify those strengths and gaps, and help reps fill in the missing pieces.”6. Focus on one improvement at a timeFor sales coaching to be effective, work with the rep to improve one area at a time instead of multiple areas simultaneously. With the former, you see acute focus and measurable progress. With the latter, you end up with frustrated, stalled-out reps pulled in too many directions.Here’s an example: Let’s say your rep is struggling with sales call openings. They let their nerves get the best of them and fumble through rehearsed intros. Over the course of a year, encourage them to practice different kinds of openings with other reps. Review their calls and offer insight. Ask them to regularly assess their comfort level with call openings during one-on-ones. Over time, you will see their focus pay off.7. Ask each rep to create an action planOpen questioning during one-on-ones creates an environment where a sales rep can surface methods to achieve their goals. To make this concrete, have the sales rep write out a plan of action that incorporates these methods. This plan should outline achievable steps to a desired goal with a clearly defined timeline. Be sure you upload it to your CRM as an attachment or use a tool like Quip to create a collaborative document editable by both the manager and the rep. Have reps create the plan after early-quarter one-on-ones and check in monthly to gauge progress (more on that in the next step).Here’s what a basic action plan might look like:Main goal: Complete 10 sales calls during the last week of the quarterSteps:Week 1: Identify 20-25 prospectsWeek 2: Make qualifying callsWeek 3: Conduct needs analysis (discovery) calls, prune list, and schedule sales calls with top prospectsWeek 4: Lead sales calls and close dealsThe power of putting pen to paper here is twofold. First, it forces the sales rep to think through their plan of action. Second, it crystallises their thinking and cements their commitment to action.8. Hold your rep accountableAs businessman Louis Gerstner, Jr. wrote in “Who Says Elephants Can’t Dance?”, “people respect what you inspect.” The effective manager understands that once the plan of action is in place, their role as coach is to hold the sales rep accountable for following through on their commitments. To support them, a manager should ask questions during one-on-ones such as:What measurable progress have you made this week/quarter?What challenges are you facing?How do you plan to overcome these challenges?You can also review rep activity in your CRM. This is especially easy if you have a platform that combines automatic activity logging, easy pipeline inspection, and task lists with reminders. If you need to follow up, don’t schedule another meeting. Instead, send your rep a quick note via email or a messaging tool like Slack to level-set.9. Offer professional development opportunitiesAccording to a study by LinkedIn, 94% of employees would stay at a company longer if it invested in their career. When companies make an effort to feed their employees’ growth, it’s a win-win. Productivity increases and employees are engaged in their work.Book clubs, seminars, internal training sessions, and courses are all great development opportunities. If tuition reimbursement or sponsorship is possible, articulate this up front so reps know about all available options.Richardson adds podcasts to the list. “Get all of your salespeople together to talk about a podcast episode that ties into sales,” she said. “Take notes, pull key takeaways and action items, and share a meeting summary the next day with the group. I love that kind of peer engagement. It’s so much better than watching a dull training video.”10. Set up time to share failures — and celebrationsAs Forbes Council member and sales vet Adam Mendler wrote of sales teams, successful reps and executives prize learning from failure. But as Richardson points out, a lot of coaches rescue their reps before they can learn from mistakes: “Instead of letting them fail, they try to save an opportunity,” she said. “But that’s not scalable and doesn’t build confidence in the rep.”Instead, give your reps the freedom to make mistakes and offer them guidance to grow through their failures. Set up a safe space where reps can share their mistakes and learnings with the larger team — then encourage each rep to toss those mistakes on a metaphorical bonfire so they can move on.By embracing failure as a learning opportunity, you also minimise the likelihood of repeating the same mistakes. Encourage your reps to document the circumstances that led to a missed opportunity or lost deal. Review calls to pinpoint where conversations go awry. Study failure, and you might be surprised by the insights that emerge.Also — and equally as important — make space for celebrating big wins. This cements best practices and offers positive reinforcement, which motivates reps to work harder to hit (or exceed) quota.Next steps for your sales coaching programA successful sales coach plays a pivotal role in enhancing sales rep performance and elevating the entire sales organisation. Successful sales coaching requires daily interaction with your team, ongoing training, and regular feedback, which optimises sales processes to improve overall sales performance. As Lindsey Boggs, global director of sales development at Quantum Metric, noted, it also requires intentional focus and a strategic approach to empower the sales team, significantly impacting the sales organisation.“Remove noise from your calendar so you can focus your day on what’s going to move the needle the most — coaching,” she said. Once that’s prioritised, follow the best practices above to help improve your sales reps’ performance, focusing on individual rep development as a key aspect of sales coaching. Remember: coaching is the key to driving sales performance.Steven Rosen, founder of sales management training company STAR Results, contributed to this article.
企业管理
AI translation apps: Benefits for your travels?
AI translation apps
Benefits for your travels?
This article explains the benefits of AI translation apps for travelers, which offer a practical and efficient solution worldwide.Despite the increasing accessibility of international travel, language barriers continue to pose a significant challenge. At LIKE.TG, our goal is to help you explore the world more easilyThe Revolution of AI in TranslationAI technology has revolutionized language translation, providing unprecedented accuracy and contextualization.These applications continuously learn, improving their ability to understand and translate linguistic and cultural nuances with each update.Benefits of AI Translation AppsTravel without language barriersImagine asking for directions, interacting with locals, or even resolving emergencies in a language you don’t speak.AI translation apps make it all possible, removing one of the biggest obstacles for travelers: language.Instant communicationImagine looking at a menu in an Italian restaurant and every dish sounds like a Harry Potter spell. This is where your AI translation app acts as your personal wand.Imagine having a magic button that allows you to instantly understand and speak any language. Well, in the real world, that “wand” fits in your pocket and is called an AI translation app.These apps are like having a personal mini translator with you 24/7, ready to help you order that strange dish on the menu without ending up eating something you can’t even pronounce.Whether you’re trying to unravel the mystery of a Japanese sign or want to know what the hell that road sign in Iceland means, the instant translation offered by some AI apps is your best friend.Cultural learning beyond wordsSome of these apps don’t just translate words for you; they immerse you in a pool of culture without the need for floats. Think of them as a bridge between you and the authentic native experiences that await you in every corner of the world.Suddenly you learn to say “thank you” in Italian so convincingly that even the “nonna” at the restaurant smiles at you.There are tools that not only teach you to speak like a native, but to understand their gestures, their jokes, and even prepare you to be the “King of Karaoke in Korea”.Gain independence and be the boss of your own trip.Need a tour guide? No way! With an AI translation app in your pocket, you become the hero of your own travel odyssey.These digital wonders give you the freedom to control your adventure, allowing you to discover those secret corners of Paris or navigate the back streets of Tokyo without becoming part of the scenery.They are your golden ticket to freedom, giving you the power to explore at your leisure without having to follow the pack like a duck in a line.It’s time to take the reins, blaze your own trail, and collect the epic stories everyone wants to hear.With these apps, independence isn’t just a word; it’s your new way of traveling.Improve your dining experienceHave you ever felt like a detective trying to solve the mystery of a foreign menu? With AI translation apps, the mystery is solved instantly.Imagine pointing your phone at a dish called “Risotto ai Funghi” and discovering that you’re not ordering a strange dessert, but a delicious rice with mushrooms.These apps are your personal Michelin guide, ensuring that every bite is an adventure for your taste buds and not an unwanted surprise.Makes using public transportation easierSay goodbye to the complicated signs and misunderstandings that get you around town.It’s like every traffic sign and schedule speaks your language, giving you a VIP pass to move around the city like a fish in water, ready to explain that the train leaves in 5 minutes, not 50.Suddenly, getting from point A to point B is as easy as ordering a pizza.Improve your personal safetyIn a pinch, these apps become your capeless hero. Whether it’s explaining a shellfish allergy or locating the nearest emergency exit, they help you communicate clearly and avoid those “lost in translation” moments no one wants to experience.Access real-time local information:See that poster about a local event? Yeah, the one that looks interesting but is in a language you don’t understand.With a quick scan, your translation app tells you all about that secret concert or food festival that only the locals go to.Congratulations! You’ve just upgraded your status from tourist to expert traveler.Flexibility and convenienceWant to change your plans and venture to a nearby town recommended by a local you met yesterday at the train station? Of course you can!With the confidence your translation app gives you, you can decide to follow that spontaneous advice and visit a nearby town without worrying about the language. Your trip, your rules.Choosing the best translation app for your travelsWhen choosing a translation app, it is important to consider the variety of languages available, the accuracy of the translation, and the additional features it offers.LIKE.TG apps, for example, stand out for their wide range of supported languages and innovative features that go beyond simple translation, such as real-time speech recognition and built-in language lessons.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
AI-based translation tools: Analysis and comparison of the best ones
AI-based translation tools
Analysis and comparison of the best ones
As globalization increases, companies and individuals are finding it necessary to communicate more frequently with people who speak different languages.As a result, the need for translation tools has become more pressing.The good news is that there are now AI-based translation tools that make the process of translating text and speech faster and more accurate than ever before.In this article, I will analyze and compare the best AI-based translation tools available, discussing their advantages, features and drawbacks.Introduction to AI-based translation toolsAI-based translation tools use artificial intelligence to translate text and speech from one language to another. These tools have become increasingly popular in recent years thanks to advances in machine learning and natural language processing. Such tools are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work.Benefits of using AI-based translation toolsOne of the main advantages of using AI-based translation tools is speed. These tools can translate large volumes of text in a matter of seconds, whereas it would take a human translator much longer to do the same job.They are less likely to make mistakes and can also be used to translate speeches in real time, which makes them very useful for international conferences or business meetings.Popular AI-based translation tools and their featuresThere are many AI-based translation tools, each with its own unique features. Here are some of the most popular ones and what they offer:1. Google TranslateGoogle Translate is one of the most well-known AI-based translation tools. It offers translations in over 100 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and even images. Google Translate also offers a feature called “Conversation Mode,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using the same device.2. Microsoft TranslatorMicrosoft Translator is another popular AI-based translation tool. It offers translations in over 60 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and images. Microsoft Translator also offers a feature called “Live Feature,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using their own devices.3. DeepLDeepL is a newer AI-based translation tool, but it has quickly gained popularity thanks to its high-quality translations. It offers translations in nine languages and can be used to translate text. DeepL uses deep learning algorithms to produce translations that are more accurate and natural-sounding than those produced by other translation tools.4. LIKE.TG TranslateLIKE.TG Translate is a relatively new AI-based translation tool that has gained popularity in recent years. It is available in over 125 languages and can translate text, voice and images. One of the unique features of LIKE.TG Translate is its ability to translate text within other apps.The best feature of these apps is that not only do they base their translation using AI but they have a team of native translators behind them constantly improving their applications to make them even better.Factors to consider when choosing an AI-based translation toolWhen choosing an AI-based translation tool, there are several factors to consider. The first is the languages you need to translate. Make sure the tool you choose supports the languages you need. The second factor is the type of translations you need. Do you need to translate text, speech, or images? Do you need real-time translation for conversations? The third factor is the accuracy of the translations. Consider the quality of the translations produced by each tool. Lastly, consider the cost of the tool. Some AI-based translation tools are free, while others require a subscription or payment per use.Pros and cons of using AI-based translation toolsLike any tool, AI-based translation tools have pros and cons. Here are some of the main advantages and drawbacks of using these tools:After a thorough analysis, I can faithfully describe to you some of the most characteristic pros and cons of these tools:PROSAccuracy: These tools are able to better understand the context and syntax of the language, which translates into greater translation accuracy.Speed: Translating large amounts of text can take a long time if done manually, whereas AI-based translation tools are able to process large amounts of text in a matter of seconds.Cost savings: AI-based translation tools are often less expensive than human translation services, especially for large projects.Integrations: Many of these tools integrate with other platforms and productivity tools, making them easy to use in different contexts.CONSLack of context: These tools often lack context, which can result in inaccurate or inconsistent translations. For example, a literal translation of a sentence in one language into another may not take into account cultural connotations or social context and result in a translation that makes no sense.Lack of accuracy: Although AI-based translation tools have improved significantly in recent years, they are still not as accurate as humans. Translations can be inaccurate or have grammatical and spelling errors, especially in more complex or technical languages.They cannot capture nuances or tones: Such translation tools cannot capture nuances or tones that are often important in human communication. For example, they may miss the sarcastic or ironic tone of a sentence and translate it literally.Language dependency: language dependent, meaning that they work best for translating between widely spoken and documented languages but do not represent less common languages or regional dialects well. .Cost: While there are some available for free, many of the high-quality tools are quite expensive.Lack of customization: AI-based translation tools cannot be customized to meet the specific needs of an individual or company. This can limit their usefulness especially when highly specialized or technical translation is required.Privacy and security: Some tools collect and store sensitive data, which can raise serious concerns about data privacy and security.In conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer a number of advantages in terms of speed, accuracy and cost, but it is important to be aware of their limitations and challenges when selecting a tool.How AI-based translation tools are changing the translation industryAI-based translation tools are changing the translation industry in several ways. The first is that the translation process is faster and more efficient. This allows translators to handle larger volumes of work and deliver projects faster. The second way in which they are changing the industry is that specialized translators are becoming more in demand, as human quality is irreplaceable and although they can do basic translations, they have problems with technical or specialized language.This means that specialized translators in certain areas are more in demand than ever.The future of AI-based translation toolsThe future of AI-based translation tools is bright. As technology continues to advance, these tools will become even more sophisticated and accurate. We may eventually see a tool capable of handling all forms of language, including slang and regional dialects. It is also possible that they will become more integrated into our daily lives, allowing us to communicate with people who speak different languages more easily than ever before, yet experts continue to warn that humans cannot be replaced.Conclusion and recommendations for the best AI-based translation toolsIn conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer many advantages over traditional methods. They are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work. However, it is important to consider the languages you need to translate, the type of translations you need, the accuracy of the translations and the cost of the tool when choosing an AI-based translation tool, because at the end of the day no AI can replace a human being, nor can it emulate the human quality that a human being can bring to us.Based on our analysis and comparison, we recommend Google Translate for its versatility and variety of features. However, if you need high quality translations, LIKE.TG Translate may be the best choice.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching: Future perspectives and challenges
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching
Future perspectives and challenges
In a world where educational technology is advancing by leaps and bounds, it is no surprise that artificial intelligence is revolutionizing the way we learn languages.The combination of machine learning in education and AI in language teaching has opened up a range of exciting possibilities and, at the same time, poses challenges that we must face to make the most of this innovation.What is Artificial Intelligence in Language Teaching?Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching refers to the use of algorithms and computer systems to facilitate the process of learning a new language.From mobile apps to online platforms, AI has been integrated into a variety of tools designed to help students improve their language skills efficiently and effectively.Advances in AI and its challenges in language learningArtificial intelligence (AI) is radically transforming the way we learn languages. With the emergence of AI-powered apps and platforms, students have access to innovative tools that personalize learning to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to analyze student progress and deliver tailored content, from grammar exercises to conversation practice.Additionally, AI-powered translation has significantly improved in accuracy and speed. Apps like LIKE.TG Translate allow users to instantly translate between multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks, making multilingual communication easier.Artificial Intelligence offers unprecedented potential to improve the language learning process, providing students with personalized and efficient tools.Positive Perspectives of AI in Language TeachingOne of the main advantages of AI in language teaching is its ability to personalize learning. Through data analysis and machine learning, AI systems can adapt digital learning platforms, content and activities based on the needs and preferences of each student.This allows for a more individualized and effective approach to improving language skills.In addition, AI has also enabled the development of more accurate and faster real-time translation tools. With apps like LIKE.TG Translate, users can access instant translations in multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks.This facilitates communication in multilingual environments and expands opportunities for interaction and learning.AI in language teaching opens the doors to global communication without barriersChallenges and Future ChallengesDespite advances in AI applied to language teaching, there are still important challenges that we must overcome. One of the main challenges is to guarantee the quality and accuracy of the content generated by AI.While AI systems can be effective in providing feedback and practice exercises, there are still areas where human intervention is necessary to correct errors and provide high-quality teaching.Another important challenge is ensuring that AI in language teaching is accessible to everyone. As we move towards an increasingly digitalized future, it is crucial to ensure that all people, regardless of their geographic location or socioeconomic status, have access to AI language learning apps.This will require investment in technological infrastructure and digital literacy programs around the world.How Long Is It Possible to Learn a Language with Artificial Intelligence?With the help of artificial intelligence (AI), learning a new language can be more efficient than ever.Although the time required to master a language varies depending on various factors, such as the complexity of the language, the level of dedication of the learner, and the quality of the AI ​​tools used, many people have managed to acquire significant language skills in a relatively short period of time.Thanks to AI applications and platforms designed specifically for language learning, users can benefit from a personalized approach tailored to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to identify areas for improvement and provide relevant content, speeding up the learning process.On average, some people have reported significant gains in their language proficiency in just a few months of consistent use of AI tools.However, it is important to keep in mind that learning a language is an ongoing process and that completing mastery can take years of constant practice and exposure to the language in real-world contexts.Ultimately, the time needed to learn a language with AI depends largely on the commitment and dedication of the student.“The journey to mastering a language with AI begins with small daily steps, but constant dedication is the key to achieving the desired fluency.”In conclusion, the integration of technology in education and artificial intelligence in language teaching offers exciting opportunities to improve the learning process and promote intercultural global communication.However, it also poses challenges that we must proactively address to ensure that everyone can benefit from this innovation in education.With a collaborative approach and a continued commitment to educational excellence, we can fully realize the potential of AI in language teaching and prepare for a multilingual and globalized future.Visit our website for more information and begin your journey towards mastering languages ​​​​with the best and most advanced technology.
海外工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
网络分析工具可以帮助你收集、预估和分析网站的访问记录,对于网站优化、市场研究来说,是个非常实用的工具。每一个网站开发者和所有者,想知道他的网站的完整的状态和访问信息,目前互联网中有很多分析工具,本文选取了20款最好的分析工具,可以为你提供实时访问数据。1.Google Analytics这是一个使用最广泛的访问统计分析工具,几周前,Google Analytics推出了一项新功能,可以提供实时报告。你可以看到你的网站中目前在线的访客数量,了解他们观看了哪些网页、他们通过哪个网站链接到你的网站、来自哪个国家等等。2. Clicky与Google Analytics这种庞大的分析系统相比,Clicky相对比较简易,它在控制面板上描供了一系列统计数据,包括最近三天的访问量、最高的20个链接来源及最高20个关键字,虽说数据种类不多,但可直观的反映出当前站点的访问情况,而且UI也比较简洁清新。3. WoopraWoopra将实时统计带到了另一个层次,它能实时直播网站的访问数据,你甚至可以使用Woopra Chat部件与用户聊天。它还拥有先进的通知功能,可让你建立各类通知,如电子邮件、声音、弹出框等。4. Chartbeat这是针对新闻出版和其他类型网站的实时分析工具。针对电子商务网站的专业分析功能即将推出。它可以让你查看访问者如何与你的网站进行互动,这可以帮助你改善你的网站。5. GoSquared它提供了所有常用的分析功能,并且还可以让你查看特定访客的数据。它集成了Olark,可以让你与访客进行聊天。6. Mixpane该工具可以让你查看访客数据,并分析趋势,以及比较几天内的变化情况。7. Reinvigorate它提供了所有常用的实时分析功能,可以让你直观地了解访客点击了哪些地方。你甚至可以查看注册用户的名称标签,这样你就可以跟踪他们对网站的使用情况了。8. Piwi这是一个开源的实时分析工具,你可以轻松下载并安装在自己的服务器上。9. ShinyStat该网站提供了四种产品,其中包括一个有限制的免费分析产品,可用于个人和非营利网站。企业版拥有搜索引擎排名检测,可以帮助你跟踪和改善网站的排名。10. StatCounter这是一个免费的实时分析工具,只需几行代码即可安装。它提供了所有常用的分析数据,此外,你还可以设置每天、每周或每月自动给你发送电子邮件报告。本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
谷歌使用含有数百个加权因子的复杂算法,根据给定网页与给定关键词的相关性,对网页进行索引和排名。数字营销人员则通过实证测试试图弄清这个复杂算法背后的原理,并采用特定的方法来提高网页在搜索结果页中的排名,这一过程被叫做搜索引擎优化(SEO),这是数字营销人员必须掌握的重要技能。 如果没有优质SEO内容工具,优化网页内容将是一项冗长乏味的工作。为了帮助您节省大量时间和劳动力,本为会为您推荐10个最佳SEO内容创作工具,这些工具适用于内容创作过程的不同阶段。 1. Google Search Console 价格:网站所有者可免费使用 作用:Google Search Console是谷歌自己的工具,能够帮助提高网站在搜索引擎结果页面中的排名。它包括网站性能监视工具,页面加载时间监视工具。您还可以监控您的网站在Google搜索结果中的排名,了解哪些页面是针对特定关键词进行排名的。您还可以查看网页在搜索结果页面的展示次数和点击次数。它帮助您确定该优化哪些内容,以及接下来该定位哪些关键词。 2. Google Keyword Planner 价格:拥有Google Ads账户的人均可免费使用 作用:Google Keyword Planner是进行基本的关键词研究的最佳免费工具之一。您可以 1)发现新关键词:输入任何关键词来查看与其类似的关键词列表,以及它们的搜索量和相关指标,使得你很容易找到新的关键字优化目标;2)预测关键词趋势:监控趋势,以发现流行的搜索关键词。Kenny觉得这个工具只适合做SEM的小伙伴,如果你是做SEO的,那查找到的关键词数据不适合SEO。 3. WordStream 价格:免费 作用:WordStream 提供了一个精简版的Google Keyword Planner,它是免费的,易于使用。只需输入您选择的关键词,选择一个行业,并输入您的位置,然后单击Email All My Keywords按钮,您就可以获得关键词列表和它们在Google和Bing上的搜索量,以及每个关键词的平均每次点击成本(CPC) 4. SEMrush 价格:部分功能免费,订阅制99.95美元/月 作用:SEMrush 是最流行的工具之一,适用于所有类型的数字营销人员。它包含40多种不同的工具,可以帮助进行SEO、PPC和社交媒体管理。营销人员可以使用SEMrush分析反向链接、进行关键词研究、分析自己或竞争对手的网站性能和流量,并发现新的市场和机会。SEMrush还有一个SEO审计程序,可以帮助解决网站SEO的一些技术问题。 图片来源:SEMrush 5. BuzzSumo 价格:79美元/月 作用:BuzzSumo帮助营销人员有效分析网站内容,同时紧跟热门趋势。BuzzSumo能够找到用户在不同平台上最喜欢分享的内容。只需要输入网站链接,就能查看什么是该网站最热门的内容。您还可以分析过去一天内,一个月内以及一年内的趋势,并且按照作者或者平台过滤。 6. Answer the Public 价格:每天3次免费使用,无限使用99美元/月 作用:输入某一关键词,您可以查找到任何与之相联系的关键词,并获得可视化报告。这些关键字以您输入的关键词为中心,形成一个网状结构,展示它们之间的联系。借助Answer the Public,营销人员可以撰写针对性强的文章,使网页更有可能出现在Google Snippets中。 图片来源:Answer the Public 7. Yoast SEO 价格:基础版免费,高级版89美元/月 作用:Yoast SEO是一个WordPress插件。它可在您使用WordPress优化博客文章时,为您提供实时反馈,提供改进建议。它类似一个清单工具,实时告诉你撰写网站博文时还可以做哪些事来优化SEO。 8. Keyword Density Checker 价格:每月500次使用限制,如需解锁更多使用次数,可购买50美元/年的高级版 作用:关键字密度(Keyword density)是谷歌等搜索引擎用来对网页进行排名的重要因素。您应该确保目标关键词在每篇文章中被提到足够多的次数,同时还不能滥用关键词。keyword density checker可以计算出每个关键词在您的文章中被提及的次数。只要复制粘贴文本,您就能知道文章中出现频率最高的关键词列表。对于大多数内容而言,目标关键字的密度最好在2%到5%。 图片来源:Keyword Density Checker 9. Read-Able 价格:免费版可供使用,付费版4美元/月 作用:据统计,北美人的平均阅读水平在八年级左右。因此,如果北美人是您的目标受众,您应该撰写清晰易懂的句子和文章。如果您的目标受众受过大学教育,则可以使用较长的单词和复杂的句子。Read-able帮助您将文章写作水平与目标受众的阅读水平相匹配,为读者提供最佳体验。它提供阅读水平检查,语法和拼写检查等功能。 10. Grammarly Premium 价格:11.66美元/月 作用:搜索引擎将网站的拼写和语法纳入排名范围。如果网站内容包含许多拼写错误,它就不太可能获得一个高排名。Grammarly可以轻松创建语法正确且没有拼写错误的内容。您可以将Grammarly作为插件添加到浏览器,并在撰写电子邮件、社交媒体更新或博客文章时使用它。 从关键词研究到拼写检查和语法纠正,这10种工具涵盖了网站内容创建的每一个步骤。我们希望您在为网站编写内容时,可以使用其中一部分工具来节省时间和精力。如果您在实操上遇到困难,或者需要专业的咨询服务,一个专业的数字营销团队正是您需要的!Ara Analytics有丰富的搜索引擎优化经验,欢迎联系我们,我们将为您提供定制化的专业服务。 往期推荐: 支招!新网站引流SEO优化该怎么做? 十七招教你快速提升网站流量 | Google “SEO到底多久才可以见效啊?”-跨境电商提高自然流量必须知道的五个真相 【Google SEO】12款常用的免费谷歌SEO工具推荐- 助网站流量翻倍增长 (来源:Kenny出海推广) 以上内容属作者个人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!本文经原作者授权转载,转载需经原作者授权同意。​ 本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
平台商家想要销量好,关键要选择有针对性的数据工具。本文将分享11款相关产品,帮助国内亚马逊卖家更好地解决日常销售中的问题。 这些工具可以帮助卖家找到一定需求的利基市场以及热销产品。 废话不多说,接着往下看吧! 1、 AmzChart (图片来源:AmzChart) AmzChart中的Amazon BSR图表工具涵盖9个国家,拥有超过数十万的产品分析。 如果你想在竞争中脱颖而出赢得竞品的市场份额,为企业带来财富的话,那么选择AmzChart准没错! 你可以选择AmzChart的理由: • Amazon BSR中可找到低竞争利基产品,助力销量增长至200%。 • 短短一分钟之内即可找到热销品类,帮助卖家深入更大的利润空间。 • 追踪竞争对手产品数据,并以电子邮件形式提供反馈。 • 反查对手ASIN功能可帮助商家分析竞争对手的关键词。 • 跟踪竞争对手的各项平台指标。 • 获取产品价格趋势,且可以轻松下载历史跟踪器插件,并安装自己的网站上。 • 通过分析报告和视频教程获得专业指导——在亚马逊经商之旅的各个阶段,你都不会孤立无援。 【点击此处】获取黑五网一福利:前3个月享5折优惠 2、 Jungle Scout (图片来源:Jungle Scout) 无论你是新手商家,或是已有经验的亚马逊老司机,Jungle Scout均可为你提供多方支持。 你可以选择Jungle Scout的理由: • 可使用筛选器从产品数据库中找到热销产品,快速又方便。 • 平台新手可通过量化数据做出决策,轻松推出产品。 • Jungel Scout可帮助商家精简业务流程,提高市场洞察能力。 • 大量的功能,如排名跟踪、listing搭建器、评价自动化、库存监管等。 3、Seller Labs Pro (图片来源:SellerLabs) 作为亚马逊智能关键字工具之一,SellerLabs能帮助商家提高自然排名和付费流量,以及一系列广泛工具。 无论是长尾关键词,还是PPC术语,你在这个工具中找到。专业版每个月49美元起价。年度计划更为划算,每月39美元起,共可节省120美元。 你可以选择Seller Labs Pro的理由: • 商家随时可监控流量、广告支出、转化率和下载报告,并将收到重要指标的通知。 • 实时通知可以帮助商家做出决策,避免缺货。 • 基于AI智能,为构建SEO策略提供详细建议。 • 访问优化工具,抓取热销产品关键字,节省运营时间。 4、 Helium 10 (图片来源:Helium 10) 作为一体化的亚马逊数据工具,Helium 10可轻松助力平台商家拓展业务。 你可以选择Helium 10 的理由: • 数据库中有4.5亿条ASIN数据,可帮助商家更快地找到产品。更直观进行分析和利润估算,以验证产品是否能够成功打入市场。 • 您可以探索关键字研究,如单字、反查对手ASIN、后端和低竞争度短语。 • 数百个关键字无缝编写listing,并让排名更靠前。 • 内置的安全工具能够避免安全威胁。可以使用警报和更新轻松地管理您的业务。 • 分析可以帮助做出强有力的决策,形成更好的产品排名。 • 可以轻松使用PPC管理和自动化以促进业务增长。 【点击此处】获取黑五限时特惠:购买两个月Diamond钻石套餐可享受5折优惠并获得额外福利。 5、AmaSuite 5 (图片来源:AmaSuite 5) AmaSuite 5具有强大的新功能,其中包括可以在Mac和Windows双系统完形成无缝工作流的Research桌面软件。 通过AmaSuite 5工具套件,商家可以发现利好关键字和产品,从而在亚马逊上赚到一笔。 你可以选择AmaSuite 5的理由: • 使用Ama Product Analyzer,可以找到各个品类的畅销产品。 • 可以通过输入主要产品关键字找到类似款式的畅销产品。 • 通过提取产品评论获得自有品牌产品想法,并可分析产品特点和优势,确保完成无风险销售行为。 • 访问亚马逊销售课程奖金,并学习如何在亚马逊开展规模化销售业务。其中的分步指南事无巨细地给予商家运营指导。 6、AMZBase (图片来源:AMZBase) AMZBase是一个免费的谷歌浏览器插件,以帮助亚马逊商家正确地选品。 你可以选择AMZBase 的理由: • 帮助获取亚马逊产品ASIN编码与listing标题描述。 • 免费访问CamelCamelCamel、阿里巴巴、全球速卖通、eBay和谷歌搜索。 • 可通过自动计算FBA费用确定预期利润。 • 一站式即时搜索工具,搜索谷歌及阿里巴巴上的相关产品。 • 只需选择关键字即可立即搜索。 • 使用AMZBase前,请将谷歌浏览器升级至最新版本。 7、Unicorn Smasher (图片来源:Unicorn Smasher) Unicorn Smasher是AmzTracker旗下产品,可以节省商家在亚马逊上的选品时间,帮助卖家更好地了解亚马逊上各个产品的定价、排名、评论和销售额。 你可以选择Unicorn Smasher的理由: • 简单、易操作的仪表盘界面,助力完成选品数据抓取。 • 根据亚马逊listing中的实时数据,获得每月的预估销售额。 • 保存商家或可节省511美元 8、Keepa (图片来源:Keepa) Keepa也是一个浏览器插件,也适用于其它所有主流浏览器。只需安装该插件,所有功能随即可全部免费使用。 你可以选择Keepa的理由: 一个免费的亚马逊产品搜索工具,具有深度数据筛选功能。 显示降价和可用性提醒的价格历史图表。 可在亚马逊上比较不同地区的价格。 可以依据价格高点下跌查询任一品类的近期交易。 可通过通知和愿望列表来进行数据跟踪。 9、ASINspector (图片来源:ASINspector) ASINspector是一个免费的谷歌插件,助力商家成为亚马逊上的专业人士。该工具不仅可以抓取利好产品信息,还能让商家以低价拿下供应商,从而获得较大利润。 你可以选择ASINspector的理由: 可提供预估销售和实时利润情况等数据。 使用AccuSales™数据分析引擎可节省选品时间。 挖掘利好产品想法,并可以红色、绿色和黄色进行标记。 用利润计算器查看决定产品是否存在合理利润空间。 与任一国家的任一亚马逊平台无缝衔接。 10、AMZScout AMZScout是卖家常用的亚马逊工具之一。 你可以选择AMZScout的理由: 访问产品数据库,查找热门新产品。 通过AMZSscout提供的培训课程提高销售技巧。 在任何国家/地区搜索国际供应商并以建立自己的品牌。 监控竞争对手的关键字、销售、定价等。 只需点击3次即可轻松安装,有中文版。 黑五福利:三五折优惠获完整工具集合,可节省511美元【点击此处】 11、 PickFu PickFu是一款亚马逊A/B测试工具,也是一个可以获取消费者问卷调查的平台。 你可以选择PickFu的理由: • 真实的美国消费者反馈 • 几分钟即可在线完成问卷调研 • 商品设计、图片、描述等及时反馈 • 精准的目标群众和属性划分 • 中文客服支持 【点击此处】获取网一福利:预购积分享8折 这11大效率型亚马逊工具已介绍完毕,相信你已经有了心仪的选择了!快去实践一下,试试看吧! (来源:AMZ实战) 以上内容仅代表作者本人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!如有关于作品内容、版权或其它问题请于作品发表后的30日内与LIKE.TG取得联系。 *上述文章存在营销推广内容(广告)本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
全球峰会
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
AMZ123 获悉,日前,据外媒报道,Adobe Analytics 的数据显示,2024 年前四个月美国电商增长强劲,同比增长 7%,达到 3316 亿美元。据了解,Adobe Analytics 对美国在线交易数据进行了分析,涵盖美国零售网站的一万亿次访问、1 亿个 SKU 和 18 个产品类别。2024 年 1 月 1 日至 4 月 30 日,美国在线支出达 3316 亿美元,同比增长 7%,得益于电子产品、服装等非必需品的稳定支出以及在线杂货购物的持续激增。Adobe 预计,2024 年上半年在线支出将超过 5000 亿美元,同比增长 6.8%。今年前四个月,美国消费者在线上消费电子产品 618 亿美元(同比增长 3.1%),服装 525 亿美元(同比增长 2.6%)。尽管增幅较小,但这两个类别占电商总支出的 34.5%,帮助保持了营收增长。同时,杂货进一步推动了增长,在线支出达 388 亿美元,同比增长 15.7%。Adobe 预计,未来三年内,该类别将成为电商市场的主导力量,其收入份额与电子产品和服装相当。另一个在线支出费增长较快的类别是化妆品,该类别在 2023 年带来了 350 亿美元的在线消费,同比增长 15.6%。而这一上升趋势仍在继续,截至 4 月 30 日,2024 年美国消费者在化妆品上的在线支出为 132 亿美元,同比增长 8%。此外,数月持续的通货膨胀导致消费者在多个主要类别中购买更便宜的商品。Adobe 发现,个人护理(增长 96%)、电子产品(增长 64%)、服装(增长 47%)、家居/花园(增长 42%)、家具/床上用品(增长 42%)和杂货(增长 33%)等类别的低价商品份额均大幅增加。具体而言,在食品杂货等类别中,低通胀商品的收入增长 13.4%,而高通胀商品的收入下降 15.6%。在化妆品等类别中,影响相对较弱,低通胀商品的收入增长 3.06%,高通胀商品的收入仅下降 0.34%,主要由于消费者对自己喜欢的品牌表现出了更强的忠诚度。而体育用品(增长 28%)、家电(增长 26%)、工具/家装(增长 26%)和玩具(增长 25%)等类别的低价商品份额增幅均较小,这些类别的增幅也主要受品牌忠诚度影响,同时消费者更倾向于购买最高品质的此类产品。此外,“先买后付”(BNPL)支付方式在此期间也出现了持续增长。2024 年 1 月至 4 月,BNPL 推动了 259 亿美元的电商支出,较去年同期大幅增长 11.8%。Adobe 预计,BNPL 将在 2024 年全年推动 810 亿至 848 亿美元的支出,同比增长 8% 至 13%。
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
AMZ123 获悉,近日,市场分析机构 Mediapanel 公布了 2023 年 12 月波兰主流社交平台的最新用户统计数据。受 TikTok 的打击,Pinterest、Facebook 和 Instagram 的用户数量出现下降。根据 Mediapanel 的数据,截至 2023 年 12 月,TikTok 是波兰第三大社交媒体平台,拥有超过 1378 万用户,相当于波兰 46.45% 的互联网用户。排在 TikTok 之前的是 Facebook 和 Instagram,其中 Facebook 拥有超过 2435 万用户,相当于波兰 82.06% 的互联网用户;Instagram 则拥有超过 1409 万用户,相当于波兰 47.47% 的互联网用户。在用户使用时长方面,TikTok 排名第一。2023 年 12 月,TikTok 用户的平均使用时长为 17 小时 18 分钟 42 秒。Facebook 用户的平均使用时长为 15 小时 36 分钟 38 秒,位居第二。其次是 Instagram,平均使用时长为 5 小时 2 分钟 39 秒。与 11 月相比,12 月 Facebook 减少了 58.84 万用户(下降 2.4%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 32 分钟 50 秒(增长 3.6%)。Instagram 流失了 25.9 万用户(下降 1.8%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 15 分钟(增长 5.2%)。虽然 TikTok 的用户数量略有增长(增长 8.85 万,即 0.6%),但其用户平均使用时间减少了 47 分钟(减少 4.3%)。12 月份,波兰其他主流社交媒体平台的用户数据(与 11 月相比):X 增加了 39.64 万用户(增长 4.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 6 分钟 19 秒(增长 9.3%);Pinterest 增加了 23.02 万用户(增长 3.5%),用户平均使用时间增加了 7 分钟 9 秒(增长 16.1%);Snapchat 则增加了 9.04 万用户(增长 1.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 23 秒(增长 0.2%);LinkedIn 流失了 27.69 万用户(下降 6.2%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 36 秒(下降 11.7%);Reddit 流失了 18.6 万用户(下降 7.1%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 27 秒(下降 11.6%)。
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
近日,苹果发布 2022 年 App Store 透明度报告,展示了 App Store 在 175 个国家和地区运营的数据,包括在线/下架应用数量、提审被拒应用数量、每周访问量、搜索量等。为帮助开发者快速了解 App Store 新发布的各项数据情况,在本篇内容中,AppStare 拆解了各项数据,为开发者提供直观展示,可供参考。app 数据App Store 在线及下架 app 数量报告显示,2022 年,App Store 中在线 app 总数量超 178 万(1,783,232),从 App Store 下架的 app 数量超 18 万(186,195)。提交审核及被拒的 app 数量共有超 610 万(6,101,913)款 app 提交到 App Store 进行审核,其中近 168 万(1,679,694)款 app 提审被拒,占比 27.53%,审核拒绝的主要原因包括性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范等。此外,提审被拒后再次提交并通过审核的 app 数量超 25 万(253,466),占比 15.09%。不同原因提审被拒的 app 数量app 提审被 App Store 审核指南拒绝的原因包括 app 性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范、业务问题、存在安全风险及其他六大模块。从上图可见,性能问题是 app 提审被拒的最大原因,超 101 万(1,018,415)款 app 因此被 App Store 审核指南拒绝,占比达 50.98%。建议开发者在 app 提审前,针对 App Store 审核指南再做详细的自我审查,提升通过可能。从 App Store 下架的 app Top 10 分类2022 年,App Store 下架超 18 万(186,195)款 app,其中游戏类 app 是下架次数最多的应用类别,超 3.8 万(38,883)款,占比 20.88%,其次为 工具类 app,共下架 2 万(20,045)款,占比 10.77%。中国大陆下架 app 品类 top 10在中国大陆地区,下架 app 总计超 4 万(41,238)款。工具类 app 是下架数量最多的 app 子品类,达 9,077 款,占比 22.01%,其次为游戏类 app,下架 6,173 款,占比 14.97%。被下架后申诉的 app 数量在 175 个国家/地区中,被下架后申诉的 app 数量总计超 1.8 万(18,412)款。中国大陆下架后申诉的 app 数量最多,达 5,484 款,占比 29.78%。申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量总计为 616 款,其中中国大陆申诉后恢复上架的 app 最多,为 169 款,占中国大陆下架后申诉 app 数量(5,484)的 3.08%。开发者数据注册苹果开发者总数近 3700 万(36,974,015),被终止开发者账户数量近 43 万(428,487),占比 1.16%。其中,开发者账户因违反开发者计划许可协议(DPLA)而被终止的主要原因分别有欺诈(428,249)、出口管制(238)等。被终止后申诉的开发者账户数量为 3,338,被终止后申诉并恢复的开发者账户数量为 159,占比 4.76%。用户数据在用户方面,平均每周访问 App Store 的用户数超 6.56 亿(656,739,889)。2022 年,App Store 终止用户账户数量超 2.82 亿(282,036,628)。值得注意的是,App Store 还阻止了金额超 $20.9亿($2,090,195,480)的欺诈交易。在用户 app 下载方面,平均每周下载 app 数量超 7.47 亿(747,873,877),平均每周重新下载 app 数量超 15.39 亿(1,539,274,266),是前者的 2 倍。因此,建议开发者多加重视对回访用户的唤醒,相关推广策略的制定可能起到较为理想的效果。在 app 更新方面,平均每周自动更新 app 数量超 408 亿(40,876,789,492),平均每周手动更新 app 数量超 5 亿(512,545,816)。可见,用户在 app 更新问题上更偏向依赖自动更新。搜索数据平均每周在 App Store 搜索的用户数超 3.73 亿(373,211,396),App Store 的高质流量有目共睹。在至少 1000 次搜索中出现在搜索结果前 10 名的 app 总数近 140 万(1,399,741),平均每周出现在至少 1000 次搜索结果前 10 名的 app 数量 近 20 万(197,430)。除了通过元数据优化等操作提升 app 的搜索排名外,Apple Search Ads 也是帮助开发者提升 app 曝光和下载的重要渠道。
全球大数据
   探索Discord注册的多重用途
探索Discord注册的多重用途
在当今数字化时代,社交网络平台是人们沟通、分享和互动的重要场所。而Discord作为一款功能强大的聊天和社交平台,正吸引着越来越多的用户。那么,Discord注册可以用来做什么呢?让我们来探索它的多重用途。 首先,通过Discord注册,您可以加入各种兴趣群组和社区,与志同道合的人分享共同的爱好和话题。不论是游戏、音乐、电影还是科技,Discord上有无数个群组等待着您的加入。您可以与其他成员交流、参与讨论、组织活动,结识新朋友并扩大自己的社交圈子。 其次,Discord注册也为个人用户和团队提供了一个协作和沟通的平台。无论您是在学校、工作场所还是志愿组织,Discord的群组和频道功能使得团队成员之间可以方便地分享文件、讨论项目、安排日程,并保持密切的联系。它的语音和视频通话功能还能让远程团队更好地协同工作,提高效率。 对于商业用途而言,Discord注册同样具有巨大潜力。许多品牌和企业已经认识到了Discord作为一个与年轻受众互动的渠道的重要性。通过创建自己的Discord服务器,您可以与客户和粉丝建立更紧密的联系,提供独家内容、产品促销和用户支持。Discord还提供了一些商业工具,如机器人和API,帮助您扩展功能并提供更好的用户体验。 总结起来,Discord注册不仅可以让您加入各种兴趣群组和社区,享受与志同道合的人交流的乐趣,还可以为个人用户和团队提供协作和沟通的平台。对于品牌和企业而言,Discord也提供了与受众互动、推广产品和提供用户支持的机会。所以,赶紧注册一个Discord账号吧,开启多重社交和商业可能性的大门! -->
  商海客discord群发软件:开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件
开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件作为一款前沿的营销工具,以其独特的特点和出色的功能,在商业领域掀起了一场营销革命。它不仅为企业带来了全新的营销方式,也为企业创造了巨大的商业价值。 首先,商海客discord群发软件以其高效的群发功能,打破了传统营销方式的束缚。传统营销常常面临信息传递效率低、覆盖范围有限的问题。而商海客discord群发软件通过其强大的群发功能,可以将信息迅速传递给大量的目标受众,实现广告的精准推送。不论是产品推广、品牌宣传还是促销活动,商海客discord群发软件都能帮助企业快速触达潜在客户,提高营销效果。 其次,商海客discord群发软件提供了丰富的营销工具和功能,为企业的营销活动增添了更多的可能性。商海客discord群发软件支持多种媒体形式的推送,包括文本、图片、音频和视频等。企业可以根据自身需求,定制个性化的消息内容和推广方案,以吸引目标受众的注意。此外,商海客discord群发软件还提供了数据分析和统计功能,帮助企业了解营销效果,进行精细化的调整和优化。 最后,商海客discord群发软件的用户体验和易用性也为企业带来了便利。商海客discord群发软件的界面简洁明了,操作简单易懂,即使对于非技术人员也能够快速上手。商海客discord群发软件还提供了稳定的技术支持和优质的客户服务,确保用户在使用过程中能够获得及时的帮助和解决问题。 -->
 Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord这个软件相信打游戏的各位多少都会有点了解。作为功能上和YY相类似的语音软件,已经逐渐成为各类游戏玩家的青睐。在这里你可以创建属于自己的频道,叫上三五个朋友一起开黑,体验线上五连坐的游戏体验。但Discord可不是我们口中说的美国版YY这么简单。 Discord最初是为了方便人们交流而创立的应用程序。游戏玩家、电影迷和美剧迷、包括NFT创作者和区块链项目都在Discord上装修起一个个属于自己的小家。而在互联网的不断发展中,Discord现如今已经发展成为一种高效的营销工具,其强大的社区的功能已远不止语音交谈这一单一功能了。本文我们将结合市场营销现有的一些概念,带你领略Discord背后的无穷价值。 初代海外社媒营销: 当我们谈及Marketing市场营销,我们大多能想到的就是广告,以广告投放去获得较为多的转化为最终目的。但随着公众利益的变化,市场营销的策略也在不断改变。社交媒体类别的营销是现在更多品牌更为看重的一块流量池。我们可以选择付费营销,当然也可以选择不付费,这正式大多数的品牌所处的阶段。如国内的微博,抖音。又好比海外的Facebook, Instagram等。 但是,当我们深入地了解这些社交媒体的算法时不难发现。人们经常会错过我们的内容,又或者在看到这是一个广告之后就选择离开,其推广的触达率并不显著。其原因其实和初代社交媒体的属性分不开。 我们来打个比方:当你在YouTube上看着喜爱的博主视频,YouTube突然暂停了你的视频,给你插入了品牌方的广告。试问你的心情如何?你会选择安心看完这个广告,对其推广的产品产生了兴趣。还是想尽一切办法去关掉这个烦人的广告?而在不付费的内容上:你更喜欢看那些能娱乐你,充实你生活的内容。还是选择去看一个可能和你毫不相干的品牌贴文?在大数据的加持下,品牌方可能绞尽脑汁的想去获得你这个用户。但选择权仍就在用户手上,用户选择社交媒体的原因更多是为了娱乐和社交。我们也不愿意和一个个客气的“品牌Logo”去对话。 Discord是如何改变营销世界的? Discord又有什么不一样呢?你觉的他的营销手段就像发Email一样,给你特定的社群发送一组消息?谈到Email,这里要插一嘴。其触达率表现也并不优异,你发送的重要通告,新闻稿,打折促销。都有可能在用户还未浏览收之前就已经进了垃圾箱,又或者是和其他数百封未读邮件中等待着缘分的到来。 其实Discord的频道属性很美妙的化解了社交媒体现在的窘境,我们再来打个比方:比如你很喜欢篮球,因此你进入到了这个Discord篮球频道。而在这个频道里又包含了中锋,前锋,后卫这些细分频道。后卫又细分到了控球后卫,得分后卫。但总的来说,这个频道的用户都是喜欢篮球的群体。Discord的属性也拉近了品牌和用户的距离,你们不再是用户和一个个官方的“品牌Logo”对话。取而代之的则是一个个亲近感十足的好兄弟。直播带货中的“家人们”好像就是这一形式哈哈。 因此在Discord 上你可以针对不同频道发送不同的公告消息,使目标用户能够及时获得你的任何更新。他可不像电子邮件一样,淹没在一堆未读邮件中,也不会像社媒贴文一样被忽视。更精准的去区分不同的目标受众这一独特性也注定了Discord Marketing的强大功能。 Discord拓展属性: 自Facebook更名Meta等一系列动作下,2021年被世人称为元宇宙元年。在这一大背景下,更多的社交媒体开始逐渐向元宇宙靠拢。Twitter逐渐成为各类项目方的首选宣发媒体。Discord的属性也被更多项目方所发现,现如今Discord已被广泛运用在区块链领域。Discord事实上已经成为加密货币社区的最大聚集地,学习使用Discord也已经成为了圈内最入门技能。随着未来大量的区块链项目的上线Discord也将获得更加直接的变现手段。 Discord的各类载体已经数不胜数,区块链、游戏开黑、公司办公软件、线上教课。Discord是否能成为海外社媒的下一个风口?还是他已经成为了?这个不是我们能说了算的,但甭管你是想做品牌推广,还是单纯的就想酣畅漓淋的和朋友一起开个黑。选择Discord都是一个不错的选择。 -->
社交媒体

                    100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
It feels like Instagram, more than any other social media platform, is evolving at a dizzying pace. It can take a lot of work to keep up as it continues to roll out new features, updates, and algorithm changes. That‘s where the Instagram stats come in. There’s a lot of research about Instagram — everything from its users' demographics, brand adoption stats, and all the difference between micro and nano influencers. I use this data to inform my marketing strategies and benchmark my efforts. Read on to uncover more social media stats to help you get ideas and improve your Instagram posting strategy. 80+ Instagram Stats Click on a category below to jump to the stats for that category: Instagram's Growth Instagram User Demographics Brand Adoption Instagram Post Content Instagram Posting Strategy Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics Instagram's Growth Usage 1. Instagram is expected to reach 1.44 billion users by 2025. (Statista) 2. The Instagram app currently has over 1.4 billion monthly active users. (Statista) 3. U.S. adults spend an average of 33.1 minutes per day on Instagram in 2024, a 3-minute increase from the year before. (Sprout Social) 4. Instagram ad revenue is anticipated to reach $59.61 billion in 2024. (Oberlo) 5. Instagram’s Threads has over 15 Million monthly active users. (eMarketer) 6. 53.7% of marketers plan to use Instagram reels for influencer marketing in 2024. (eMarketer) 7. 71% of marketers say Instagram is the platform they want to learn about most. (Skillademia) 8. There are an estimated 158.4 million Instagram users in the United States in 2024. (DemandSage) 9. As of January 2024, India has 362.9 million Instagram users, the largest Instagram audience in the world. (Statista) 10. As of January 2024, Instagram is the fourth most popular social media platform globally based on monthly active users. Facebook is first. YouTube and WhatsApp rank second and third. (Statista) https://youtu.be/EyHV8aZFWqg 11. Over 400 million Instagram users use the Stories feature daily. (Keyhole) 12. As of April 2024, the most-liked post on Instagram remains a carousel of Argentine footballer Lionel Messi and his teammates celebrating the 2022 FIFA World Cup win. (FIFA) 13. The fastest-growing content creator on Instagram in 2024 is influencer Danchmerk, who grew from 16k to 1.6 Million followers in 8 months. (Instagram) 14. The most-followed Instagram account as of March 2024 is professional soccer player Cristiano Ronaldo, with 672 million followers. (Forbes) 15. As of April 2024, Instagram’s own account has 627 million followers. (Instagram) Instagram User Demographics 16. Over half of the global Instagram population is 34 or younger. (Statista) 17. As of January 2024, almost 17% of global active Instagram users were men between 18 and 24. (Statista) 18. Instagram’s largest demographics are Millennials and Gen Z, comprising 61.8% of users in 2024. (MixBloom) 19. Instagram is Gen Z’s second most popular social media platform, with 75% of respondents claiming usage of the platform, after YouTube at 80%. (Later) 20. 37.74% of the world’s 5.3 billion active internet users regularly access Instagram. (Backlinko) 21. In January 2024, 55% of Instagram users in the United States were women, and 44% were men. (Statista) 22. Only 7% of Instagram users in the U.S. belong to the 13 to 17-year age group. (Statista) 23. Only 5.7% of Instagram users in the U.S. are 65+ as of 2024. (Statista) 24. Only 0.2% of Instagram users are unique to the platform. Most use Instagram alongside Facebook (80.8%), YouTube (77.4%), and TikTok (52.8%). (Sprout Social) 25. Instagram users lean slightly into higher tax brackets, with 47% claiming household income over $75,000. (Hootsuite) 26. Instagram users worldwide on Android devices spend an average of 29.7 minutes per day (14 hours 50 minutes per month) on the app. (Backlinko) 27. 73% of U.S. teens say Instagram is the best way for brands to reach them. (eMarketer) 28. 500 million+ accounts use Instagram Stories every day. (Facebook) 29. 35% of music listeners in the U.S. who follow artists on Facebook and Instagram do so to connect with other fans or feel like part of a community. (Facebook) 30. The average Instagram user spends 33 minutes a day on the app. (Oberlo) 31. 45% of people in urban areas use Instagram, while only 25% of people in rural areas use the app. (Backlinko) 32. Approximately 85% of Instagram’s user base is under the age of 45. (Statista) 33. As of January 2024, the largest age group on Instagram is 18-24 at 32%, followed by 30.6% between ages 25-34. (Statista) 34. Globally, the platform is nearly split down the middle in terms of gender, with 51.8% male and 48.2% female users. (Phyllo) 35. The numbers differ slightly in the U.S., with 56% of users aged 13+ being female and 44% male. (Backlinko) 36. As of January 2024, Instagram is most prevalent in India, with 358.55 million users, followed by the United States (158.45 million), Brazil (122.9 million), Indonesia (104.8 million), and Turkey (56.7 million). (Backlinko) 37. 49% of Instagram users are college graduates. (Hootsuite) 38. Over 1.628 Billion Instagram users are reachable via advertising. (DataReportal) 39. As of January 2024, 20.3% of people on Earth use Instagram. (DataReportal) Brand Adoption 40. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use it in 2024. (Sprout Social) 41. 29% of marketers plan to invest the most in Instagram out of any social media platform in 2023. (Statista) 42. Regarding brand safety, 86% of marketers feel comfortable advertising on Instagram. (Upbeat Agency) 43. 24% of marketers plan to invest in Instagram, the most out of all social media platforms, in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 44. 70% of shopping enthusiasts turn to Instagram for product discovery. (Omnicore Agency) 45. Marketers saw the highest engagement rates on Instagram from any other platform in 2024. (Hootsuite) 46. 29% of marketers say Instagram is the easiest platform for working with influencers and creators. (Statista) 47. 68% of marketers reported that Instagram generates high levels of ROI. (LIKE.TG) 48. 21% of marketers reported that Instagram yielded the most significant ROI in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 49. 52% of marketers plan to increase their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 50. In 2024, 42% of marketers felt “very comfortable” advertising on Instagram, and 40% responded “somewhat comfortable.” (LIKE.TG) 51. Only 6% of marketers plan to decrease their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 52. 39% of marketers plan to leverage Instagram for the first time in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 53. 90% of people on Instagram follow at least one business. (Instagram) 54. 50% of Instagram users are more interested in a brand when they see ads for it on Instagram. (Instagram) 55. 18% of marketers believe that Instagram has the highest growth potential of all social apps in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 56. 1 in 4 marketers say Instagram provides the highest quality leads from any social media platform. (LIKE.TG) 57. Nearly a quarter of marketers (23%) say that Instagram results in the highest engagement levels for their brand compared to other platforms. (LIKE.TG) 58. 46% of marketers leverage Instagram Shops. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Shops, 50% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 59. 41% of marketers leverage Instagram Live Shopping. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Live Shopping, 51% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 60. Education and Health and Wellness industries experience the highest engagement rates. (Hootsuite) 61. 67% of users surveyed have “swiped up” on the links of branded Stories. (LIKE.TG) 62. 130 million Instagram accounts tap on a shopping post to learn more about products every month. (Omnicore Agency) Instagram Post Content 63. Engagement for static photos has decreased by 44% since 2019, when Reels debuted. (Later) 64. The average engagement rate for photo posts is .059%. (Social Pilot) 65. The average engagement rate for carousel posts is 1.26% (Social Pilot) 66. The average engagement rate for Reel posts is 1.23% (Social Pilot) 67. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the best in-app search capabilities. (LIKE.TG) 68. The most popular Instagram Reel is from Samsung and has over 1 billion views. (Lifestyle Asia) 69. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the most accurate algorithm, followed by Facebook. (LIKE.TG) 70. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the most significant ROI when selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 71. Instagram Reels with the highest engagement rates come from accounts with fewer than 5000 followers, with an average engagement rate of 3.79%. (Social Pilot) 72. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the best tools for selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 73. Over 100 million people watch Instagram Live every day. (Social Pilot) 74. 70% of users watch Instagram stories daily. (Social Pilot) 75. 50% of people prefer funny Instagram content, followed by creative and informative posts. (Statista) 76. Instagram Reels are the most popular post format for sharing via DMs. (Instagram) 77. 40% of Instagram users post stories daily. (Social Pilot) 78. An average image on Instagram gets 23% more engagement than one published on Facebook. (Business of Apps) 79. The most geo-tagged city in the world is Los Angeles, California, and the tagged location with the highest engagement is Coachella, California. (LIKE.TG) Instagram Posting Strategy 80. The best time to post on Instagram is between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. on weekdays. (Social Pilot) 81. Posts with a tagged location result in 79% higher engagement than posts without a tagged location. (Social Pilot) 82. 20% of users surveyed post to Instagram Stories on their business account more than once a week. (LIKE.TG) 83. 44% of users surveyed use Instagram Stories to promote products or services. (LIKE.TG) 84. One-third of the most viewed Stories come from businesses. (LIKE.TG) 85. More than 25 million businesses use Instagram to reach and engage with audiences. (Omnicore Agency) 86. 69% of U.S. marketers plan to spend most of their influencer budget on Instagram. (Omnicore Agency) 87. The industry that had the highest cooperation efficiency with Instagram influencers was healthcare, where influencer posts were 4.2x more efficient than brand posts. (Emplifi) 88. Instagram is now the most popular social platform for following brands. (Marketing Charts) Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics 89. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use the platform for such purposes in 2024 (Oberlo) 90. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) comprise most of Instagram’s influencer population, at 65.4%. (Statista) 91. Micro-influencers (10,000 to 50,000 followers) account for 27.73% (Socially Powerful) 92. Mid-tier influencers (50,000 to 500,000 followers) account for 6.38% (Socially Powerful) 93. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) have the highest engagement rate at 5.6% (EmbedSocial) 94. Mega-influencers and celebrities with more than 1 million followers account for 0.23%. (EmbedSocial) 95. 77% of Instagram influencers are women. (WPBeginner) 96. 30% of markers say that Instagram is their top channel for ROI in influencer marketing (Socially Powerful) 97. 25% of sponsored posts on Instagram are related to fashion (Socially Powerful) 98. The size of the Instagram influencer marketing industry is expected to reach $22.2 billion by 2025. (Socially Powerful) 99. On average, Instagram influencers charge $418 for a sponsored post in 2024, approximately 15.17%​​​​​​​ higher than in 2023. (Collabstr) 100. Nano-influencers charge between $10-$100 per Instagram post. (ClearVoice) 101. Celebrities and macro influencers charge anywhere from $10,000 to over $1 million for a single Instagram post in 2024. (Shopify) 102. Brands can expect to earn $4.12 of earned media value for each $1 spent on Instagram influencer marketing. (Shopify) The landscape of Instagram is vast and ever-expanding. However, understanding these key statistics will ensure your Instagram strategy is well-guided and your marketing dollars are allocated for maximum ROI. There’s more than just Instagram out there, of course. So, download the free guide below for the latest Instagram and Social Media trends.

                    130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
In 2021, marketers that used influencer marketing said the trend resulted in the highest ROI. In fact, marketers have seen such success from influencer marketing that 86% plan to continue investing the same amount or increase their investments in the trend in 2022. But, if you’ve never used an influencer before, the task can seem daunting — who’s truly the best advocate for your brand? Here, we’ve cultivated a list of the most popular influencers in every industry — just click on one of the links below and take a look at the top influencers that can help you take your business to the next level: Top Food Influencers on Instagram Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Top Design Influencers on Instagram Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Top Influencers on Instagram Top Food Influencers on Instagram Jamie Oliver (9.1M followers) ladyironchef (620k followers) Megan Gilmore (188k followers) Ashrod (104k followers) David Chang (1.7M followers) Ida Frosk (299k followers) Lindsey Silverman Love (101k followers) Nick N. (60.5k followers) Molly Tavoletti (50.1k followers) Russ Crandall (39.1k followers) Dennis the Prescott (616k followers) The Pasta Queen (1.5M followers) Thalia Ho (121k followers) Molly Yeh (810k followers) C.R Tan (59.4k followers) Michaela Vais (1.2M followers) Nicole Cogan (212k followers) Minimalist Baker (2.1M followers) Yumna Jawad (3.4M followers) Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Annette White (100k followers) Matthew Karsten (140k followers) The Points Guy (668k followers) The Blonde Abroad (520k followers) Eric Stoen (330k followers) Kate McCulley (99k followers) The Planet D (203k followers) Andrew Evans (59.9k followers) Jack Morris (2.6M followers) Lauren Bullen (2.1M followers) The Bucket List Family (2.6M followers) Fat Girls Traveling (55K followers) Tara Milk Tea (1.3M followers) Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Alexa Chung (5.2M followers) Julia Berolzheimer (1.3M followers) Johnny Cirillo (719K followers) Chiara Ferragni (27.2M followers) Jenn Im (1.7M followers) Ada Oguntodu (65.1k followers) Emma Hill (826k followers) Gregory DelliCarpini Jr. (141k followers) Nicolette Mason (216k followers) Majawyh (382k followers) Garance Doré (693k followers) Ines de la Fressange (477k followers) Madelynn Furlong (202k followers) Giovanna Engelbert (1.4M followers) Mariano Di Vaio (6.8M followers) Aimee Song (6.5M followers) Danielle Bernstein (2.9M followers) Gabi Gregg (910k followers) Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Benjamin Lowy (218k followers) Michael Yamashita (1.8M followers) Stacy Kranitz (101k followers) Jimmy Chin (3.2M followers) Gueorgui Pinkhassov (161k followers) Dustin Giallanza (5.2k followers) Lindsey Childs (31.4k followers) Edith W. Young (24.9k followers) Alyssa Rose (9.6k followers) Donjay (106k followers) Jeff Rose (80.1k followers) Pei Ketron (728k followers) Paul Nicklen (7.3M followers) Jack Harries (1.3M followers) İlhan Eroğlu (852k followers) Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Jannid Olsson Delér (1.2 million followers) Oliver Proudlock (691k followers) Jeremy Jacobowitz (434k followers) Jay Caesar (327k followers) Jessie Chanes (329k followers) Laura Noltemeyer (251k followers) Adorian Deck (44.9k followers) Hind Deer (547k followers) Gloria Morales (146k followers) Kennedy Cymone (1.6M followers) Sydney Leroux Dwyer (1.1M followers) Joanna Stevens Gaines (13.6M followers) Lilly Singh (11.6M followers) Rosanna Pansino (4.4M followers) Top Design Influencers on Instagram Marie Kondo (4M followers) Ashley Stark Kenner (1.2M followers) Casa Chicks (275k followers) Paulina Jamborowicz (195k followers) Kasia Będzińska (218k followers) Jenni Kayne (500k followers) Will Taylor (344k followers) Studio McGee (3.3M followers) Mandi Gubler (207k followers) Natalie Myers (51.6k followers) Grace Bonney (840k followers) Saudah Saleem (25.3k followers) Niña Williams (196k followers) Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Michelle Phan (1.9M followers) Shaaanxo (1.3M followers) Jeffree Star (13.7M followers) Kandee Johnson (2M followers) Manny Gutierrez (4M followers) Naomi Giannopoulos (6.2M followers) Samantha Ravndahl (2.1M followers) Huda Kattan (50.5M followers) Wayne Goss (703k followers) Zoe Sugg (9.3M followers) James Charles (22.9M followers) Shayla Mitchell (2.9M followers) Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Massy Arias (2.7M followers) Eddie Hall (3.3M followers) Ty Haney (92.6k followers) Hannah Bronfman (893k followers) Kenneth Gallarzo (331k followers) Elisabeth Akinwale (113k followers) Laura Large (75k followers) Akin Akman (82.3k followers) Sjana Elise Earp (1.4M followers) Cassey Ho (2.3M followers) Kayla Itsines (14.5M followers) Jen Selter (13.4M followers) Simeon Panda (8.1M followers) Top Instagram InfluencersJamie OliverDavid ChangJack Morris and Lauren BullenThe Bucket List FamilyChiara FerragniAlexa ChungJimmy ChinJannid Olsson DelérGrace BonneyHuda KattanZoe SuggSjana Elise EarpMassy Arias 1. Jamie Oliver Jamie Oliver, a world-renowned chef and restaurateur, is Instagram famous for his approachable and delicious-looking cuisine. His page reflects a mix of food pictures, recipes, and photos of his family and personal life. His love of beautiful food and teaching others to cook is clearly evident, which must be one of the many reasons why he has nearly seven million followers. 2. David Chang Celebrity chef David Chang is best known for his world-famous restaurants and big personality. Chang was a judge on Top Chef and created his own Netflix show called Ugly Delicious, both of which elevated his popularity and likely led to his huge followership on Instagram. Most of his feed is filled with food videos that will make you drool. View this post on Instagram 3. Jack Morris and Lauren Bullen Travel bloggers Jack Morris (@jackmorris) and Lauren Bullen (@gypsea_lust)have dream jobs -- the couple travels to some of the most beautiful places around the world and documents their trips on Instagram. They have developed a unique and recognizable Instagram aesthetic that their combined 4.8 million Instagram followers love, using the same few filters and posting the most striking travel destinations. View this post on Instagram 4. The Bucket List Family The Gee family, better known as the Bucket List Family, travel around the world with their three kids and post videos and images of their trips to YouTube and Instagram. They are constantly sharing pictures and stories of their adventures in exotic places. This nomad lifestyle is enjoyed by their 2.6 million followers. View this post on Instagram 5. Chiara Ferragni Chiara Ferragni is an Italian fashion influencer who started her blog The Blonde Salad to share tips, photos, and clothing lines. Ferragni has been recognized as one of the most influential people of her generation, listed on Forbes’ 30 Under 30 and the Bloglovin’ Award Blogger of the Year. 6. Alexa Chung Model and fashion designer Alexa Chung is Instagram famous for her elegant yet charming style and photos. After her modeling career, she collaborated with many brands like Mulberry and Madewell to create her own collection, making a name for herself in the fashion world. Today, she shares artistic yet fun photos with her 5.2 million Instagram followers. 7. Jimmy Chin Jimmy Chin is an award-winning professional photographer who captures high-intensity shots of climbing expeditions and natural panoramas. He has won multiple awards for his work, and his 3.2 million Instagram followers recognize him for his talent. 8. Jannid Olsson Delér Jannid Olsson Delér is a lifestyle and fashion blogger that gathered a huge social media following for her photos of outfits, vacations, and her overall aspirational life. Her 1.2 million followers look to her for travel and fashion inspirations. 9. Grace Bonney Design*Sponge is a design blog authored by Grace Bonney, an influencer recognized by the New York Times, Forbes, and other major publications for her impact on the creative community. Her Instagram posts reflect her elegant yet approachable creative advice, and nearly a million users follow her account for her bright and charismatic feed. 10. Huda Kattan Huda Kattan took the beauty world by storm -- her Instagram began with makeup tutorials and reviews and turned into a cosmetics empire. Huda now has 1.3 million Instagram followers and a company valued at $1.2 billion. Her homepage is filled with makeup videos and snaps of her luxury lifestyle. View this post on Instagram 11. Zoe Sugg Zoe Sugg runs a fashion, beauty, and lifestyle blog and has nearly 10 million followers on Instagram. She also has an incredibly successful YouTube channel and has written best-selling books on the experience of viral bloggers. Her feed consists mostly of food, her pug, selfies, and trendy outfits. View this post on Instagram 12. Sjana Elise Earp Sjana Elise Earp is a lifestyle influencer who keeps her Instagram feed full of beautiful photos of her travels. She actively promotes yoga and healthy living to her 1.4 million followers, becoming an advocate for an exercise program called SWEAT. 13. Massy Arias Personal trainer Massy Arias is known for her fitness videos and healthy lifestyle. Her feed aims to inspire her 2.6 million followers to keep training and never give up on their health. Arias has capitalized on fitness trends on Instagram and proven to both herself and her followers that exercise can improve all areas of your life. View this post on Instagram

                    24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
Nowadays, Instagram is often someone's initial contact with a brand, and nearly half of its users shop on the platform each week. If it's the entryway for half of your potential sales, don't you want your profile to look clean and inviting? Taking the time to create an engaging Instagram feed aesthetic is one of the most effective ways to persuade someone to follow your business's Instagram account or peruse your posts. You only have one chance to make a good first impression — so it's critical that you put effort into your Instagram feed. Finding the perfect place to start is tough — where do you find inspiration? What color scheme should you use? How do you organize your posts so they look like a unit? We know you enjoy learning by example, so we've compiled the answers to all of these questions in a list of stunning Instagram themes. We hope these inspire your own feed's transformation. But beware, these feeds are so desirable, you'll have a hard time choosing just one. What is an Instagram theme?An instagram theme is a visual aesthetic created by individuals and brands to achieve a cohesive look on their Instagram feeds. Instagram themes help social media managers curate different types of content into a digital motif that brings a balanced feel to the profile. Tools to Create Your Own Instagram Theme Creating a theme on your own requires a keen eye for detail. When you’re editing several posts a week that follow the same theme, you’ll want to have a design tool handy to make that workflow easier. Pre-set filters, color palettes, and graphic elements are just a few of the features these tools use, but if you have a sophisticated theme to maintain, a few of these tools include advanced features like video editing and layout previews. Here are our top five favorite tools to use when editing photos for an Instagram theme. 1. VSCO Creators look to VSCO when they want to achieve the most unique photo edits. This app is one of the top-ranked photo editing tools among photographers because it includes advanced editing features without needing to pull out all the stops in Photoshop. If you’re in a hurry and want to create an Instagram theme quickly, use one of the 200+ VSCO presets including name-brand designs by Kodak, Agfa, and Ilford. If you’ll be including video as part of your content lineup on Instagram, you can use the same presets from the images so every square of content blends seamlessly into the next no matter what format it’s in. 2. FaceTune2 FaceTune2 is a powerful photo editing app that can be downloaded on the App Store or Google Play. The free version of the app includes all the basic editing features like brightness, lighting, cropping, and filters. The pro version gives you more detailed control over retouching and background editing. For video snippets, use FaceTune Video to make detailed adjustments right from your mobile device — you’ll just need to download the app separately for that capability. If you’re starting to test whether an Instagram theme is right for your brand, FaceTune2 is an affordable tool worth trying. 3. Canva You know Canva as a user-friendly and free option to create graphics, but it can be a powerful photo editing tool to curate your Instagram theme. For more abstract themes that mix imagery with graphic art, you can add shapes, textures, and text to your images. Using the photo editor, you can import your image and adjust the levels, add filters, and apply unique effects to give each piece of content a look that’s unique to your brand. 4. Adobe Illustrator Have you ever used Adobe Illustrator to create interesting overlays and tints for images? You can do the same thing to develop your Instagram theme. Traditionally, Adobe Illustrator is the go-to tool to create vectors and logos, but this software has some pretty handy features for creating photo filters and designs. Moreover, you can layout your artboards in an Instagram-style grid to see exactly how each image will appear in your feed. 5. Photoshop Photoshop is the most well-known photo editing software, and it works especially well for creating Instagram themes. If you have the capacity to pull out all the stops and tweak every detail, Photoshop will get the job done. Not only are the editing, filter, and adjustment options virtually limitless, Photoshop is great for batch processing the same edits across several images in a matter of seconds. You’ll also optimize your workflow by using photoshop to edit the composition, alter the background, and remove any unwanted components of an image without switching to another editing software to add your filter. With Photoshop, you have complete control over your theme which means you won’t have to worry about your profile looking exactly like someone else’s. Instagram ThemesTransitionBlack and WhiteBright ColorsMinimalistOne ColorTwo ColorsPastelsOne ThemePuzzleUnique AnglesText OnlyCheckerboardBlack or White BordersSame FilterFlatlaysVintageRepetitionMix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical BordersQuotesDark ColorsRainbowDoodleTextLinesAnglesHorizontal Lines 1. Transition If you aren’t set on one specific Instagram theme, consider the transition theme. With this aesthetic, you can experiment with merging colors every couple of images. For example, you could start with a black theme and include beige accents in every image. From there, gradually introduce the next color, in this case, blue. Eventually, you’ll find that your Instagram feed will seamlessly transition between the colors you choose which keeps things interesting without straying from a cohesive look and feel. 2. Black and White A polished black and white theme is a good choice to evoke a sense of sophistication. The lack of color draws you into the photo's main subject and suggests a timeless element to your business. @Lisedesmet's black and white feed, for instance, focuses the user’s gaze on the image's subject, like the black sneakers or white balloon. 3. Bright Colors If your company's brand is meant to imply playfulness or fun, there's probably no better way than to create a feed full of bright colors. Bright colors are attention-grabbing and lighthearted, which could be ideal for attracting a younger audience. @Aww.sam's feed, for instance, showcases someone who doesn't take herself too seriously. 4. Minimalist For an artsier edge, consider taking a minimalist approach to your feed, like @emwng does. The images are inviting and slightly whimsical in their simplicity, and cultivate feelings of serenity and stability. The pup pics only add wholesomeness to this minimalist theme. Plus, minimalist feeds are less distracting by nature, so it can be easier to get a true sense of the brand from the feed alone, without clicking on individual posts. 5. One Color One of the easiest ways to pick a theme for your feed is to choose one color and stick to it — this can help steer your creative direction, and looks clean and cohesive from afar. It's particularly appealing if you choose an aesthetically pleasing and calm color, like the soft pink used in the popular hashtag #blackwomeninpink. 6. Two Colors If you're interested in creating a highly cohesive feed but don't want to stick to the one-color theme, consider trying two. Two colors can help your feed look organized and clean — plus, if you choose branded colors, it can help you create cohesion between your other social media sites the website itself. I recommend choosing two contrasting colors for a punchy look like the one shown in @Dreaming_outloud’s profile. 7. Pastels Similar to the one-color idea, it might be useful to choose one color palette for your feed, like @creativekipi's use of pastels. Pastels, in particular, often used for Easter eggs or cupcake decorations, appear childlike and cheerful. Plus, they're captivating and unexpected. 8. One Subject As evident from @mustdoflorida's feed (and username), it's possible to focus your feed on one singular object or idea — like beach-related objects and activities in Florida. If you're aiming to showcase your creativity or photography skills, it could be compelling to create a feed where each post follows one theme. 9. Puzzle Creating a puzzle out of your feed is complicated and takes some planning, but can reap big rewards in terms of uniqueness and engaging an audience. @Juniperoats’ posts, for instance, make the most sense when you look at it from the feed, rather than individual posts. It's hard not to be both impressed and enthralled by the final result, and if you post puzzle piece pictures individually, you can evoke serious curiosity from your followers. 10. Unique Angles Displaying everyday items and activities from unexpected angles is sure to draw attention to your Instagram feed. Similar to the way lines create a theme, angles use direction to create interest. Taking an image of different subjects from similar angles can unite even the most uncommon photos into a consistent theme. 11. Text Only A picture is worth a thousand words, but how many pictures is a well-designed quote worth? Confident Woman Co. breaks the rules of Instagram that say images should have a face in them to get the best engagement. Not so with this Instagram theme. The bright colors and highlighted text make this layout aesthetically pleasing both in the Instagram grid format and as a one-off post on the feed. Even within this strict text-only theme, there’s still room to break up the monotony with a type-treated font and textured background like the last image does in the middle row. 12. Checkerboard If you're not a big fan of horizontal or vertical lines, you might try a checkerboard theme. Similar to horizontal lines, this theme allows you to alternate between content and images or colors as seen in @thefemalehustlers’ feed. 13. Black or White Borders While it is a bit jarring to have black or white borders outlining every image, it definitely sets your feed apart from everyone else's. @Beautifulandyummy, for instance, uses black borders to draw attention to her images, and the finished feed looks both polished and sophisticated. This theme will likely be more successful if you're aiming to sell fashion products or want to evoke an edgier feel for your brand. 14. Same Filter If you prefer uniformity, you'll probably like this Instagram theme, which focuses on using the same filter (or set of filters) for every post. From close up, this doesn't make much difference on your images, but from afar, it definitely makes the feed appear more cohesive. @marianna_hewitt, for example, is able to make her posts of hair, drinks, and fashion seem more refined and professional, simply by using the same filter for all her posts. 15. Flatlays If your primary goal with Instagram is to showcase your products, you might want a Flatlay theme. Flatlay is an effective way to tell a story simply by arranging objects in an image a certain way and makes it easier to direct viewers' attention to a product. As seen in @thedailyedited's feed, a flatlay theme looks fresh and modern. 16. Vintage If it aligns with your brand, vintage is a creative and striking aesthetic that looks both artsy and laid-back. And, while "vintage" might sound a little bit vague, it's easy to conjure. Simply try a filter like Slumber or Aden (built into Instagram), or play around with a third-party editing tool to find a soft, hazy filter that makes your photos look like they were taken from an old polaroid camera. 17. Repetition In @girleatworld's Instagram account, you can count on one thing to remain consistent throughout her feed: she's always holding up food in her hand. This type of repetition looks clean and engaging, and as a follower, it means I always recognize one of her posts as I'm scrolling through my own feed. Consider how you might evoke similar repetition in your own posts to create a brand image all your own. 18. Mix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical Borders While this admittedly requires some planning, the resulting feed is incredibly eye-catching and unique. Simply use the Preview app and choose two different white borders, Vela and Sole, to alternate between horizontal and vertical borders. The resulting feed will look spaced out and clean. 19. Quotes If you're a writer or content creator, you might consider creating an entire feed of quotes, like @thegoodquote feed, which showcases quotes on different mediums, ranging from paperback books to Tweets. Consider typing your quotes and changing up the color of the background, or handwriting your quotes and placing them near interesting objects like flowers or a coffee mug. 20. Dark Colors @JackHarding 's nature photos are nothing short of spectacular, and he highlights their beauty by filtering with a dark overtone. To do this, consider desaturating your content and using filters with cooler colors, like greens and blues, rather than warm ones. The resulting feed looks clean, sleek, and professional. 21. Rainbow One way to introduce color into your feed? Try creating a rainbow by slowly progressing your posts through the colors of the rainbow, starting at red and ending at purple (and then, starting all over again). The resulting feed is stunning. 22. Doodle Most people on Instagram stick to photos and filters, so to stand out, you might consider adding drawings or cartoon doodles on top of (or replacing) regular photo posts. This is a good idea if you're an artist or a web designer and want to draw attention to your artistic abilities — plus, it's sure to get a smile from your followers, like these adorable doodles shown below by @josie.doodles. 23. Content Elements Similar elements in your photos can create an enticing Instagram theme. In this example by The Container Store Custom Closets, the theme uses shelves or clothes in each image to visually bring the feed together. Rather than each photo appearing as a separate room, they all combine to create a smooth layout that displays The Container Store’s products in a way that feels natural to the viewer. 24. Structural Lines Something about this Instagram feed feels different, doesn’t it? Aside from the content focusing on skyscrapers, the lines of the buildings in each image turn this layout into a unique theme. If your brand isn’t in the business of building skyscrapers, you can still implement a theme like this by looking for straight or curved lines in the photos your capture. The key to creating crisp lines from the subjects in your photos is to snap them in great lighting and find symmetry in the image wherever possible. 25. Horizontal Lines If your brand does well with aligning photography with content, you might consider organizing your posts in a thoughtful way — for instance, creating either horizontal or vertical lines, with your rows alternating between colors, text, or even subject distance. @mariahb.makeup employs this tactic, and her feed looks clean and intriguing as a result. How to Create an Instagram Theme 1. Choose a consistent color palette. One major factor of any Instagram theme is consistency. For instance, you wouldn't want to regularly change your theme from black-and-white to rainbow — this could confuse your followers and damage your brand image. Of course, a complete company rebrand might require you to shift your Instagram strategy, but for the most part, you want to stay consistent with the types of visual content you post on Instagram. For this reason, you'll need to choose a color palette to adhere to when creating an Instagram theme. Perhaps you choose to use brand colors. LIKE.TG's Instagram, for instance, primarily uses blues, oranges, and teal, three colors prominently displayed on LIKE.TG's website and products. Alternatively, maybe you choose one of the themes listed above, such as black-and-white. Whatever the case, to create an Instagram theme, it's critical you stick to a few colors throughout all of your content. 2. Use the same filter for each post, or edit each post similarly. As noted above, consistency is a critical element in any Instagram theme, so you'll want to find your favorite one or two filters and use them for each of your posts. You can use Instagram's built-in filters, or try an editing app like VSCO or Snapseed. Alternatively, if you're going for a minimalist look, you might skip filters entirely and simply use a few editing features, like contrast and exposure. Whatever you choose, though, you'll want to continue to edit each of your posts similarly to create a cohesive feed. 3. Use a visual feed planner to plan posts far in advance. It's vital that you plan your Instagram posts ahead of time for a few different reasons, including ensuring you post a good variety of content and that you post it during a good time of day. Additionally, when creating an Instagram theme, you'll need to plan posts in advance to figure out how they fit together — like puzzle pieces, your individual pieces of content need to reinforce your theme as a whole. To plan posts far in advance and visualize how they reinforce your theme, you'll want to use a visual Instagram planner like Later or Planoly. Best of all, you can use these apps to preview your feed and ensure your theme is looking the way you want it to look before you press "Publish" on any of your posts. 4. Don't lock yourself into a theme you can't enjoy for the long haul. In middle school, I often liked to change my "look" — one day I aimed for preppy, and the next I chose a more athletic look. Of course, as I got older, I began to understand what style I could stick with for the long haul and started shopping for clothes that fit my authentic style so I wasn't constantly purchasing new clothes and getting sick of them a few weeks later. Similarly, you don't want to choose an Instagram theme you can't live with for a long time. Your Instagram theme should be an accurate reflection of your brand, and if it isn't, it probably won't last. Just because rainbow colors sound interesting at the get-go doesn't mean it's a good fit for your company's social media aesthetic as a whole. When in doubt, choose a more simple theme that provides you the opportunity to get creative and experiment without straying too far off-theme. How to Use an Instagram Theme on Your Profile 1. Choose what photos you want to post before choosing your theme. When you start an Instagram theme, there are so many options to choose from. Filters, colors, styles, angles — the choices are endless. But it’s important to keep in mind that these things won’t make your theme stand out. The content is still the star of the show. If the images aren’t balanced on the feed, your theme will look like a photo dump that happens to have the same filter on it. To curate the perfect Instagram theme, choose what photos you plan to post before choosing a theme. I highly recommend laying these photos out in a nine-square grid as well so you can see how the photos blend together. 2. Don’t forget the captions. Sure, no one is going to see the captions of your Instagram photos when they’re looking at your theme in the grid-view, but they will see them when you post each photo individually. There will be times when an image you post may be of something abstract, like the corner of a building, an empty suitcase, or a pair of sunglasses. On their own, these things might not be so interesting, but a thoughtful caption that ties the image to your overall theme can help keep your followers engaged when they might otherwise check out and keep scrolling past your profile. If you’re having a bit of writer’s block, check out these 201 Instagram captions for every type of post. 3. Switch up your theme with color blocks. Earlier, we talked about choosing a theme that you can commit to for the long haul. But there’s an exception to that rule — color transitions. Some of the best themes aren’t based on a specific color at all. Rather than using the same color palette throughout the Instagram feed, you can have colors blend into one another with each photo. This way, you can include a larger variety of photos without limiting yourself to specific hues. A Cohesive Instagram Theme At Your Fingertips Instagram marketing is more than numbers. As the most visual social media platform today, what you post and how it looks directly affects engagement, followers, and how your brand shows up online. A cohesive Instagram theme can help your brand convey a value proposition, promote a product, or execute a campaign. Colors and filters make beautiful themes, but there are several additional ways to stop your followers mid-scroll with a fun, unified aesthetic. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.
全球代理
 Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) has become an integral part of businesses competing on the internet. In order to achieve better rankings and visibility in search engine results, SEO professionals use various strategies and techniques to optimise websites. Among them, bulk IP addressing is an important part of the SEO business. In this article, we will delve into why SEO business needs bulk IP addresses and how to effectively utilise bulk IP addresses to boost your website's rankings and traffic.First, why does SEO business need bulk IP address?1. Avoid search engine blocking: In the process of SEO optimisation, frequent requests to search engines may be identified as malicious behaviour, resulting in IP addresses being blocked. Bulk IP addresses can be used to rotate requests to avoid being blocked by search engines and maintain the stability and continuity of SEO activities.2. Geo-targeting optimisation: Users in different regions may search through different search engines or search for different keywords. Bulk IP address can simulate different regions of the user visit, to help companies geo-targeted optimisation, to improve the website in a particular region of the search rankings.3. Multiple Keyword Ranking: A website is usually optimised for multiple keywords, each with a different level of competition. Batch IP address can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time and improve the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Website content testing: Bulk IP address can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the website content, so as to optimise the website content and structure and improve the user experience.5. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a lot of data collection and competition analysis, and bulk IP address can help enterprises efficiently obtain data information of target websites.Second, how to effectively use bulk IP address for SEO optimisation?1. Choose a reliable proxy service provider: Choose a proxy service provider that provides stable and high-speed bulk IP addresses to ensure the smooth progress of SEO activities.2. Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy: Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy to avoid frequent requests to search engines and reduce the risk of being banned.3. Geo-targeted optimisation: According to the target market, choose the appropriate geographical location of the IP address for geo-targeted optimisation to improve the search ranking of the website in a particular region.4. Keyword Optimisation: Optimise the ranking of multiple keywords through bulk IP addresses to improve the search ranking of the website on different keywords.5. Content Optimisation: Using bulk IP addresses for website content testing, to understand the reaction of users in different regions, optimise website content and structure, and improve user experience.Third, application Scenarios of Bulk IP Address in SEO Business1. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a large amount of data collection and competition analysis, through bulk IP address, you can efficiently get the data information of the target website, and understand the competitors' strategies and ranking.2. Website Geo-targeting Optimisation: For websites that need to be optimised in different regions, bulk IP addresses can be used to simulate visits from users in different regions and improve the search rankings of websites in specific regions.3. Multi-keyword Ranking Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time, improving the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Content Testing and Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the content of the website, optimise the content and structure of the website, and improve the user experience.Conclusion:In today's competitive Internet environment, SEO optimisation is a key strategy for companies to improve their website ranking and traffic. In order to achieve effective SEO optimisation, bulk IP addresses are an essential tool. By choosing a reliable proxy service provider, developing a reasonable IP address rotation strategy, geo-targeting optimisation and keyword optimisation, as well as conducting content testing and optimisation, businesses can make full use of bulk IP addresses to boost their website rankings and traffic, and thus occupy a more favourable position in the Internet competition.
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal: A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management: Exploring
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal
A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management
All You Need to Know About IPRoyal - A Reliable Proxy Service ProviderBenefits of Using IPRoyal:1. Enhanced Online Privacy:With IPRoyal, your online activities remain anonymous and protected. By routing your internet traffic through their secure servers, IPRoyal hides your IP address, making it virtually impossible for anyone to track your online behavior. This ensures that your personal information, such as banking details or browsing history, remains confidential.2. Access to Geo-Restricted Content:Many websites and online services restrict access based on your geographical location. IPRoyal helps you overcome these restrictions by providing proxy servers located in various countries. By connecting to the desired server, you can browse the internet as if you were physically present in that location, granting you access to region-specific content and services.3. Improved Browsing Speed:IPRoyal's dedicated servers are optimized for speed, ensuring a seamless browsing experience. By utilizing their proxy servers closer to your location, you can reduce latency and enjoy faster page loading times. This is particularly useful when accessing websites or streaming content that may be slow due to network congestion or geographical distance.Features of IPRoyal:1. Wide Range of Proxy Types:IPRoyal offers different types of proxies to cater to various requirements. Whether you need a datacenter proxy, residential proxy, or mobile proxy, they have you covered. Each type has its advantages, such as higher anonymity, rotational IPs, or compatibility with mobile devices. By selecting the appropriate proxy type, you can optimize your browsing experience.2. Global Proxy Network:With servers located in multiple countries, IPRoyal provides a global proxy network that allows you to choose the location that best suits your needs. Whether you want to access content specific to a particular country or conduct market research, their extensive network ensures reliable and efficient proxy connections.3. User-Friendly Dashboard:IPRoyal's intuitive dashboard makes managing and monitoring your proxy usage a breeze. From here, you can easily switch between different proxy types, select the desired server location, and view important usage statistics. The user-friendly interface ensures that even those with limited technical knowledge can make the most of IPRoyal's services.Conclusion:In a world where online privacy and freedom are increasingly threatened, IPRoyal provides a comprehensive solution to protect your anonymity and enhance your browsing experience. With its wide range of proxy types, global network, and user-friendly dashboard, IPRoyal is suitable for individuals, businesses, and organizations seeking reliable and efficient proxy services. Say goodbye to restrictions and safeguard your online presence with IPRoyal's secure and trusted proxy solutions.
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies: An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies: How They Work and Why You Need Them3. The Power of Proxies: Unlocking a World of Online Possibilities4. Exploring the Role of Proxies in Data S
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies
An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies
Title: Exploring the Role of Proxies in Ensuring Online Security and PrivacyDescription: In this blog post, we will delve into the world of proxies and their significance in ensuring online security and privacy. We will discuss the different types of proxies, their functionalities, and their role in safeguarding our online activities. Additionally, we will explore the benefits and drawbacks of using proxies, and provide recommendations for choosing the right proxy service.IntroductionIn today's digital age, where our lives have become increasingly interconnected through the internet, ensuring online security and privacy has become paramount. While we may take precautions such as using strong passwords and enabling two-factor authentication, another valuable tool in this endeavor is the use of proxies. Proxies play a crucial role in protecting our online activities by acting as intermediaries between our devices and the websites we visit. In this blog post, we will explore the concept of proxies, their functionalities, and how they contribute to enhancing online security and privacy.Understanding Proxies Proxies, in simple terms, are intermediate servers that act as connectors between a user's device and the internet. When we access a website through a proxy server, our request to view the webpage is first routed through the proxy server before reaching the website. This process helps ensure that our IP address, location, and other identifying information are not directly visible to the website we are accessing.Types of Proxies There are several types of proxies available, each with its own purpose and level of anonymity. Here are three common types of proxies:1. HTTP Proxies: These proxies are primarily used for accessing web content. They are easy to set up and can be used for basic online activities such as browsing, but they may not provide strong encryption or complete anonymity.2. SOCKS Proxies: SOCKS (Socket Secure) proxies operate at a lower level than HTTP proxies. They allow for a wider range of internet usage, including applications and protocols beyond just web browsing. SOCKS proxies are popular for activities such as torrenting and online gaming.Benefits and Drawbacks of Using Proxies Using proxies offers several advantages in terms of online security and privacy. Firstly, proxies can help mask our real IP address, making it difficult for websites to track our online activities. This added layer of anonymity can be particularly useful when accessing websites that may track or collect user data for advertising or other purposes.Moreover, proxies can also help bypass geolocation restrictions. By routing our internet connection through a proxy server in a different country, we can gain access to content that may be blocked or restricted in our actual location. This can be particularly useful for accessing streaming services or websites that are limited to specific regions.However, it is important to note that using proxies does have some drawbacks. One potential disadvantage is the reduced browsing speed that can occur when routing internet traffic through a proxy server. Since the proxy server acts as an intermediary, it can introduce additional latency, resulting in slower webpage loading times.Another potential concern with using proxies is the potential for malicious or untrustworthy proxy servers. If we choose a proxy service that is not reputable or secure, our online activities and data could be compromised. Therefore, it is crucial to research and select a reliable proxy service provider that prioritizes user security and privacy.Choosing the Right Proxy Service When selecting a proxy service, there are certain factors to consider. Firstly, it is essential to evaluate the level of security and encryption provided by the proxy service. Look for services that offer strong encryption protocols such as SSL/TLS to ensure that your online activities are protected.Additionally, consider the speed and availability of proxy servers. Opt for proxy service providers that have a wide network of servers in different locations to ensure optimal browsing speed and access to blocked content.Lastly, read user reviews and consider the reputation of the proxy service provider. Look for positive feedback regarding their customer support, reliability, and commitment to user privacy.Conclusion In an era where online security and privacy are of utmost importance, proxies offer a valuable tool for safeguarding our digital lives. By understanding the different types of proxies and their functionalities, we can make informed choices when it comes to selecting the right proxy service. While proxies provide enhanced privacy and security, it is crucial to be mindful of the potential drawbacks and choose reputable proxy service providers to ensure a safe online experience.
云服务
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
新的一年意味着你需要做出新的决定,这当然不仅限于发誓要减肥或者锻炼。商业和技术正飞速发展,你的公司需要及时跟上这些趋势。以下这几个数字能帮你在2018年制定工作规划时提供一定的方向。 人工智能(AI)在过去的12到18个月里一直是最热门的技术之一。11月,在CRM 软件服务提供商Salesforce的Dreamforce大会上,首席执行官Marc Benioff的一篇演讲中提到:Salesforce的人工智能产品Einstein每天都能在所有的云计算中做出了4.75亿次预测。 这个数字是相当惊人的。Einstein是在一年多前才宣布推出的,可现在它正在疯狂地“吐出”预测。而这仅仅是来自一个拥有15万客户的服务商。现在,所有主要的CRM服务商都有自己的人工智能项目,每天可能会产生超过10亿的预测来帮助公司改善客户交互。由于这一模式尚处于发展初期,所以现在是时候去了解能够如何利用这些平台来更有效地吸引客户和潜在客户了。 这一数字来自Facebook于2017年底的一项调查,该调查显示,人们之前往往是利用Messenger来与朋友和家人交流,但现在有越来越多人已经快速习惯于利用该工具与企业进行互动。 Facebook Messenger的战略合作伙伴关系团队成员Linda Lee表示,“人们提的问题有时会围绕特定的服务或产品,因为针对这些服务或产品,他们需要更多的细节或规格。此外,有时还会涉及到处理客户服务问题——或许他们已经购买了一个产品或服务,随后就会出现问题。” 当你看到一个3.3亿人口这个数字时,你必须要注意到这一趋势,因为在2018年这一趋势将很有可能会加速。 据Instagram在11月底发布的一份公告显示,该平台上80%的用户都关注了企业账号,每天有2亿Instagram用户都会访问企业的主页。与此相关的是,Instagram上的企业账号数量已经从7月的1500万增加到了2500万。 根据该公司的数据显示,Instagram上三分之一的小企业表示,他们已经通过该平台建立起了自己的业务;有45%的人称他们的销售额增加了;44%的人表示,该平台帮助了他们在其他城市、州或国家销售产品。 随着视频和图片正在吸引越多人们的注意力,像Instagram这样的网站,对B2C和B2B公司的重要性正在与日俱增。利用Instagram的广泛影响力,小型企业可以用更有意义的方式与客户或潜在客户进行互动。 谈到亚马逊,我们可以列出很多吸引眼球的数字,比如自2011年以来,它向小企业提供了10亿美元的贷款。而且在2017年的网络星期一,亚马逊的当天交易额为65.9亿美元,成为了美国有史以来最大的电商销售日。同时,网络星期一也是亚马逊平台卖家的最大销售日,来自全世界各地的顾客共从这些小企业订购了近1.4亿件商品。 亚马逊表示,通过亚马逊app订购的手机用户数量增长了50%。这也意味着,有相当数量的产品是通过移动设备销售出的。 所有这些大数据都表明,客户与企业的互动在未来将会发生巨大的变化。有些发展会比其他的发展更深入,但这些数字都说明了该领域的变化之快,以及技术的加速普及是如何推动所有这些发展的。 最后,希望这些大数据可以对你的2018年规划有一定的帮助。 (编译/LIKE.TG 康杰炜)
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020年9月10日至11日,作为一年一度云计算领域的大型科技盛会,2020 AWS技术峰会(https://www.awssummit.cn/) 正式在线上举行。今年的峰会以“构建 超乎所见”为主题,除了展示AWS最新的云服务,探讨前沿云端技术及企业最佳实践外,还重点聚焦垂直行业的数字化转型和创新。AWS宣布一方面加大自身在垂直行业的人力和资源投入,组建行业团队,充分利用AWS的整体优势,以更好的发掘、定义、设计、架构和实施针对垂直行业客户的技术解决方案和场景应用;同时携手百家中国APN合作伙伴发布联合解决方案,重点覆盖金融、制造、汽车、零售与电商、医疗与生命科学、媒体、教育、游戏、能源与电力九大行业,帮助这些行业的客户实现数字化转型,进行数字化创新。峰会期间,亚马逊云服务(AWS)还宣布与毕马威KPMG、神州数码分别签署战略合作关系,推动企业上云和拥抱数字化。 亚马逊全球副总裁、AWS大中华区执董事张文翊表示,“AWS一直致力于不断借助全球领先的云技术、广泛而深入的云服务、成熟和丰富的商业实践、全球的基础设施覆盖,安全的强大保障以及充满活力的合作伙伴网络,加大在中国的投入,助力中国客户的业务创新、行业转型和产业升级。在数字化转型和数字创新成为‘新常态’的今天,我们希望通过AWS技术峰会带给大家行业的最新动态、全球前沿的云计算技术、鲜活的数字创新实践和颇具启发性的文化及管理理念,推动中国企业和机构的数字化转型和创新更上层楼。” 构建场景应用解决方案,赋能合作伙伴和客户 当前,传统企业需要上云,在云上构建更敏捷、更弹性和更安全的企业IT系统,实现数字化转型。同时,在实现上云之后,企业又迫切需要利用现代应用开发、大数据、人工智能与机器学习、容器技术等先进的云技术,解决不断涌现的业务问题,实现数字化创新,推动业务增长。 亚马逊云服务(AWS)大中华区专业服务总经理王承华表示,为了更好的提升行业客户体验,截至目前,AWS在中国已经发展出了数十种行业应用场景及相关的技术解决方案。 以中国区域部署的数字资产管理和云上会议系统两个应用场景解决方案为例。其中,数字资产盘活机器人让客户利用AWS云上资源低成本、批处理的方式标记数字资产,已经在银行、证券、保险领域率先得到客户青睐;AWS上的BigBlueButton,让教育机构或服务商可以在AWS建一套自己的在线会议系统,尤其适合当前急剧增长的在线教育需求。 这些行业应用场景解决方案经过客户验证成熟之后,AWS把它们转化为行业解决方案,赋能APN合作伙伴,拓展给更多的行业用户部署使用。 发布百家APN合作伙伴联合解决方案 打造合作伙伴社区是AWS服务企业客户的一大重点,也是本次峰会的亮点。AWS通过名为APN(AWS合作伙伴网络)的全球合作伙伴计划,面向那些利用AWS为客户构建解决方案的技术和咨询企业,提供业务支持、技术支持和营销支持,从而赋能这些APN合作伙伴,更好地满足各行各业、各种规模客户地需求。 在于9月9日举行的2020 AWS合作伙伴峰会上,AWS中国区生态系统及合作伙伴部总经理汪湧表示,AWS在中国主要从四个方面推进合作伙伴网络的构建。一是加快AWS云服务和功能落地,从而使合作伙伴可以利用到AWS全球最新的云技术和服务来更好地服务客户;二是推动跨区域业务扩展,帮助合作伙伴业务出海,也帮助全球ISV落地中国,同时和区域合作伙伴一起更好地服务国内各区域市场的客户;三是与合作伙伴一起着力传统企业上云迁移;四是打造垂直行业解决方案。 一直以来,AWS努力推动将那些驱动中国云计算市场未来、需求最大的云服务优先落地中国区域。今年上半年,在AWS中国区域已经落地了150多项新服务和功能,接近去年的全年总和。今年4月在中国落地的机器学习服务Amazon SageMaker目前已经被德勤、中科创达、东软、伊克罗德、成都潜在(行者AI)、德比软件等APN合作伙伴和客户广泛采用,用以创新以满足层出不穷的业务需求,推动增长。 联合百家APN合作伙伴解决方案打造垂直行业解决方案是AWS中国区生态系统构建的战略重点。 以汽车行业为例,东软集团基于AWS构建了云原生的汽车在线导航业务(NOS),依托AWS全球覆盖的基础设施、丰富的安全措施和稳定可靠的云平台,实现车规级的可靠性、应用程序的持续迭代、地图数据及路况信息的实时更新,服务中国车企的出海需求。 上海速石科技公司构建了基于AWS云上资源和用户本地算力的一站式交付平台,为那些需要高性能计算、海量算力的客户,提供一站式算力运营解决方案,目标客户涵盖半导体、药物研发、基因分析等领域。利用云上海量的算力,其客户在业务峰值时任务不用排队,极大地提高工作效率,加速业务创新。 外研在线在AWS上构建了Unipus智慧教学解决方案,已经服务于全国1700多家高校、1450万师生。通过将应用部署在AWS,实现SaaS化的交付模式,外研在线搭建了微服务化、自动伸缩的架构,可以自动适应教学应用的波峰波谷,提供稳定、流畅的体验,并且节省成本。 与毕马威KPMG、神州数码签署战略合作 在2020AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会上,AWS还宣布与毕马威、神州数码签署战略合作关系,深化和升级合作。 AWS与毕马威将在中国开展机器学习、人工智能和大数据等领域的深入合作,毕马威将基于AWS云服务,结合其智慧之光系列数字化解决方案,为金融服务、制造业、零售、快消、以及医疗保健和生命科学等行业客户,提供战略规划、风险管理、监管与合规等咨询及实施服务。AWS将与神州数码将在赋能合作伙伴上云转型、全生命周期管理及助力全球独立软件开发商(ISV)落地中国方面展开深入合作,助力中国企业和机构的数字化转型与创新。
2021re:Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
2021re
Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
本文来源:LIKE.TG 作者:Ralf 全球最重磅的云计算大会,2021亚马逊云科技re:Invent全球大会已圆满落幕。re:Invent大会是亚马逊云科技全面展示新技术、产品、功能和服务的顶级行业会议,今年更是迎来十周年这一里程碑时刻。re:Invent,中文意为重塑,是亚马逊云科技一直以来坚持的“精神内核”。 作为Andy Jassy和新CEO Adam Selipsky 交接后的第一次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技用诸多新服务和新功能旗帜鲜明地致敬云计算探路者。 致敬云计算探路者 亚马逊云科技CEO Adam Selipsky盛赞云上先锋客户为“探路者”,他说,“这些客户都有巨大的勇气和魄力通过上云做出改变。他们勇于探索新业务、新模式,积极重塑自己和所在的行业。他们敢于突破边界,探索未知领域。有时候,我们跟客户共同努力推动的这些工作很艰难,但我们喜欢挑战。我们把挑战看作探索未知、发现新机遇的机会。回过头看,每一个这样的机构都是在寻找一条全新的道路。他们是探路者。” Adam 认为,探路者具有三个特征:创新不息,精进不止(Constant pursuit of a better way);独识卓见,领势而行(Ability to see what others don’t);授人以渔,赋能拓新(Enable others to forge their own paths)。 十五年前,亚马逊云科技缔造了云计算概念,彼时IT和基础设施有很大的局限。不仅贵,还反应慢、不灵活,大大限制了企业的创新。亚马逊云科技意识到必须探索一条新的道路,重塑企业IT。 从2006年的Amazon S3开始,IT应用的基础服务,存储、计算、数据库不断丰富。亚马逊云科技走过的15年历程 也是云计算产业发展的缩影。 目前,S3现在存储了超过100万亿个对象,EC2每天启用超过6000万个新实例。包括S3和EC2,亚马逊云科技已经提供了200大类服务,覆盖了计算、存储、网络、安全、数据库、数据分析、人工智能、物联网、混合云等各个领域,甚至包括最前沿的量子计算服务和卫星数据服务 (图:亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊) 对于本次大会贯穿始终的探路者主题,亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊表示:“大家对这个概念并不陌生,他们不被规则所限,从不安于现状;他们深入洞察,开放视野;还有一类探路者,他们不断赋能他人。我们周围有很多鲜活的例子,无论是科研人员发现新的治疗方案挽救生命,还是为身处黑暗的人带去光明; 无论是寻找新的手段打破物理边界,还是通过云进行独特的创新,探路源源不断。” 技术升级创新不断 本次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技发布涵盖计算、物联网、5G、无服务器数据分析、大机迁移、机器学习等方向的多项新服务和功能,为业界带来大量重磅创新服务和产品技术更新,包括发布基于新一代自研芯片Amazon Graviton3的计算实例、帮助大机客户向云迁移的Amazon Mainframe Modernization、帮助企业构建移动专网的Amazon Private 5G、四个亚马逊云科技分析服务套件的无服务器和按需选项以及为垂直行业构建的云服务和解决方案,如构建数字孪生的服务Amazon IoT TwinMaker和帮助汽车厂商构建车联网平台的Amazon IoT FleetWise。 (图:亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡) 亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡表示,新一代的自研ARM芯片Graviton3性能有显著提升。针对通用的工作负载,Graviton3比Graviton2的性能提升25%,而专门针对高性能计算里的科学类计算,以及机器学习等这样的负载会做更极致的优化。针对科学类的计算负载,Graviton3的浮点运算性能比Graviton2提升高达2倍;像加密相关的工作负载产生密钥加密、解密,这部分性能比Graviton2会提升2倍,针对机器学习负载可以提升高达3倍。Graviton3实例可以减少多达60%的能源消耗。 新推出的Amazon Private 5G,让企业可以轻松部署和扩展5G专网,按需配置。Amazon Private 5G将企业搭建5G专网的时间从数月降低到几天。客户只需在亚马逊云科技的控制台点击几下,就可以指定想要建立移动专网的位置,以及终端设备所需的网络容量。亚马逊云科技负责交付、维护、建立5G专网和连接终端设备所需的小型基站、服务器、5G核心和无线接入网络(RAN)软件,以及用户身份模块(SIM卡)。Amazon Private 5G可以自动设置和部署网络,并按需根据额外设备和网络流量的增长扩容。 传统工业云化加速 在亚马逊云科技一系列新服务和新功能中,针对传统工业的Amazon IoT TwinMaker和Amazon IoT FleetWise格外引人关注。 就在re:Invent大会前一天。工业和信息化部发布《“十四五”信息化和工业化深度融合发展规划》(《规划》),《规划》明确了到2025年发展的分项目标,其中包括工业互联网平台普及率达45%。 亚马逊云科技布局物联网已经有相当长的时间。包括工业互联网里的绿色产线的维护、产线的质量监控等,在数字孪生完全构建之前,已经逐步在实现应用的实体里面。亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部计算与存储总监周舸表示,“在产线上怎么自动化地去发现良品率的变化,包括Amazon Monitron在产线里面可以直接去用,这些传感器可以监测震动、温度等,通过自动的建模去提早的预测可能会出现的问题,就不用等到灾难发生,而是可以提早去换部件或者加点机油解决潜在问题。” 周舸认为工业互联的场景在加速。但很多中小型的工厂缺乏技术能力。“Amazon IoT TwinMaker做数字孪生的核心,就是让那些没有那么强的能力自己去构建或者去雇佣非常专业的构建的公司,帮他们搭建数字孪生,这个趋势是很明确的,我们也在往这个方向努力。” 对于汽车工业,特别是新能源汽车制造。数据的收集管理已经变得越来越重要。Amazon IoT FleetWise,让汽车制造商更轻松、经济地收集、管理车辆数据,同时几乎实时上传到云端。通过Amazon IoT FleetWise,汽车制造商可以轻松地收集和管理汽车中任何格式的数据(无论品牌、车型或配置),并将数据格式标准化,方便在云上轻松进行数据分析。Amazon IoT FleetWise的智能过滤功能,帮助汽车制造商近乎实时地将数据高效上传到云端,为减少网络流量的使用,该功能也允许开发人员选择需要上传的数据,还可以根据天气条件、位置或汽车类型等参数来制定上传数据的时间规则。当数据进入云端后,汽车制造商就可以将数据应用于车辆的远程诊断程序,分析车队的健康状况,帮助汽车制造商预防潜在的召回或安全问题,或通过数据分析和机器学习来改进自动驾驶和高级辅助驾驶等技术。
全球支付
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
  1210保税备货模式是一种跨境电商模式,它允许电商平台在境外仓库存储商品,以便更快、更便宜地满足国内消费者的需求。这种模式的名称“1210”代表了其核心特点,即1天出货、2周入仓、10天达到终端用户。它是中国跨境电商行业中的一种创新模式,为消费者提供了更快速、更便宜的购物体验,同时也促进了国际贸易的发展。   在1210保税备货模式中,电商平台会在国外建立仓库,将商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库进行存储。   由于商品已经在国内仓库存储,当消费者下单时,可以更快速地发货,常常在1天内出货,大大缩短了交付时间。   1210模式中,商品已经进入国内仓库,不再需要跨越国际海运、海关清关等环节,因此物流成本较低。   由于商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库,不需要在国内仓库大量储备库存,因此降低了库存成本。   1210模式可以更精确地控制库存,减少滞销和过期商品,提高了库存周转率。   在实施1210保税备货模式时,选择合适的第三方支付接口平台也是非常重要的,因为支付环节是电商交易中不可或缺的一环。   确保第三方支付接口平台支持国际信用卡支付、外币结算等功能,以便国际消费者能够顺利完成支付。   提供多种支付方式,以满足不同消费者的支付习惯。   第三方支付接口平台必须具备高度的安全性,包含数据加密、反欺诈措施等,以保护消费者的支付信息和资金安全。   了解第三方支付接口平台的跨境结算机制,确保可以顺利将国际销售收入转换为本地货币,并减少汇率风险。   选择一个提供良好技术支持和客户服务的支付接口平台,以应对可能出现的支付问题和故障。   了解第三方支付接口平台的费用结构,包含交易费率、结算费用等,并与自身业务规模和盈利能力相匹配。   确保第三方支付接口平台可以与电商平台进行顺畅的集成,以实现订单管理、库存控制和财务管理的无缝对接。   考虑未来业务扩展的可能性,选择一个具有良好扩展性的支付接口平台,以适应不断增长的交易量和新的市场需求。   在选择适合的第三方支付接口平台时,需要考虑到以上支付功能、安全性、成本、技术支持等因素,并与自身业务需求相匹配。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
  作为欧洲的经济大国,德国吸引了许多企业在该地区抢占市场。在德国的商务活动涉及增值税(VAT)难题是在所难免的。   1、决定是否务必注册VAT   2023年,德国的增值税注册门槛是前一年销售额超过17500欧。对在德国有固定经营场所的外国企业,不管销售状况怎样,都应开展增值税注册。   2、备好所需的材料   企业注册证实   业务地址及联络信息   德国银行帐户信息   预估销售信息   公司官方文件(依据公司类型可能有所不同)   3、填写申请表   要访问德国税务局的官网,下载并递交增值税注册申请表。确保填好精确的信息,由于不准确的信息可能会致使申请被拒或审计耽误。   4、提交申请   填写申请表后,可以经过电子邮箱把它发给德国税务局,或在某些地区,可以网上申请申请。确保另附全部必须的文件和信息。   5、等待审批   递交了申请,要耐心地等待德国税务局的准许。因为税务局的工作负荷和个人情况,准许时长可能会有所不同。一般,审计可能需要几周乃至几个月。   6、得到VAT号   假如申请获得批准,德国税务局可能授于一个增值税号。这个号码应当是德国增值税申报和支付业务视频的关键标示。   7、逐渐申报和付款   获得了增值税号,你应该根据德国的税收要求逐渐申报和付款。根据规定时间表,递交增值税申请表并缴纳相应的税款。   注意的事和提议   填写申请表时,确保信息精确,避免因错误报告导致审批耽误。   假如不强化对德国税制改革的探索,提议寻求专业税务顾问的支持,以保障申请和后续申报合规。   储存全部申请及有关文件的副本,用以日后的审查和审计。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
  在国际贸易和跨境电商领域,注册代理英国增值税(VAT)是一项关键且必要的步骤。2023年,许多企业为了遵守英国的税务法规和合规要求,选择注册代理VAT。   1. 注册代理英国VAT的背景:   英国是一个重要的国际贸易和电商市场,许多企业选择在英国注册VAT,以便更好地服务英国客户,并利用英国的市场机会。代理VAT是指经过一个英国境内的注册代理公司进行VAT申报和纳税,以简化税务流程。   2. 费用因素:   注册代理英国VAT的费用取决于多个因素,包括但不限于:   业务规模: 企业的业务规模和销售额可能会影响注册代理VAT的费用。常常来说,销售额较大的企业可能需要支付更高的费用。   代理公司选择: 不同的注册代理公司可能收取不同的费用。选择合适的代理公司很重要,他们的费用结构可能会因公司而异。   服务范围: 代理公司可能提供不同的服务范围,包括申报、纳税、咨询等。你选择的服务范围可能会影响费用。   附加服务: 一些代理公司可能提供附加服务,如法律咨询、报告生成等,这些服务可能会增加费用。   复杂性: 如果的业务涉及复杂的税务情况或特殊需求,可能需要额外的费用。   3. 典型费用范围:   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用范围因情况而异,但常常可以在几百英镑到数千英镑之间。对小规模企业,费用可能较低,而对大规模企业,费用可能较高。   4. 寻求报价:   如果计划在2023年注册代理英国VAT,建议与多家注册代理公司联系,获得费用报价。这样可以比较不同公司的费用和提供的服务,选择最适合你需求的代理公司。   5. 其他费用考虑:   除了注册代理VAT的费用,你还应考虑其他可能的费用,如VAT申报期限逾期罚款、税务咨询费用等。保持合规和及时申报可以避免这些额外费用。   6. 合理预算:   在注册代理英国VAT时,制定合理的预算非常重要。考虑到不同因素可能会影响费用,确保有足够的资金来支付这些费用是必要的。   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用因多个因素而异。了解这些因素,与多家代理公司沟通,获取费用报价,制定合理的预算,会有助于在注册VAT时做出聪明的决策。确保业务合规,并寻求专业税务顾问的建议,以保障一切顺利进行。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
广告投放
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
随着时间的推移,数字化已经在中国大量普及,越来越多的B2B企业意识到数字营销、内容营销、社交传播可以帮助业务加速推进。但是在和大量B2B出海企业的合作过程中,我们分析发现在实际的营销中存在诸多的瓶颈和痛点。 例如:传统B2B营销方式获客难度不断增大、获客受众局限、询盘成本高但质量不高、询盘数量增长不明显、线下展会覆盖客户的流失等,这些都是每天考验着B2B营销人的难题。 说到这些痛点和瓶颈,就不得不提到谷歌广告了,对比其他推广平台,Google是全球第一大搜索引擎,全球月活跃用户高达50亿人,覆盖80%全球互联网用户。受众覆盖足够的前提下,谷歌广告( Google Ads)还包括多种广告形式:搜索广告、展示广告(再营销展示广告、竞对广告)、视频广告、发现广告等全方位投放广告,关键字精准定位投放国家的相关客户,紧跟采购商的采购途径,增加获客。可以完美解决上面提到的痛点及瓶颈。 Google 360度获取优质流量: Google线上营销产品全方位助力: 营销网站+黄金账户诊断报告+定期报告=效果。 Google Ads为太多B2B出海企业带来了红利,这些红利也并不是简简单单就得来的,秘诀就是贵在坚持。多年推广经验总结:即使再好的平台,也有部分企业运营效果不好的时候,那应该怎么办?像正处在这种情况下的企业就应该放弃吗? 答案是:不,我们应该继续优化,那为什么这么说呢?就是最近遇到一个很典型的案例一家测控行业的企业,仅仅投放2个月的Google Ads,就因为询盘数量不多(日均150元,3-4封/月),投资回报率不成正比就打算放弃。 但其实2个月不足以说明什么,首先谷歌推广的探索期就是3个月,2个月基本处于平衡稳定的阶段。 其次对于刚刚做谷歌广告的新公司来说,国外客户是陌生的,即使看到广告进到网站也并不会第一时间就留言,货比三家,也会增加采购商的考虑时间,一直曝光在他的搜索结果页产生熟悉度,总会增加一些决定因素。 再有日预算150元,不足以支撑24小时点击,有时在搜索量较大的时候却没有了预算,导致了客户的流失。 最后不同的行业账户推广形式及效果也不一样,即使行业一样但是网站、公司实力等因素就不可能一模一样,即使一模一样也会因为流量竞争、推广时长等诸多因素导致效果不一样。 成功都是摸索尝试出来的,这个企业账户也一样,经过我们进一步的沟通分析决定再尝试一次, 这一次深度的分析及账户的优化后,最终效果翻了2-3倍,做到了从之前的高成本、低询盘量到现在低成本、高询盘的过渡。 这样的一个操作就是很好地开发了这个平台,通过充分利用达到了企业想要的一个效果。所以说啊,当谷歌广告做的不好的时候不应该放弃,那我们就来一起看一下这个企业是如何做到的。 2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控(上) 一、主角篇-雷达液位测量仪 成立时间:2010年; 业务:微波原理的物料雷达液位测量与控制仪器生产、技术研发,雷达开发; 产业规模:客户分布在11个国家和地区,包括中国、巴西、马来西亚和沙特阿拉伯; 公司推广目标:低成本获得询盘,≤200元/封。 本次分享的主角是测控行业-雷达液位测量仪,目前预算250元/天,每周6-7封有效询盘,广告形式以:搜索广告+展示再营销为主。 过程中从一开始的控制预算150/天以搜索和展示再营销推广形式为主,1-2封询盘/周,询盘成本有时高达1000/封,客户预期是100-300的单个询盘成本,对于公司来说是能承受的价格。 以增加询盘数量为目的尝试过竞对广告和Gmail广告的推广,但投放过程中的转化不是很明显,一周的转化数据只有1-2个相比搜索广告1:5,每天都会花费,因为预算问题客户计划把重心及预算放在搜索广告上面,分析后更改账户广告结构还是以搜索+再营销为主,所以暂停这2种广告的推广。 账户调整后大约2周数据表现流量稳定,每周的点击、花费及转化基本稳定,平均为588:1213:24,询盘提升到了3-5封/周。 账户稳定后新流量的获取方法是现阶段的目标,YouTube视频广告,几万次的展示曝光几天就可以完成、单次观看价格只有几毛钱,传达给客户信息建议后,达成一致,因为这正是该客户一直所需要的低成本获取流量的途径; 另一个计划投放视频广告的原因是意识到想要增加网站访客进而增加获客只靠文字和图片已经没有太多的竞争力了,同时换位思考能够观看到视频也能提升采购商的购买几率。 所以就有了这样的后期的投放规划:搜索+展示再营销+视频广告300/天的推广形式,在谷歌浏览器的搜索端、B2B平台端、视频端都覆盖广告,实现尽可能多的客户数量。 关于具体的关于YouTube视频广告的介绍我也在另一篇案例里面有详细说明哦,指路《YouTube视频广告助力B2B突破瓶颈降低营销成本》,邀请大家去看看,干货满满,绝对让你不虚此行~ 二、方向转变篇-推广产品及国家重新定位 下面我就做一个账户实际转变前后的对比,这样大家能够更清楚一些: 最关键的来了,相信大家都想知道这个转变是怎么来的以及谷歌账户做了哪些调整把效果做上来的。抓住下面几点,相信你也会有所收获: 1. 产品投放新定位 因为企业是专门研发商用雷达,所以只投放这类的测量仪,其中大类主要分为各种物料、料位、液位测量仪器,其他的不做。根据关键字规划师查询的产品关键字在全球的搜索热度,一开始推广的只有雷达液位计/液位传感器/液位测量作为主推、无线液位变送器作为次推,产品及图片比较单一没有太多的竞争力。 后期根据全球商机洞察的行业产品搜索趋势、公司计划等结合统计结果又添加了超声波传感器、射频/电容/导纳、无线、制导雷达液位传感器、高频雷达液位变送器、无接触雷达液位计,同时增加了图片及详情的丰富性,做到了行业产品推广所需的多样性丰富性。像静压液位变送器、差压变送器没有他足够的搜索热度就没有推广。 2. 国家再筛选 转变前期的国家选取是根据海关编码查询的进口一直处在增长阶段的国家,也参考了谷歌趋势的国家参考。2018年全球进口(采购量)200.58亿美金。 采购国家排名:美国、德国、日本、英国、法国、韩国、加拿大、墨西哥、瑞典、荷兰、沙特阿拉伯。这些国家只能是参考切记跟风投放,疫情期间,实际的询盘国家还要靠数据和时间积累,做到及时止损即可。 投放过程不断摸索,经过推广数据总结,也根据实际询盘客户所在地暂停了部分国家,例如以色列、日本、老挝、摩纳哥、卡塔尔等国家和地区,加大力度投放巴西、秘鲁、智利、俄罗斯等国家即提高10%-20%的出价,主要推广地区还是在亚洲、南美、拉丁美洲、欧洲等地。 发达国家像英美加、墨西哥由于采购商的参考层面不同就单独拿出来给一小部分预算,让整体的预算花到发展中国家。通过后期每周的询盘反馈及时调整国家出价,有了现在的转变: 转变前的TOP10消耗国家: 转变后的TOP10消耗国家: 推广的产品及国家定下来之后,接下来就是做账户了,让我们继续往下看。 三、装备篇-账户投放策略 说到账户投放,前提是明确账户投放策略的宗旨:确保投资回报率。那影响投资回报率的效果指标有哪些呢?其中包含账户结构 、效果再提升(再营销、视频、智能优化等等)、网站着陆页。 那首先说明一下第一点:账户的结构,那账户结构怎么搭建呢?在以产品营销全球为目标的广告投放过程中,该客户在3个方面都有设置:预算、投放策略、搜索+再营销展示广告组合拳,缺一不可,也是上面转变后整体推广的总结。 账户结构:即推广的广告类型主要是搜索广告+再营销展示广告,如下图所示,下面来分别说明一下。 1、搜索广告结构: 1)广告系列 创建的重要性:我相信有很大一部分企业小伙伴在创建广告系列的时候都在考虑一个大方向上的问题:广告系列是针对所有国家投放吗?还是说不同的广告系列投放不同的国家呢? 实操规则:其实建议选择不同广告系列投放不同的国家,为什么呢?因为每个国家和每个国家的特点不一样,所以说在广告投放的时候应该区分开,就是着重性的投放。所以搜索广告系列的结构就是区分开国家,按照大洲划分(投放的国家比较多的情况下,这样分配可以观察不同大洲的推广数据以及方便对市场的考察)。 优化技巧:这样操作也方便按照不同大洲的上班时间调整广告投放时间,做到精准投放。 数据分析:在数据分析方面更方便观察不同大洲的数据效果,从而调整国家及其出价;进而能了解到不同大洲对于不同产品的不同需求,从而方便调整关键字。 这也引出了第二个重点调整对象—关键字,那关键字的选取是怎么去选择呢? 2)关键字 分为2部分品牌词+产品关键字,匹配形式可以采用广泛带+修饰符/词组/完全。 精准投放关键字: 品牌词:品牌词是一直推广的关键字,拓展品牌在海外的知名度应为企业首要的目的。 广告关键词:根据投放1个月数据发现:该行业里有一部分是大流量词(如Sensors、water level controller、Ultrasonic Sensor、meter、transmitter),即使是关键字做了完全匹配流量依然很大,但是实际带来的转化却很少也没有带来更多的询盘,这些词的调整过程是从修改匹配形式到降低出价再到暂停,这种就属于无效关键字了,我们要做到的是让预算花费到具体的产品关键字上。 其次流量比较大的词(如+ultrasound +sensor)修改成了词组匹配。还有一类词虽然搜索量不大但是有效性(转化次数/率)较高(例如:SENSOR DE NIVEL、level sensor、capacitive level sensor、level sensor fuel),针对这些关键字再去投放的时候出价可以相对高一些,1-3元即可。调整后的关键字花费前后对比,整体上有了大幅度的变化: 转变前的TOP10热力关键字: 转变后的TOP10热力关键字: PS: 关键字状态显示“有效”—可以采用第一种(防止错失账户投放关键字以外其他的也适合推广的该产品关键字)、如果投放一周后有花费失衡的状态可以把该关键字修改为词组匹配,观察一周还是失衡状态可改为完全匹配。 关键字状态显示“搜索量较低”—广泛匹配观察一个月,如果依然没有展示,建议暂停,否则会影响账户评级。 3)调整关键字出价 次推产品的出价都降低到了1-2元,主推产品也和实际咨询、平均每次点击费用做了对比调整到了3-4元左右(这些都是在之前高出价稳定排名基础后调整的)。 4)广告系列出价策略 基本包含尽可能争取更多点击次数/每次点击费用人工出价(智能)/目标每次转化费用3种,那分别什么时候用呢? 当账户刚刚开始投放的时候,可以选择第一/二种,用来获取更多的新客,当账户有了一定的转化数据的时候可以把其中转化次数相对少一些的1-2个广告系列的出价策略更改为“目标每次转化费用”出价,用来增加转化提升询盘数量。转化次数多的广告系列暂时可以不用更换,等更改出价策略的广告系列的转化次数有增加后,可以尝试再修改。 5)广告 1条自适应搜索广告+2条文字广告,尽可能把更多的信息展示客户,增加点击率。那具体的广告语的侧重点是什么呢? 除了产品本身的特点优势外,还是着重于企业的具体产品分类和能够为客户做到哪些服务,例如:专注于各种物体、料位、液位测量仪器生产与研发、为客户提供一体化测量解决方案等。这样进到网站的也基本是寻找相关产品的,从而也进一步提升了转化率。 6)搜索字词 建议日均花费≥200元每周筛选一次,<200元每2周筛选一次。不相关的排除、相关的加到账户中,减少无效点击和花费,这样行业关键字才会越来越精准,做到精准覆盖意向客户。 7)账户广告系列预算 充足的账户预算也至关重要,200-300/天的预算,为什么呢?预算多少其实也就代表着网站流量的多少,之前150/天的预算,账户到下午6点左右就花完了,这样每天就会流失很大一部分客户。广告系列预算可以根据大洲国家的数量分配。数量多的可以分配多一些比如亚洲,预算利用率不足时可以共享预算,把多余的预算放到花费高的系列中。 说完了搜索广告的结构后,接下来就是再营销展示广告了。 2、效果再提升-再营销展示广告结构 因为广告投放覆盖的是曾到达过网站的客户,所以搜索广告的引流精准了,再营销会再抓取并把广告覆盖到因某些原因没有选择我们的客户,做到二次营销。(详细的介绍及操作可以参考文章《精准投放再营销展示广告,就抓住了提升Google营销效果的一大步》) 1)广告组:根据在GA中创建的受众群体导入到账户中。 2)图片: 选择3种产品,每种产品的图片必须提供徽标、横向图片、纵向图片不同尺寸至少1张,最多5张,横向图片可以由多张图片合成一张、可以添加logo和产品名称。 图片设计:再营销展示广告的图片选取从之前的直接选用网站上的产品图,到客户根据我给出的建议设计了独特的产品图片,也提升了0.5%的点击率。 PS: 在广告推广过程中,该客户做过2次产品打折促销活动,信息在图片及描述中曝光,转化率上升1%,如果企业有这方面的计划,可以尝试一下。 YouTube视频链接:如果有YouTube视频的话,建议把视频放在不同的产品页面方便客户实时查看视频,增加真实性,促进询盘及成单,如果视频影响网站打开速度,只在网站标头和logo链接即可。 智能优化建议:谷歌账户会根据推广的数据及状态给出相应的智能优化建议,优化得分≥80分为健康账户分值,每条建议可根据实际情况采纳。 3、网站着陆页 这也是沟通次数很多的问题了,因为即使谷歌为网站引来再多的有质量的客户,如果到达网站后没有看到想要或更多的信息,也是无用功。网站也是企业的第二张脸,做好网站就等于成功一半了。 转变前产品图片模糊、数量少、缺少实物图、工厂库存等体现实力及真实性的图片;产品详情也不是很多,没有足够的竞争力。多次沟通积极配合修改调整后上面的问题全部解决了。网站打开速度保持在3s内、网站的跳出率从之前的80%降到了70%左右、平均页面停留时间也增加了30%。 FAQ:除了正常的网站布局外建议在关于我们或产品详情页添加FAQ,会减少采购商的考虑时间,也会减少因时差导致的与客户失联。如下图所示: 四、账户效果反馈分享篇 1、效果方面 之前每周只有1-2封询盘,现在达到了每周3-5封询盘,确实是提高了不少。 2、询盘成本 从当初的≥1000到现在控制在了100-300左右。 3、转化率 搜索广告+再营销展示广告让网站访客流量得到了充分的利用,增加了1.3%转化率。 就这样,该客户的谷歌账户推广效果有了新的转变,询盘稳定后,又开启了Facebook付费广告,多渠道推广产品,全域赢为目标,产品有市场,这样的模式肯定是如虎添翼。 到此,本次的测控案例就分享完了到这里了,其实部分行业的推广注意事项大方向上都是相通的。催化剂并不难得,找到适合自己的方法~谷歌广告贵在坚持,不是说在一个平台上做的不好就不做了,效果不理想可以改进,改进就能做好。 希望本次的测控案例分享能在某些方面起到帮助作用,在当今大环境下,助力企业增加网站流量及询盘数量,2021祝愿看到这篇文章的企业能够更上一层楼!
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
我们可以在社交媒体上看到不同行业,各种类型的品牌和企业,这些企业里有耳熟能详的大企业,也有刚建立的初创公司。 海外社交媒体也与国内一样是一个广阔的平台,作为跨境企业和卖家,如何让自己的品牌在海外社媒上更引人注意,让更多人看到呢? 在社交媒体上有一个功能,可能让我们的产品、内容被看到,也能吸引更多人关注,那就是标签。 2022年海外社交媒体中不同行业流行哪些标签呢?今天为大家介绍十五个行业超过140多个热门标签,让你找到自己行业的流量密码。 1、银行业、金融业 据 Forrester咨询称,银行业目前已经是一个数万亿的行业,估值正以惊人的速度飙升。银行业正在加速创新,准备加大技术、人才和金融科技方面的投资。 Z世代是金融行业的积极追随者,他们希望能够赶上投资机会。 案例: Shibtoken 是一种去中心化的加密货币,它在社交媒体上分享了一段关于诈骗的视频,受到了很大的关注度,视频告诉观众如何识别和避免陷入诈骗,在短短 20 小时内收到了 1.2K 条评论、3.6K 条转发和 1.14 万个赞。 银行和金融的流行标签 2、娱乐行业 娱乐行业一直都是有着高热度的行业,OTT (互联网电视)平台则进一步提升了娱乐行业的知名度,让每个家庭都能享受到娱乐。 案例: 仅 OTT 视频收入就达 246 亿美元。播客市场也在创造价值 10 亿美元的广告收入。 Netflix 在 YouTube 上的存在则非常有趣,Netflix会发布最新节目预告,进行炒作。即使是非 Netflix 用户也几乎可以立即登录该平台。在 YouTube 上,Netflix的订阅者数量已达到 2220 万。 3、新型微交通 目前,越来越多的人开始关注绿色出行,选择更环保的交通工具作为短距离的出行工具,微型交通是新兴行业,全球市场的复合年增长率为 17.4%,预计到2030 年将达到 195.42 美元。 Lime 是一项倡导游乐设施对人类和环境更安全的绿色倡议。他们会使用#RideGreen 的品牌标签来刺激用户发帖并推广Lime倡议。他们已经通过定期发帖吸引更多人加入微交通,并在社交媒体形成热潮。 4、时尚与美容 到 2025 年,时尚产业将是一个万亿美元的产业,数字化会持续加快这一进程。96% 的美容品牌也将获得更高的社交媒体声誉。 案例: Zepeto 在推特上发布了他们的人物风格,在短短六个小时内就有了自己的品牌人物。 5、旅游业 如果疫情能够有所缓解,酒店和旅游业很快就能从疫情的封闭影响下恢复,酒店业的行业收入可以超过 1900 亿美元,一旦疫情好转,将实现跨越式增长。 案例: Amalfiwhite 在ins上欢迎大家到英国选择他们的酒店, 精彩的Instagram 帖子吸引了很多的关注。 6.健康与健身 健康和健身品牌在社交媒体上发展迅速,其中包括来自全球行业博主的DIY 视频。到 2022 年底,健身行业的价值可以达到 1365.9 亿美元。 案例: Dan The Hinh在 Facebook 页面 发布了锻炼视频,这些健身视频在短短几个小时内就获得了 7300 次点赞和 11000 次分享。 健康和健身的热门标签 #health #healthylifestyle #stayhealthy #healthyskin #healthcoach #fitness #fitnessfreak #fitnessfood #bodyfitness #fitnessjourney 7.食品饮料业 在社交媒体上经常看到的内容类型就是食品和饮料,这一细分市场有着全网超过30% 的推文和60% 的 Facebook 帖子。 案例: Suerte BarGill 在社交媒体上分享调酒师制作饮品的视频,吸引人的视频让观看的人都很想品尝这种饮品。 食品和饮料的热门标签 #food #foodpics #foodies #goodfood #foodgram #beverages #drinks #beverage #drink #cocktails 8. 家居装饰 十年来,在线家居装饰迎来大幅增长,该利基市场的复合年增长率为4%。家居市场现在发展社交媒体也是最佳时机。 案例: Home Adore 在推特上发布家居装饰创意和灵感,目前已经有 220 万粉丝。 家居装饰的流行标签 #homedecor #myhomedecor #homedecorinspo #homedecors #luxuryhomedecor #homedecorlover #home #interiordesign #interiordecor #interiordesigner 9. 房地产 美国有超过200 万的房地产经纪人,其中70% 的人活跃在社交媒体上,加入社交媒体,是一个好机会。 案例: 房地产专家Sonoma County在推特上发布了一篇有关加州一所住宅的豪华图。房地产经纪人都开始利用社交媒体来提升销售额。 房地产的最佳标签 #realestate #realestatesales #realestateagents #realestatemarket #realestateforsale #realestategoals #realestateexperts #broker #luxuryrealestate #realestatelife 10. 牙科 到 2030年,牙科行业预计将飙升至6988 亿美元。 案例: Bridgewater NHS 在推特上发布了一条客户推荐,来建立患者对牙医服务的信任。突然之间,牙科似乎没有那么可怕了! 牙科的流行标签 #dental #dentist #dentistry #smile #teeth #dentalcare #dentalclinic #oralhealth #dentalhygiene #teethwhitening 11. 摄影 摄影在社交媒体中无处不在,持续上传作品可以增加作品集的可信度,当图片参与度增加一倍,覆盖范围增加三倍时,会获得更多的客户。 案例: 著名摄影师理查德·伯纳贝(Richard Bernabe)在推特上发布了他令人着迷的点击。这篇犹他州的帖子获得了 1900 次点赞和 238 次转发。 摄影的热门标签 #photography #photooftheday #photo #picoftheday #photoshoot #travelphotography #portraitphotography #photographylovers #iphonephotography #canonphotography 12. 技术 超过 55% 的 IT 买家会在社交媒体寻找品牌相关资料做出购买决定。这个数字足以说服这个利基市场中的任何人拥有活跃的社交媒体。 案例: The Hacker News是一个广受欢迎的平台,以分享直观的科技新闻而闻名。他们在 Twitter 上已经拥有 751K+ 的追随者。 最佳技术标签 #technology #tech #innovation #engineering #design #business #science #technew s #gadgets #smartphone 13.非政府组织 全球90% 的非政府组织会利用社交媒体向大众寻求支持。社交媒体会有捐赠、公益等组织。 案例: Mercy Ships 通过创造奇迹赢得了全世界的心。这是一篇关于他们的志愿麻醉师的帖子,他们在乌干达挽救了几条生命。 非政府组织的热门标签 #ngo #charity #nonprofit #support #fundraising #donation #socialgood #socialwork #philanthropy #nonprofitorganization 14. 教育 教育行业在过去十年蓬勃发展,借助社交媒体,教育行业有望达到新的高度。电子学习预计将在 6 年内达到万亿美元。 案例: Coursera 是一个领先的学习平台,平台会有很多世界一流大学额课程,它在社交媒体上的可以有效激励人们继续学习和提高技能。 最佳教育标签 #education #learning #school #motivation #students #study #student #children #knowledge #college 15. 医疗保健 疫情进一步证明了医疗保健行业的主导地位,以及挽救生命的力量。到 2022 年,该行业的价值将达到 10 万亿美元。 随着全球健康问题的加剧,医疗保健的兴起也将导致科技和制造业的增长。 案例: CVS Health 是美国领先的药房,积他们的官方账号在社交媒体上分享与健康相关的问题,甚至与知名运动员和著名人物合作,来提高对健康问题的关注度。 医疗保健的热门标签 #healthcare #health #covid #medical #medicine #doctor #hospital #nurse #wellness #healthylifestyle 大多数行业都开始尝试社交媒体,利用社交媒体可以获得更多的关注度和产品、服务的销量,在社交媒体企业和卖家,要关注标签的重要性,标签不仅能扩大帖子的覆盖范围,还能被更多人关注并熟知。 跨境企业和卖家可以通过使用流量高的标签了解当下人们词和竞争对手的受众都关注什么。 焦点LIKE.TG拥有丰富的B2C外贸商城建设经验,北京外贸商城建设、上海外贸商城建设、 广东外贸商城建设、深圳外贸商城建设、佛山外贸商城建设、福建外贸商城建设、 浙江外贸商城建设、山东外贸商城建设、江苏外贸商城建设...... 想要了解更多搜索引擎优化、外贸营销网站建设相关知识, 请拨打电话:400-6130-885。
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
什么是收录? 通常,一个网站的页面想要在谷歌上获得流量,需要经历如下三个步骤: 抓取:Google抓取你的页面,查看是否值得索引。 收录(索引):通过初步评估后,Google将你的网页纳入其分类数据库。 排名:这是最后一步,Google将查询结果显示出来。 这其中。收录(Google indexing)是指谷歌通过其网络爬虫(Googlebot)抓取网站上的页面,并将这些页面添加到其数据库中的过程。被收录的页面可以出现在谷歌搜索结果中,当用户进行相关搜索时,这些页面有机会被展示。收录的过程包括三个主要步骤:抓取(Crawling)、索引(Indexing)和排名(Ranking)。首先,谷歌爬虫会抓取网站的内容,然后将符合标准的页面加入索引库,最后根据多种因素对这些页面进行排名。 如何保障收录顺利进行? 确保页面有价值和独特性 确保页面内容对用户和Google有价值。 检查并更新旧内容,确保内容高质量且覆盖相关话题。 定期更新和重新优化内容 定期审查和更新内容,以保持竞争力。 删除低质量页面并创建内容删除计划 删除无流量或不相关的页面,提高网站整体质量。 确保robots.txt文件不阻止抓取 检查和更新robots.txt文件,确保不阻止Google抓取。 检查并修复无效的noindex标签和规范标签 修复导致页面无法索引的无效标签。 确保未索引的页面包含在站点地图中 将未索引的页面添加到XML站点地图中。 修复孤立页面和nofollow内部链接 确保所有页面通过站点地图、内部链接和导航被Google发现。 修复内部nofollow链接,确保正确引导Google抓取。 使用Rank Math Instant Indexing插件 利用Rank Math即时索引插件,快速通知Google抓取新发布的页面。 提高网站质量和索引过程 确保页面高质量、内容强大,并优化抓取预算,提高Google快速索引的可能性。 通过这些步骤,你可以确保Google更快地索引你的网站,提高搜索引擎排名。 如何加快谷歌收录你的网站页面? 1、提交站点地图 提交站点地图Sitemap到谷歌站长工具(Google Search Console)中,在此之前你需要安装SEO插件如Yoast SEO插件来生成Sitemap。通常当你的电脑有了SEO插件并开启Site Map功能后,你可以看到你的 www.你的域名.com/sitemap.xml的形式来访问你的Site Map地图 在谷歌站长工具中提交你的Sitemap 2、转发页面or文章至社交媒体或者论坛 谷歌对于高流量高权重的网站是会经常去爬取收录的,这也是为什么很多时候我们可以在搜索引擎上第一时间搜索到一些最新社媒帖文等。目前最适合转发的平台包括Facebook、Linkedin、Quora、Reddit等,在其他类型的论坛要注意转发文章的外链植入是否违背他们的规则。 3、使用搜索引擎通知工具 这里介绍几个搜索引擎通知工具,Pingler和Pingomatic它们都是免费的,其作用是告诉搜索引擎你提交的某个链接已经更新了,吸引前来爬取。是的,这相当于提交站点地图,只不过这次是提交给第三方。 4、在原有的高权重页面上设置内链 假设你有一些高质量的页面已经获得不错的排名和流量,那么可以在遵循相关性的前提下,适当的从这些页面做几个内链链接到新页面中去,这样可以快速让新页面获得排名
虚拟流量

                                 12个独立站增长黑客办法
12个独立站增长黑客办法
最近总听卖家朋友们聊起增长黑客,所以就给大家总结了一下增长黑客的一些方法。首先要知道,什么是增长黑客? 增长黑客(Growth Hacking)是营销人和程序员的混合体,其目标是产生巨大的增长—快速且经常在预算有限的情况下,是实现短时间内指数增长的最有效手段。增长黑客户和传统营销最大的区别在于: 传统营销重视认知和拉新获客增长黑客关注整个 AARRR 转换漏斗 那么,增长黑客方法有哪些呢?本文总结了12个经典增长黑客方法,对一些不是特别普遍的方法进行了延伸说明,建议收藏阅读。目 录1. SEO 2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 3. PPC广告 4. Quora 流量黑客 5. 联合线上分享 6. 原生广告内容黑客 7. Google Ratings 8. 邮件营销 9. 调查问卷 10. 用户推荐 11. 比赛和赠送 12. 3000字文案营销1. SEO 查看 AdWords 中转化率最高的关键字,然后围绕这些关键字进行SEO策略的制定。也可以查看 Google Search Console 中的“搜索查询”报告,了解哪些关键字帮助你的网站获得了更多的点击,努力将关键词提升到第1页。用好免费的Google Search Console对于提升SEO有很大帮助。 使用Google Search Console可以在【Links】的部分看到哪个页面的反向连结 (Backlink)最多,从各个页面在建立反向连结上的优劣势。Backlink 的建立在 SEO 上来说是非常重要的! 在 【Coverage】 的部分你可以看到网站中是否有任何页面出现了错误,避免错误太多影响网站表现和排名。 如果担心Google 的爬虫程式漏掉一些页面,还可以在 Google Search Console 上提交网站的 Sitemap ,让 Google 的爬虫程式了解网站结构,避免遗漏页面。 可以使用XML-Sitemaps.com 等工具制作 sitemap,使用 WordPress建站的话还可以安装像Google XML Sitemaps、Yoast SEO 等插件去生成sitemap。2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 针对那些看过你的产品的销售页面但是没有下单的用户进行精准营销,这样一来受众就会变得非常小,专门针对这些目标受众的打广告还可以提高点击率并大幅提高转化率,非常节约成本,每天经费可能都不到 10 美元。3. PPC广告PPC广告(Pay-per-Click):是根据点击广告或者电子邮件信息的用户数量来付费的一种网络广告定价模式。PPC采用点击付费制,在用户在搜索的同时,协助他们主动接近企业提供的产品及服务。例如Amazon和Facebook的PPC广告。4. Quora 流量黑客 Quora 是一个问答SNS网站,类似于国内的知乎。Quora的使用人群主要集中在美国,印度,英国,加拿大,和澳大利亚,每月有6亿多的访问量。大部分都是通过搜索词,比如品牌名和关键词来到Quora的。例如下图,Quora上对于痘痘肌修复的问题就排在Google搜索相关词的前列。 通过SEMrush + Quora 可以提高在 Google 上的自然搜索排名: 进入SEMrush > Domain Analytics > Organic Research> 搜索 quora.com点击高级过滤器,过滤包含你的目标关键字、位置在前10,搜索流量大于 100 的关键字去Quora在这些问题下发布回答5. 联合线上分享 与在你的领域中有一定知名度的影响者进行线上讲座合作(Webinar),在讲座中传递一些意义的内容,比如一些与你产品息息相关的干货知识,然后将你的产品应用到讲座内容提到的一些问题场景中,最后向用户搜集是否愿意了解你们产品的反馈。 但是,Webinar常见于B2B营销,在B2C领域还是应用的比较少的,而且成本较高。 所以大家在做海外营销的时候不妨灵活转换思维,和领域中有知名度的影响者合作YouTube视频,TikTok/Instagram等平台的直播,在各大社交媒体铺开宣传,是未来几年海外营销的重点趋势。6. 原生广告内容黑客 Native Advertising platform 原生广告是什么?从本质上讲,原生广告是放置在网页浏览量最多的区域中的内容小部件。 简单来说,就是融合了网站、App本身的广告,这种广告会成为网站、App内容的一部分,如Google搜索广告、Facebook的Sponsored Stories以及Twitter的tweet式广告都属于这一范畴。 它的形式不受标准限制,是随场景而变化的广告形式。有视频类、主题表情原生广告、游戏关卡原生广告、Launcher桌面原生广告、Feeds信息流、和手机导航类。7. Google Ratings 在 Google 搜索结果和 Google Ads 上显示产品评分。可以使用任何与Google能集成的电商产品评分应用,并将你网站上的所有评论导入Google系统中。每次有人在搜索结果中看到你的广告或产品页面时,他们都会在旁边看到评分数量。 8. 邮件营销 据外媒统计,80% 的零售行业人士表示电子邮件营销是留住用户的一个非常重要的媒介。一般来说,邮件营销有以下几种类型: 弃单挽回邮件产品补货通知折扣、刮刮卡和优惠券发放全年最优价格邮件通知9. 用户推荐 Refer激励现有用户推荐他人到你的独立站下单。举个例子,Paypal通过用户推荐使他们的业务每天有 7% 到 10%的增长。因此,用户推荐是不可忽视的增长办法。10. 调查问卷 调查问卷是一种快速有效的增长方式,不仅可以衡量用户满意度,还可以获得客户对你产品的期望和意见。调查问卷的内容包括产品体验、物流体验、UI/UX等任何用户购买产品过程中遇到的问题。调查问卷在AARRR模型的Refer层中起到重要的作用,只有搭建好和客户之间沟通的桥梁,才能巩固你的品牌在客户心中的地位,增加好感度。 11. 比赛和赠送 这个增长方式的成本相对较低。你可以让你的用户有机会只需要通过点击就可以赢得他们喜欢的东西,同时帮你你建立知名度并获得更多粉丝。许多电商品牌都以比赛和赠送礼物为特色,而这也是他们成功的一部分。赠送礼物是增加社交媒体帐户曝光和电子邮件列表的绝佳方式。如果您想增加 Instagram 粉丝、Facebook 页面点赞数或电子邮件订阅者,比赛和赠送会创造奇迹。在第一种情况下,你可以让你的受众“在 Instagram 上关注我们来参加比赛”。同样,您可以要求他们“输入电子邮件地址以获胜”。有许多内容可以用来作为赠送礼物的概念:新产品发布/预发售、摄影比赛、节假日活动和赞助活动。12. 3000字文案营销 就某一个主题撰写 3,000 字的有深度博客文章。在文章中引用行业影响者的名言并链接到他们的博文中,然后发邮件让他们知道你在文章中推荐了他们,促进你们之间的互动互推。这种增长办法广泛使用于B2B的服务类网站,比如Shopify和Moz。 DTC品牌可以用这样的增长办法吗?其实不管你卖什么,在哪个行业,展示你的专业知识,分享新闻和原创观点以吸引消费者的注意。虽然这可能不会产生直接的销售,但能在一定程度上影响他们购买的决定,不妨在你的独立站做出一个子页面或单独做一个博客,发布与你产品/服务相关主题的文章。 数据显示,在阅读了品牌网站上的原创博客内容后,60%的消费者对品牌的感觉更积极。如果在博客中能正确使用关键词,还可以提高搜索引擎优化及排名。 比如Cottonbabies.com就利用博文把自己的SEO做得很好。他们有一个针对“布料尿布基础知识”的页面,为用户提供有关“尿布:”主题的所有问题的答案。小贴士:记得要在博客文章末尾链接到“相关产品”哦~本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
独立站的流量一般来自两个部分,一种是付费打广告,另外一种就是免费的自然流量,打广告带来的流量是最直接最有效的流量,免费流量可能效果不会那么直接,需要时间去积累和沉淀。但是免费的流量也不容忽视,第一,这些流量是免费的,第二,这些流量是长久有效的。下面分享几个免费流量的获取渠道和方法。 1.SNS 社交媒体营销 SNS 即 Social Network Services,国外最主流的 SNS 平台有 Facebook、Twitter、Linkedin、Instagram 等。SNS 营销就是通过运营这些社交平台,从而获得流量。 SNS 营销套路很多,但本质还是“眼球经济”,简单来说就是把足够“好”的内容,分享给足够“好”的人。好的内容就是足够吸引人的内容,而且这些内容确保不被人反感;好的人就是对你内容感兴趣的人,可能是你的粉丝,也可能是你潜在的粉丝。 如何把你想要发的内容发到需要的人呢?首先我们要确定自己的定位,根据不同的定位在社交媒体平台发布不同的内容,从而自己品牌的忠实粉丝。 1、如果你的定位是营销类的,一般要在社交媒体发布广告贴文、新品推送、优惠信息等。适合大多数电商产品,它的带货效果好,不过需要在短期内积累你的粉丝。如果想要在短期内积累粉丝就不可避免需要使用付费广告。 2、如果你的定位是服务类的,一般要在社交媒体分享售前售后的信息和服务,一般 B2B 企业使用的比较多。 3、如果你的定位是专业类科技产品,一般要在社交媒体分享产品开箱测评,竞品分析等。一般 3C 类的产品适合在社交媒体分享这些内容,像国内也有很多评测社区和网站,这类社区的粉丝一般购买力都比较强。 4、如果你的定位是热点类的,一般要在社交媒体分享行业热点、新闻资讯等内容。因为一般都是热点,所以会带来很多流量,利用这些流量可以快速引流,实现变现。 5、如果你的定位是娱乐类的:一般要在社交媒体分享泛娱乐内容,适合分享钓具、定制、改装类的内容。 2.EDM 邮件营销 很多人对邮件营销还是不太重视,国内一般都是使用在线沟通工具,像微信、qq 比较多,但是在国外,电子邮件则是主流的沟通工具,很多外国人每天使用邮箱的频率跟吃饭一样,所以通过电子邮件营销也是国外非常重要的营销方式。 定期制作精美有吸引力的邮件内容,发给客户,把邮件内容设置成跳转到网站,即可以给网站引流。 3.联盟营销 卖家在联盟平台上支付一定租金并发布商品,联盟平台的会员领取联盟平台分配的浏览等任务,如果会员对这个商品感兴趣,会领取优惠码购买商品,卖家根据优惠码支付给联盟平台一定的佣金。 二、网站SEO引流 SEO(Search Engine Optimization)搜索引擎优化,是指通过采用易于搜索引擎索引的合理手段,使网站各项基本要素适合搜索引擎的检索原则并且对用户更友好,从而更容易被搜索引擎收录及优先排序。 那 SEO 有什么作用嘛?简而言之分为两种,让更多的用户更快的找到他想要的东西;也能让有需求的客户首先找到你。作为卖家,更关心的是如何让有需求的客户首先找到你,那么你就要了解客户的需求,站在客户的角度去想问题。 1.SEO 标签书写规范 通常标签分为标题、关键词、描述这三个部分,首先你要在标题这个部分你要说清楚“你是谁,你干啥,有什么优势。”让人第一眼就了解你,这样才能在第一步就留住有效用户。标题一般不超过 80 个字符;其次,关键词要真实的涵盖你的产品、服务。一般不超过 100 个字符;最后在描述这里,补充标题为表达清楚的信息,一般不超过 200 个字符。 标题+描述 值得注意的是标题+描述,一般会成为搜索引擎检索结果的简介。所以标题和描述一定要完整表达你的产品和品牌的特点和优势。 关键词 关键词的设定也是非常重要的,因为大多数用户购买产品不会直接搜索你的商品,一般都会直接搜索想要购买产品的关键字。关键词一般分为以下四类。 建议目标关键词应该是品牌+产品,这样用户无论搜索品牌还是搜索产品,都能找到你的产品,从而提高命中率。 那如何选择关键词呢?拿我们最常使用的目标关键词举例。首先我们要挖掘出所有的相关关键词,并挑选出和网站自身直接相关的关键词,通过分析挑选出的关键词热度、竞争力,从而确定目标关键词。 注:一般我们都是通过关键词分析工具、搜索引擎引导词、搜索引擎相关搜索、权重指数以及分析同行网站的关键词去分析确定目标关键词。 几个比较常用的关键词分析工具: (免费)MozBar: https://moz.com (付费)SimilarWeb: https://www.similarweb.com/ 2.链接锚文本 什么是锚文本? 一个关键词,带上一个链接,就是一个链接锚文本。带链接的关键词就是锚文本。锚文本在 SEO 过程中起到本根性的作用。简单来说,SEO 就是不断的做锚文本。锚文本链接指向的页面,不仅是引导用户前来访问网站,而且告诉搜索引擎这个页面是“谁”的最佳途径。 站内锚文本 发布站内描文本有利于蜘蛛快速抓取网页、提高权重、增加用户体验减少跳出、有利搜索引擎判断原创内容。你在全网站的有效链接越多,你的排名就越靠前。 3 外部链接什么是外部链接? SEO 中的外部链接又叫导入链接,简称外链、反链。是由其他网站上指向你的网站的链接。 如何知道一个网站有多少外链? 1.Google Search Console 2.站长工具 3.MozBar 4.SimilarWeb 注:低权重、新上线的网站使用工具群发外链初期会得到排名的提升,但被搜索引擎发现后,会导致排名大幅度下滑、降权等。 如何发布外部链接? 通过友情链接 、自建博客 、软文 、论坛 、问答平台发布外链。以下几个注意事项: 1.一个 url 对应一个关键词 2.外链网站与自身相关,像鱼竿和鱼饵,假发和假发护理液,相关却不形成竞争是最好。 3.多找优质网站,大的门户网站(像纽约时报、BBC、WDN 新闻网) 4.内容多样性, 一篇帖子不要重复发 5.频率自然,一周两三篇就可以 6.不要作弊,不能使用隐藏链接、双向链接等方式发布外链 7.不要为了发外链去发外链,“好”的内容才能真正留住客户 4.ALT 标签(图片中的链接) 在产品或图片管理里去编辑 ALT 标签,当用户搜索相关图片时,就会看到图片来源和图片描述。这样能提高你网站关键词密度,从而提高你网站权重。 5.网页更新状态 网站如果经常更新内容的话,会加快这个页面被收录的进度。此外在网站上面还可以添加些“最新文章”版块及留言功能。不要只是为了卖产品而卖产品,这样一方面可以增加用户的粘性,另一方面也加快网站的收录速度。 6.搜索跳出率 跳出率越高,搜索引擎便越会认为你这是个垃圾网站。跳出率高一般有两个原因,用户体验差和广告效果差,用户体验差一般都是通过以下 5 个方面去提升用户体验: 1.优化网站打开速度 2.网站内容整洁、排版清晰合理 3.素材吸引眼球 4.引导功能完善 5.搜索逻辑正常、产品分类明确 广告效果差一般通过这两个方面改善,第一个就是真实宣传 ,确保你的产品是真实的,切勿挂羊头卖狗肉。第二个就是精准定位受众,你的产品再好,推给不需要的人,他也不会去看去买你的产品,这样跳出率肯定会高。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
受新冠疫情影响,从2020年下半年开始,国际物流市场出现大规模涨价、爆舱、缺柜等情况。中国出口集装箱运价综合指数去年12月末攀升至1658.58点,创近12年来新高。去年3月苏伊士运河“世纪大堵船”事件的突发,导致运力紧缺加剧,集运价格再创新高,全球经济受到影响,国际物流行业也由此成功出圈。 加之各国政策变化、地缘冲突等影响,国际物流、供应链更是成为近两年行业内关注的焦点。“拥堵、高价、缺箱、缺舱”是去年海运的关键词条,虽然各方也尝试做出了多种调整,但2022年“高价、拥堵”等国际物流特点仍影响着国际社会的发展。 总体上来看,由疫情带来的全球供应链困境会涉及到各行各业,国际物流业也不例外,将继续面对运价高位波动、运力结构调整等状况。在这一复杂的环境中,外贸人要掌握国际物流的发展趋势,着力解决当下难题,找到发展新方向。 国际物流发展趋势 由于内外部因素的影响,国际物流业的发展趋势主要表现为“运力供需矛盾依旧存在”“行业并购整合风起云涌”“新兴技术投入持续增长”“绿色物流加快发展”。 1.运力供需矛盾依旧存在 运力供需矛盾是国际物流业一直存在的问题,近两年这一矛盾不断加深。疫情的爆发更是成了运力矛盾激化、供需紧张加剧的助燃剂,使得国际物流的集散、运输、仓储等环节无法及时、高效地进行连接。各国先后实施的防疫政策,以及受情反弹和通胀压力加大影响,各国经济恢复程度不同,造成全球运力集中在部分线路与港口,船只、人员难以满足市场需求,缺箱、缺舱、缺人、运价飙升、拥堵等成为令物流人头疼的难题。 对物流人来说,自去年下半年开始,多国疫情管控政策有所放松,供应链结构加快调整,运价涨幅、拥堵等难题得到一定缓解,让他们再次看到了希望。2022年,全球多国采取的一系列经济恢复措施,更是缓解了国际物流压力。但由运力配置与现实需求之间的结构性错位导致的运力供需矛盾,基于纠正运力错配短期内无法完成,这一矛盾今年会继续存在。 2.行业并购整合风起云涌 过去两年,国际物流行业内的并购整合大大加快。小型企业间不断整合,大型企业和巨头则择机收购,如Easysent集团并购Goblin物流集团、马士基收购葡萄牙电商物流企业HUUB等,物流资源不断向头部靠拢。 国际物流企业间的并购提速,一方面,源于潜在的不确定性和现实压力,行业并购事件几乎成为必然;另一方面,源于部分企业积极准备上市,需要拓展产品线,优化服务能力,增强市场竞争力,提升物流服务的稳定性。与此同时,由疫情引发的供应链危机,面对供需矛盾严重,全球物流失控,企业需要打造自主可控的供应链。此外,全球航运企业近两年大幅增长的盈利也为企业发起并购增加了信心。 在经历两个年度的并购大战后,今年的国际物流行业并购会更加集中于垂直整合上下游以提升抗冲击能力方面。对国际物流行业而言,企业积极的意愿、充足的资本以及现实的诉求都将使并购整合成为今年行业发展的关键词。 3.新兴技术投入持续增长 受疫情影响,国际物流企业在业务开展、客户维护、人力成本、资金周转等方面的问题不断凸显。因而,部分中小微国际物流企业开始寻求改变,如借助数字化技术降低成本、实现转型,或与行业巨头、国际物流平台企业等合作,从而获得更好的业务赋能。电子商务、物联网、云计算、大数据、区块链、5G、人工智能等数字技术为突破这些困难提供了可能性。 国际物流数字化领域投融资热潮也不断涌现。经过近些年来的发展,处于细分赛道头部的国际物流数字化企业受到追捧,行业大额融资不断涌现,资本逐渐向头部聚集,如诞生于美国硅谷的Flexport在不到五年时间里总融资额高达13亿美元。另外,由于国际物流业并购整合的速度加快,新兴技术的应用就成了企业打造和维持核心竞争力的主要方式之一。因而,2022年行业内新技术的应用或将持续增长。 4.绿色物流加快发展 近年来全球气候变化显著,极端天气频繁出现。自1950年以来,全球气候变化的原因主要来自于温室气体排放等人类活动,其中,CO₂的影响约占三分之二。为应对气候变化,保护环境,各国政府积极开展工作,形成了以《巴黎协定》为代表的一系列重要协议。 而物流业作为国民经济发展的战略性、基础性、先导性产业,肩负着实现节能降碳的重要使命。根据罗兰贝格发布的报告,交通物流行业是全球二氧化碳排放的“大户”,占全球二氧化碳排放量的21%,当前,绿色低碳转型加速已成为物流业共识,“双碳目标”也成行业热议话题。 全球主要经济体已围绕“双碳”战略,不断深化碳定价、碳技术、能源结构调整等重点措施,如奥地利政府计划在2040年实现“碳中和/净零排放”;中国政府计划在2030年实现“碳达峰”,在2060年实现“碳中和/净零排放”。基于各国在落实“双碳”目标方面做出的努力,以及美国重返《巴黎协定》的积极态度,国际物流业近两年围绕“双碳”目标进行的适应性调整在今年将延续,绿色物流成为市场竞争的新赛道,行业内减少碳排放、推动绿色物流发展的步伐也会持续加快。 总之,在疫情反复、突发事件不断,运输物流链阶段性不畅的情况下,国际物流业仍会根据各国政府政策方针不断调整业务布局和发展方向。 运力供需矛盾、行业并购整合、新兴技术投入、物流绿色发展,将对国际物流行业的发展产生一定影响。对物流人来说,2022年仍是机遇与挑战并存的一年。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo
LIKE精选
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
在数字化营销的快速发展中,各种社交应用和浏览器为企业提供了丰富的营销系统。其中,LINE营销系统作为一种新兴的社交媒体营销手段,越来越受到企业的重视。同时,比特浏览器作为一种注重隐私和安全的浏览器,也为用户提供了更安全的上网体验。本文LIKE.TG将探讨这两者之间的相互作用,分析它们如何结合为企业带来更高效的营销效果。最好用的LINE营销系统:https://tool.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel一、LINE营销系统概述LINE营销系统是指通过LINE平台开展的一系列营销活动。它利用LINE的即时通讯功能,帮助企业与客户建立紧密的联系。LINE营销系统的核心要素包括:1.群组和频道管理:企业可以创建和管理LINE群组与频道,实时与用户互动,分享产品信息、促销活动和品牌故事。2.用户数据分析:通过分析用户在LINE上的行为,企业能够获取市场洞察,优化产品与服务。3.自动化工具:利用LINE的API,企业可以创建自动化聊天机器人,提供24小时客户服务,提升用户体验。这种系统的优势在于其高效的沟通方式,使品牌能够快速响应客户需求,并通过个性化服务增强客户忠诚度。二、比特浏览器的特点比特浏览器是一款强调用户隐私和安全的浏览器,它在保护用户数据和提供优质上网体验方面具有明显优势。其特点包括:1.隐私保护:比特浏览器通过多重加密保护用户的浏览数据,防止个人信息泄露。2.去中心化特性:用户可以更自由地访问内容,而不受传统浏览器的限制。3.扩展功能:比特浏览器支持多种扩展,能够满足用户个性化的需求,比如广告拦截和隐私保护工具。比特浏览器的设计理念使得它成为那些关注隐私和安全用户的理想选择,这对企业在进行线上营销时,尤其是在数据保护方面提出了更高的要求。三、LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的互补作用 1.用户体验的提升 LINE营销系统的目标是通过即时通讯与用户建立良好的互动关系,而比特浏览器则为用户提供了一个安全的上网环境。当企业通过LINE进行营销时,用户使用比特浏览器访问相关内容,能够享受到更加安全、流畅的体验。这样的组合使得企业能够更好地满足用户的需求,从而提高客户的满意度和忠诚度。 2.数据安全的保障 在数字营销中,数据安全至关重要。企业在使用LINE营销系统收集用户数据时,面临着数据泄露的风险。比特浏览器提供的隐私保护功能能够有效降低这一风险,确保用户在访问企业页面时,个人信息不会被泄露。通过结合这两者,企业不仅能够进行有效的营销,还能够在用户中建立起良好的信任感。 3.营销活动的有效性 LINE营销系统可以帮助企业精准定位目标受众,而比特浏览器则使得用户在浏览营销内容时感受到安全感,这样的结合有助于提升营销活动的有效性。当用户对品牌产生信任后,他们更可能参与活动、购买产品,并进行二次传播,形成良好的口碑效应。四、实际案例分析 为了更好地理解LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的结合效果,我们可以考虑一个成功的案例。一家新兴的电商平台决定通过LINE进行一项促销活动。他们在LINE频道中发布了一系列关于新产品的宣传信息,并引导用户访问专门为此次活动设置的页面。 为了提升用户体验,该平台鼓励用户使用比特浏览器访问这些页面。用户通过比特浏览器访问时,能够享受到更安全的浏览体验,从而更加放心地参与活动。此外,平台还利用LINE的自动化工具,为用户提供实时的咨询和支持。 这一策略取得了显著的效果。通过LIKE.TG官方云控大师,LINE营销系统,电商平台不仅成功吸引了大量用户参与活动,转化率也显著提升。同时,用户反馈表明,他们在使用比特浏览器时感到非常安心,愿意继续关注该品牌的后续活动。五、营销策略的优化建议 尽管LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合能够带来诸多优势,但在实际应用中,企业仍需注意以下几点:1.用户教育:许多用户可能对LINE和比特浏览器的结合使用不够了解,因此企业应提供必要的教育和培训,让用户了解如何使用这两种工具进行安全的在线互动。2.内容的多样性:为了吸引用户的兴趣,企业需要在LINE营销中提供多样化的内容,包括视频、图文和互动问答等,使用户在使用比特浏览器时有更丰富的体验。3.持续的效果评估:企业应定期对营销活动的效果进行评估,了解用户在使用LINE和比特浏览器时的反馈,及时调整策略以提升活动的有效性。六、未来展望 随着数字营销的不断演进,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合将会变得越来越重要。企业需要不断探索如何更好地利用这两者的优势,以满足日益增长的用户需求。 在未来,随着技术的发展,LINE营销系统可能会集成更多智能化的功能,例如基于AI的个性化推荐和精准广告投放。而比特浏览器也可能会进一步加强其隐私保护机制,为用户提供更为安全的上网体验。这些发展将为企业带来更多的营销机会,也将改变用户与品牌之间的互动方式。 在数字化营销的新时代,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合为企业提供了一个全新的营销视角。通过优化用户体验、保障数据安全和提升营销活动的有效性,企业能够在激烈的市场竞争中占据优势。尽管在实施过程中可能面临一些挑战,但通过合理的策略,企业将能够充分利用这一结合,最终实现可持续的发展。未来,随着技术的不断进步,这一领域将继续为企业提供更多的机会与挑战。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区。
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey:团队优选的住宅代理服务
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey
团队优选的住宅代理服务
在当今互联网时代, 住宅代理IP 已成为许多企业和团队绕不开的技术工具。为了确保这些代理的顺利运行,ISP白名单的设置显得尤为重要。通过将 住宅代理IP 添加至白名单,可以有效提升代理连接的稳定性,同时避免因网络限制而引发的不必要麻烦。isp whitelist ISP白名单(Internet Service Provider Whitelist)是指由网络服务提供商维护的一组信任列表,将信任的IP地址或域名标记为无需进一步检查或限制的对象。这对使用 住宅代理IP 的用户尤其重要,因为某些ISP可能对陌生或不常见的IP流量采取防护措施,从而影响网络访问的速度与体验。二、设置isp whitelist(ISP白名单)的重要性与优势将 住宅代理IP 添加到ISP白名单中,不仅能优化网络连接,还能带来以下显著优势:提升网络连接稳定性ISP白名单能够有效避免IP地址被错误标记为异常流量或潜在威胁,这对使用 住宅代理IP 的团队而言尤为重要。通过白名单设置,网络通信的中断率将显著降低,从而保证代理服务的连续性。避免验证环节在某些情况下,ISP可能会针对未知的IP地址触发额外的验证流程。这些验证可能导致操作延迟,甚至直接限制代理的功能。而通过将 住宅代理IP 纳入白名单,团队可以免除不必要的干扰,提升工作效率。增强数据传输的安全性白名单机制不仅可以优化性能,还能确保流量来源的可信度,从而降低网络攻击的风险。这对于依赖 住宅代理IP 处理敏感数据的企业来说,尤为重要。三、如何将住宅代理IP添加到ISP白名单添加 住宅代理IP 到ISP白名单通常需要以下步骤:确认代理IP的合法性在向ISP提交白名单申请前,确保代理IP来源合法,且服务商信誉良好。像 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理IP 就是一个值得信赖的选择,其IP资源丰富且稳定。联系ISP提供支持与ISP的技术支持团队联系,说明将特定 住宅代理IP 添加到白名单的需求。多数ISP会要求填写申请表格,并提供使用代理的具体场景。提交必要文档与信息通常需要提交代理服务的基本信息、IP范围,以及使用目的等细节。像 LIKE.TG 平台提供的服务,可以帮助用户快速获取所需的相关材料。等待审核并测试连接在ISP完成审核后,测试 住宅代理IP 的连接性能,确保其运行无异常。四、为何推荐LIKE.TG住宅代理IP服务当谈到住宅代理服务时, LIKE.TG 是业内的佼佼者,其提供的 住宅代理IP 不仅数量丰富,而且连接速度快、安全性高。以下是选择LIKE.TG的几大理由:全球覆盖范围广LIKE.TG的 住宅代理IP 覆盖全球多个国家和地区,无论是本地化业务需求,还是跨国访问,都能轻松满足。高效的客户支持无论在IP分配还是白名单设置中遇到问题,LIKE.TG都能提供及时的技术支持,帮助用户快速解决难题。灵活的定制服务用户可根据自身需求,选择合适的 住宅代理IP,并通过LIKE.TG的平台进行灵活配置。安全与隐私保障LIKE.TG对数据安全有严格的保护措施,其 住宅代理IP 服务采用先进的加密技术,确保传输过程中的隐私无忧。五、ISP白名单与住宅代理IP的完美结合将 住宅代理IP 纳入ISP白名单,是提升网络效率、保障数据安全的关键步骤。无论是出于业务需求还是隐私保护,选择优质的代理服务商至关重要。而 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理服务,以其卓越的性能和优质的用户体验,成为团队和企业的理想选择。如果您正在寻找稳定、安全的 住宅代理IP,并希望与ISP白名单功能完美结合,LIKE.TG无疑是值得信赖的合作伙伴。LIKE.TG海外住宅IP代理平台1.丰富的静/动态IP资源/双ISP资源提供大量可用的静态和动态IP,低延迟、独享使用,系统稳定性高达99%以上,确保您的网络体验流畅无忧。2.全球VPS服务器覆盖提供主要国家的VPS服务器,节点资源充足,支持低延迟的稳定云主机,为您的业务运行保驾护航。3.LIKE.TG全生态支持多平台多账号防关联管理。无论是海外营销还是账号运营,都能为您打造最可靠的网络环境。4.全天候技术支持真正的24小时人工服务,专业技术团队随时待命,为您的业务需求提供个性化咨询和技术解决方案。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统   一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统 一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
在数字时代,即时通讯应用已成为企业营销的重要工具之一。LINE,作为全球主流的即时通讯平台,不仅提供了一个安全的沟通环境,还因其开放性和灵活性,成为企业进行营销推广和客户开发的热门选择。为了帮助企业更高效地利用LINE进行营销推广,LIKE.TG--LINE云控应运而生,它是一款专门针对LINE开发的高效获客工具,旨在帮助用户实现客户流量的快速增长。Line智能云控拓客营销系统适用于台湾、日本、韩国、泰国、美国、英国等多个国家地区。它集批量注册、加粉、拉群、群发、客服等功能于一体,为您提供全方位的LINE海外营销解决方案。最好用的LINE云控系统:https://news.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel什么是云控?云控是一种智能化的管理方式,您只需要一台电脑作为控制端,即可通过发布控制指令,自动化完成营销工作,并且不受数量限制。一、Line智能云控拓客营销系统主要功能1、云控群控多开:允许用户在无需实体设备的情况下,通过网页云控群控大量LINE账号。这种方式不仅降低了设备成本,还能够在一个网页运营管理多个LINE账号,提高了操作的便捷性和效率。2、一键养号:系统通过互动话术的自动化处理,帮助用户快速养成老号,从而提高账号的活跃度和质量。这对于提升账号的信任度和营销效果尤为重要。3、员工聊天室:支持全球100多种语言的双向翻译功能,以及多账号聚合聊天,极大地方便了全球交流和团队协作。二、Line智能云控拓客营销系统优势:LINE养号:通过老号带动新号或降权号的权重提升,实现自动添加好友和对话功能;LINE加好友:设置添加好友的数量任务、间隔时间和添加好友的数据,批量增加好友;LINE群发:设定群发的时间周期和间隔频率,支持发送文本、图片和名片;LINE拉群:设置群上限数量,过滤已拉群,提供多种拉群模式选择;LINE筛选:支持对号码数据进行筛选,找到已开通LINE的用户号码;LINE批量注册:支持全球200多个国家和地区的卡商号码,一键选择在线批量注册;LINE坐席客服系统:支持单个客服绑定多个账号,实现对账号聊天记录的实时监控;LINE超级名片推送:支持以普通名片或超级名片的形式推送自定义内容,实现推广引流。 Line智能云控拓客营销系统提供了一个全面的解决方案,无论是快速涨粉还是提升频道活跃度,都能在短时间内达到显著效果。对于想要在LINE上推广产品、维护客户关系和提升品牌形象的企业来说,Line智能云控拓客营销系统无疑是一个值得考虑的强大工具。通过Line智能云控拓客营销系统,实现营销的快速、准确传递,让您的营销策略更加高效、有力。通过LIKE.TG,出海之路更轻松!免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel感兴趣的小伙伴,可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈